Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part 2. Nidana-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1888
(PTS Text Series, 94).
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
ANNOTATED VERSION
STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description: | multibyte sequence:
long a | ā
long A | Ā
long i | ī
long I | Ī
long u | ū
long U | Ū
vocalic r | ṛ
vocalic R | Ṛ
long vocalic r | ṝ
vocalic l | ḷ
vocalic L | Ḷ
long vocalic l | ḹ
velar n | ṅ
velar N | Ṅ
palatal n | ñ
palatal N | Ñ
retroflex t | ṭ
retroflex T | Ṭ
retroflex d | ḍ
retroflex D | Ḍ
retroflex n | ṇ
retroflex N | Ṇ
palatal s | ś
palatal S | Ś
retroflex s | ṣ
retroflex S | Ṣ
anusvara | ṃ
visarga | ḥ
long e | ē
long o | ō
l underbar | ḻ
r underbar | ṟ
n underbar | ṉ
k underbar | ḵ
t underbar | ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil.htm

[page 001]
1
Samyutta-Nikāya
Division II Nidāna-vaggo
BOOK I NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM (XII)
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||
CHAPTER I BUDDHA-VAGGO
SN_2,12(1).1 (1) Desanā
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvat-
thiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti ||
Bhadante1 ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || Paṭiccasamuppādam vo bhikkhave
desissāmi || tam suṇātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsis-
sāmīti ||
Evam bhanteti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || Katamo ca bhikkhave paṭicca-
samuppādo || Avijjāpaccayā2 bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhāra-
paccayā viññānaṃ || viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarū-
papaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ || saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso ||
phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇha-
paccayā upādānaṃ || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā
jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-
domanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || Evam etassa3 kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || Ayaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave samuppādo || ||
4 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B bhaddante
2 S1-3 -ppaccayā always
3 B evamevatassa
[page 002]
2 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 1. 5
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || viññāṇanirodhā nā-
marūpanirodho || nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho ||
saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho || phassanirodhā vedanā-
nirodho || vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho || taṇhānirodhā
upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhava-
nirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-pari-
deva-dukkha-domanāssupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
5 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato
bhāsitam abhinandunti1 || || Pathamaṃ ||2 ||
SN_2,12(1).2 (2) Vibhaṅgaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || la3 ||
2 Paṭiccasamuppādam vo bhikkhave desissāmi vibhajis-
sāmi || taṃ suṇātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsissāmiti ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccasso-
suṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca ||
Katamo ca bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppādo || Avijjāpaccayā
bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || viññā-
ṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ ||
saḷāyataṇapaccayā phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanā-
paccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || upādānapac-
cayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmara-
ṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti || ||
4 Katamañca bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
Yā4 tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye5
jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittaccatā āyuno saṃ-
hāni indriyānaṃ paripāko || ayam vuccati6 jarā7 || || Yaṃ8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit5
2 As a rule all the numbers are missing in S1-3
3 In S1-3 Sāvatthi only; and so always.
4 S1-3 yaṃ
5 S1-3 -nikāyo
6 S3 adds bhikkhave
7 S1-3 add katamañ ca bhikkhave maraṇaṃ
8 B yā
[page 003]
XII. 2. 12] BUDDHA-VAGGA 3
tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuticava-
natā bhedo antaradhānam maccumaraṇaṃ kālakiriyā
khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷebarassa1 nikkhepo || idam vuccati2
maraṇaṃ || Iti ayañ ca jarā idañ ca maraṇaṃ || Idaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti || || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ
tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti
khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo3 āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho || Ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave jāti ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhavo || || Tayo me bhikkhave
bhavā || kāmabhavo rūpabhavo arūpabhavo || Ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave bhavo || ||
7 Katamañ ca bhikkhave upādānaṃ || || Cattarimāni
bhikkhave upādānāni || kāmupādānaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ sīlab-
batupādānaṃ attavādupādānaṃ || || Idam vuccati bhikkhave
upādānaṃ || ||
8 Katamā ca bhikkhave taṇhā || Chayime bhikkhave
taṇhākāyā || || Rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasa-
taṇhā poṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā || || Ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave taṇhā || ||
9 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā || || Chayime bhikkhave
vedanākāyā || cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā || sotasamphas-
sajā vedanā || ghānasamphassajā vedanā || jivhāsamphassajā
vedanā || kāyasamphassajā vedanā || manosamphassajā
vedanā || || Ayam vuccati bhikkhave vedanā || ||
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave phasso || || Chayime bhik-
khave phassakāyā || Cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghā-
nasamphasso jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosam-
phasso || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave phasso || ||
11 Katamañca bhikkhave saḷāyatanaṃ || cakkhāya-
tanaṃ sotāyatanaṃ ghānāyatanaṃ jivhāyatanaṃ kāyāya-
tanaṃ manāyatanam || Idam vuccati bhikkhave saḷāya-
tanaṃ || ||
12 Katamañca bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ || || Vedanā saññā
cetanā phasso manasikāro || idam vuccati4 nāmaṃ || || Cattāro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B kālakriyā . . . kaḷevarassa
2 S3 adds bhikkhave
3 B pātuṃ-
4 S3 adds bhikkhave
[page 004]
4 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 2. 13
ca1 mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya
rūpaṃ || idam vuccati rūpaṃ || || Iti idañ ca nāmam idañ ca
rūpaṃ || Idam vuccati nāmarūpaṃ || ||
13 Katamāñca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Chayime bhik-
khave viññāṇakāyā || Cakkhuviññāñaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ
ghānaviññāṇam jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇaṃ mano-
viññāṇam || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Katame2 ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Tayo me bhikkhave
saṅkhārā3 kāyasaṅkhāro vacīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro || ||
Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || ||
15 Katamā ca bhikkhave avijjā || || Yaṃ kho bhikkhave
dukkhe aññāṇaṃ dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhe
aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave avijjā || ||
16 Iti kho bhikkhave avijjapaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhāra-
paccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa samudayo hoti || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāga-
nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇa-
nirodho || pe4 || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).3 (3) Paṭipadā
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || la ||
2 Micchāpaṭipadañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sammāpaṭi-
padañca || taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha bhāsissā-
mīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato pacca-
ssosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca ||
3 Katamā ca bhikkhave micchapāṭipadā || || Avijjāpaccayā
bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā5 viññāṇaṃ || pe6 || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hotīti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave micchāpaṭipadā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 omitted by S1-3
2 S1-3 Katamā
3 Tayo- -saṅkhārā is missing in B
4 B la
5 S3 has sankhārā- (ā being added to r afterwards)
6 B la
[page 005]
XII. 4. 6] BUDDHA-VAGGA 5
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave sammāpaṭipadā || Avijjāya
tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāra-
nirodhā viññāṇanirodho || la || || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti1 || ayaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave sammāpaṭipādā2 ti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).4 (4) Vipassī
I
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsam-
buddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhis-
attassa sato etad ahosi || || Kicchaṃ3 vatāyaṃ loko āpanno
jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca4 upapajjati ca ||
Atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti
jarāmaraṇassa || kudassu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ
paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassāti || ||
3 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti kimpaccayā
jarāmaraṇan ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisa-
ttassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || jātiyā
kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
4 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti kiṃpaccayā jātīti || ||
Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso
manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || bhave kho sati jāti
hoti bhavapaccayā jātīti || ||
5 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissabodhisattassa etad ahosi ||
Kimhi nu kho sati bhavo hoti kimpaccayā bhavo ti || ||
Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissabodhisattassa yoniso manasi-
kārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || upādāne kho sati bhavo
hoti upādānapaccayā bhavo ti || ||
6 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || ||
Kimhi nu kho sati upādānaṃ hoti kimpaccayā upādānan
ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 hotīti
2 S3 omits ti
3 S1-3 Kicchā
4 B jiyyati . . . miyyati; S3 omits cavati ca
[page 006]
6 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 4. 7
manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || taṇhāya kho sati
upādānaṃ hoti tanhāpaccayā upādānan ti || ||
7 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati taṇhā hoti kimpaccayā taṇhā
ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso
manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || vedanāya kho sati1
taṇhā hoti vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || ||
8 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati vedanā hoti kim paccayā vedanā
ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso
manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || phasse kho sati
vedanā hoti phassapaccayā vedanā ti || ||
9 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassassa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati phasso hoti kimpaccayā
phassoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
saḷāyatane kho sati phasso hoti saḷāyatanapaccayā
phassoti || ||
10 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti kimpaccayā
saḷāyatananti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
Nāmarūpe kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti nāmarūpapaccayā
saḷāyatananti || ||
11 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti kimpaccayā
nāmarūpanti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
Viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti viññāṇapaccayā nāma-
rūpanti || ||
12 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ kimpaccayā viññā-
ṇanti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa
yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || Saṅkhāresu2
kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti || ||
13 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Here S1 inserts upādāno S3 no only
2 S1-3 Saṅkhāre
[page 007]
XII. 4. 19] BUDDHA-VAGGA 7
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati saṅkhārā honti kimpaccayā saṅ-
khārāti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa
yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || avijjāya
kho sati saṅkhārā honti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti || ||
14 Iti hidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā
viññāṇaṃ || pe||1 Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhan-
dhassa samudayo hoti || ||
15 Samudayo samudayo ti kho bhikkhave Vipassissa
bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum
udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko
udapādi || ||
II
16 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho asati2 jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti3 kissa
nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave
Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya
abhisamayo || jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti jātini-
rodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
17 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti kissa nirodhā jātini-
rodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa
yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || bhave kho
asati jāti na hoti bhavanirodhā jātinirodho hoti || ||
18 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati bhavo na hoti kissa nirodhā
bhavanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
upādāne kho asati bhavo na hoti upadānanirodhā bhavani-
rodhoti || ||
19 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati upādānam na hoti kissa nirodhā
upādānanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
taṇhāya kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti taṇhānirodhā upādāna
nirodhoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B la
2 S13 sati
3 S3 adds asati
[page 008]
8 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 4. 20
20 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati taṇhā na hoti kissa nirodhā
taṇhānirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
Vedanāya kho asati taṇhā na hoti vedanānirodhā taṇhā-
nirodhoti || ||
21 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati vedanā na hoti kissa nirodhā
vedanānirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
phasse kho asati vedanā na hoti phassanirodhā vedanā-
nirodhoti || ||
22 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati phasso na hoti kissa nirodhā
phassanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
saḷāyatane kho asati phasso na hoti saḷāyatananirodhā
phassanirodhoti || ||
23 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kiṃhi nu kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti kissa
nirodhā saḷāyatana-nirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave
Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya
abhisamayo || nāmarūpe kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti
nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodhoti || ||
24 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti kissa
nirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipas-
sissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhi-
samayo || Viññāṇe kho asati nāmarūpam na hoti viññāṇa-
nirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti || ||
25 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti kissa nirodhā
viññāṇanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
saṅkhāresu1 kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti saṅkhāranirodhā
viññāṇanirodhoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 saṅkhāre, as above; further on, saṅkhāresu
[page 009]
XII. 9] BUDDHA-VAGGA 9
26 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad
ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati saṅkhārā na honti kissa nirodhā
saṅkhāranirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhi-
sattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti avijjānirodhā saṅ-
khāranirodhoti || ||
27 Iti hidam avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāra-
nirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe||1 Evam etassa kevalassa duk-
khakkhandhassa nirodho hoti ||2 ||
28 Nirodho nirodhoti kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhis-
attassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi
ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapā-
dīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
Sattannam pi buddhānam evam peyyālo ||3 ||
SN_2,12(1).5 (5) Sikhī
Sikkhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambud-
dhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).6 (6) Vessabhu
Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).7 (7) Kakusandho
Kakusandhassa4 bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).8 (8) Koṇāgamano
Koṇāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).9 (9) Kassapo
Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsam-
buddhassa- pe || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B la
2 B hotīti
3 S1-3 omit pi, and read vitthāretabbo instead of peyyālo
4 B Kakku-
[page 010]
10 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 10. 2
SN_2,12(1).10 (10) Mahā Sakyamuni Gotamo
I
2 Pubbe va me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisam-
buddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Kiccham1
vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca
upapajjati ca || Atha ca pan'; imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇam
nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa || Kudassu nāma imassa duk-
khassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassāti || ||
3 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho
sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti kimpaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || || Tassa
mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisa-
mayo || jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti jātipaccayā jarā-
maraṇan ti || ||
4-13 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu
kho sati jāti hoti || bhavo || upādānaṃ || taṇhā || vedanā ||
phasso || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhārā
honti kimpaccayā saṅkhārā ti ||
Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu pañ-
ñāya abhisamayo || avijjāya kho sati saṅkhārā honti avijjā
paccayā saṅkhārāti || ||
14 Iti hidam2 avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapac-
cayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa samudayo hoti ||
15 Samudayo samudayo ti kho me3 bhikkhave pubbe
ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapā-
di paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi || ||
II
16 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho
asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇa niro-
dhoti || || Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu
paññāya abhisamayo || jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na
hoti jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
17-26 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 kiccho S1 kicchivitāyaṃ
2 S1-3 add bhikkhave
3 Omitted by S1-3
[page 011]
XII. 11. 3] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 11
kho asati jāti na hoti || bhavo || upādānaṃ || taṇhā || vedanā ||
phasso || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhārā
na honti || kissa nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ti ||
Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya
abhisamayo || Avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti avijjāni-
rodhā saṅkhāranirodho ti || ||
27 Iti hidam avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāra-
nirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
28. Nirodho nirodhoti kho me1 bhikkhave pubbe ananu-
ssutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā
udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādī ti || ||
Buddha-vaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Desanā Vibhaṅgam Paṭipadā ca ||2 Vipassī Sikhī3 ca Ves-
sabhu || Kakusandho4 Konāgamano5 Kassapo || Mahā Sak-
yamuni6 ca Gotamanti || ||
CHAPTER II ĀHĀRA-VAGGA
SN_2,12(1).11 (1) Āhārā
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||7 ||
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānam vā sattānaṃ
ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnam vā anuggahāya ||
Katame cattāro || Kabaliṃkāro8 āhāro oḷāriko vā
sukhumo vā || phasso dutiyo || manosañcetanā tatiyo || viññā-
naṃ catutthaṃ || Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro āhārā bhūtā-
nam vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya || ||
3 Ime ca9 bhikkhave cattāro āhārā kiṃnidānā10 kiṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 B patipadañ ca
3 B vipassi sikkhi
4 B kakku-
5 S1-3 koṇāgamanañca
6 S1-3 mahāyaso sakyamunā
7 S1-3 Sāvatthi only, always
8 B. kabalīkāro, always
9 S1-3 kho
10 B kinnidānā always
[page 012]
12 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 11. 4
samudayā kiṃjatikā kimpabhavā || || Ime cattāro āhārā
taṇhānidānā taṇhāsamudayā taṇhājātikā taṇhāpabhavā ||
4 Taṇhā cāyam bhikkhave kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃ-
jātikā kimpabhavā || Taṇhā vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā
vedanājātikā vedanā pabhavā || ||
5 Vedanā cāyam bhikkhave kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā
kiṃjātikā || kimpabhavā || Vedanā phassanidānā phassa-
samudayā phassajātikā phassapabhavā || ||
6 Phasso cāyam bhikkhave kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo
kiṃjātiko kimpabhavo || Phasso saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyata-
nasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanapabhavo || ||
7 Saḷāyatanaṃ cidaṃ bhikkhave kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamu-
dayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kimpabhāvaṃ || Saḷāyatanaṃ nāmarū-
panidānaṃ nāmarūpasamudayaṃ namarūpajātikaṃ nāma-
rūpabhavaṃ || ||
8 Nāmarūpañcidaṃ bhikkhave kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamuda-
yaṃ kiṃjātikam kimpabhavaṃ || || Nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇani-
dānaṃ viññāṇasamudayam viññāṇajātikaṃ viññāṇapabha-
vaṃ || ||
9 Viññāṇaṃ cidam bhikkhave kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamuda-
yam kiṃjātikaṃ kimpabhavaṃ || Viṇṇāṇaṃ saṅkhāranidā-
nam {saṅkhārasamudayaṃ} saṅkhārajātikaṃ saṅkhārapa-
bhavaṃ || ||
10 Saṅkhārā cime bhikkhave kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā
kiṃjātikā kimpabhavā || Saṅkhārā avijjānidānā avijjā-
samudayā avijjājātikā {avijjāpabhavā} || ||
11 Iti kho bhikkhave avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhāra-
paccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
12 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho ||1 pe ||2 Evam etassa keva-
lassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).12 (2) Phagguno
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||3 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit viñ- dho
2 B la
3 S1-3 sāvatthi only, always
[page 013]
XII. 12. 6] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 13
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānam
ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnam vā anuggahāya || || Katame cattāro ||
Kabaḷiṃkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā || phasso dutiyo ||
manosañcetanā tatiyo1 || viññānaṃ catutthaṃ || Ime kho
bhikkhave cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā
sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāyāti ||
3 Evam vutte āyasmā Moliya-Phagguno2 Bhagavantam
etad avoca || Ko nu kho bhante viññāṇāhāram āhāretīti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Āhāretīti ahaṃ na
vadāmi || āhāretīti cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ tatrassa kallo pañho3
Ko nu kho bhante āhāretīti || Evañcāhaṃ na vadāmi || evaṃ
mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kissa nu kho bhante
viññāṇāhāro ti || esa kallo pañho || Tatra4 kallam veyyakara-
ṇam || Viññāñāhāro āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā
paccayo || tasmiṃ bhūte sati saḷāyatanaṃ saḷāyatana-
paccayā phasso ti || ||
4 Ko nu kho bhante phusatīti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Phusatīti aham5 na
vadāmi || phusatīti cāham vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho
Ko nu kho bhante phusatīti ||6 Evañcāhaṃ na vadāmi ||
evam mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kimpaccayā nu
kho bhante phassoti || esa kallo pañho || Tatra7 kallam
veyyākaraṇam saḷāyatana paccayā phasso phassapaccayā
vedanāti || ||
5 Ko nu kho bhante vediyatīti ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Vediyatīti āhaṃ na
vadāmi || vediyatīti cāhaṃ vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho
Ko nu kho bhante vediyatīti || Evāñcāhaṃ na vadāmi || evam
mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya || kim paccayā nu kho
bhante vedanati || esa kallo paṇho || Tatra kallam veyyāka-
raṇaṃ || phassapaccayā vedanā vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || ||
6 Ko nu kho bhante tasatīti ||8 ||
No kallo pañho ti Bhagavā avoca || tasatīti aham nava-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B tatiyā
2 B Moḷiya-
3 S1-3 add ti
4 S3 tatrassa
5 S1-3 haṃ here and further on
6 S1-3 insert here cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ tatrassa kallo pañho ko nu kho
bhante vediyatīti
7 S3 omits tatra
8 So B. S1-3 tuṇhīyatīti; the word is not to be found in C
[page 014]
14 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 12. 7
dāmi || tasatīti cāham vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho Ko nu
kho bhante tasatīti || Evañcāhaṃ na vadāmi || evam mam
avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kim paccayā nu kho bhante
taṇhāti ||1 esa kallo pañho || Tatra kallaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti || ||
7 Ko nu kho bhante upādiyatīti ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Upādiyatīti ahaṃ na
vadāmi || upādiyatīti cāhaṃ vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho
Ko nu kho bhante upādiyatīti || Evaṃ cāhaṃ na vadāmi ||
evam mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kim paccayā
nu kho bhante upādānanti || esa kallo pañho || Tatra kallam
veyyākaraṇam taṇhāpaccayā upādanam upādānapaccayā
bhavoti || pe||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti ||
8 Channam tveva Phagguna2 phassāyatanānaṃ asesa-
virāganirodhā phassanirodho || phassanirodhā vedanāniro-
dho || vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho || taṇhānirodhā upādāna-
nirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā
jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevaduk-
khadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hotīti || ||3 Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).13 (3) Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarā-
maraṇaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajā-
nanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti || jaramaraṇa-
nirodha-gāminiṃ4 paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti || jātiṃ || la5 ||
bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ || taṇhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷā-
yatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññānaṃ || saṅkhāre nappajānanti ||
saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ
nappajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ nappa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B tasatīti
2 Missing in B
3 S1-3 hoti
4 B -gāmini- and so further on
5 So B; S1-3 --pe-- jāti -- here and further on.
[page 015]
XII. 14. 4] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 15
jānanti || na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇa-
sammatā na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā
brahmaññathaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sac-
chikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
3 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
jarāmaraṇam pajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayam pajānan-
ti || jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānanti || jarāmaraṇaṇanirodha-
gāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || jāti || bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ ||
taṇhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ ||
viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhāre pajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pa-
jānanti || saṅkharanirodhaṃ pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodha-
gāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || te kho me bhikkhave
samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā
brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto
sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).14 (4) Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samanā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime
dhamme nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ
nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ nappajā-
nanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagaminiṃ paṭipadaṃ
nappajānanti ||
3 Katame dhamme nappajānanti || katamesaṃ dham-
mānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammā-
naṃ nirodhaṃ nappajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ
nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti ||
4 Jarāmaraṇaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ
nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nap-
pajānanti || jāti || pe||1 bhavaṃ || upādānam || tanhaṃ || veda-
naṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅ-
khāre nappajānanti || ime dhamme nappajānanti || imesaṃ
dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti || imesaṃ dham-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B la
[page 016]
16 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 14. 5
mānam nirodhaṃ nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammāṇam
nirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ nappajānanti ||
5 Na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā sama-
ṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasam-
matā na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmañ-
ñatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharanti ||
6 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
ime dhamme pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayam
pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodham pajānanti ||
imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajā-
nanti ||
7 Katame dhamme pajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammā-
naṃ samudayam pajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ
nirodhampajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ ṇirodha-
gāminiṃ patipadaṃ pajānanti ||
8 Jarāmaraṇam pajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ
pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānanti || jarāmaraṇa-
nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || pe|| jātim1 ||
bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ || taṇhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷā-
yatanam || nāmarupaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhāre pajānanti2 ||
saṅkhārasamudayam pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodham pajā-
nanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānanti ||
ime dhamme pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ
pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodham pajānanti ||
imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajā-
nanti ||
9 Te kho me3 bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇa-
sammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañ ca brahmañ-
ñatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharantīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).15 (5) Kaccāyanagotto
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3 B jāti || la ||
2 S1-3 pe
3 So B S1-3 imekho
[page 017]
XII. 15. 8] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 17
2 Atha kho āyasmā Kaccāyanagotto1 yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādet-
vā ekam antam nisīdi ||
3 Ekam antām nisinno kho āyasmā Kaccāyanagotto
Bhagavantam etad avoca || Sammādiṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhīti
bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante sammādiṭṭhi
hotīti || ||
4 Dvayanissito2 khvāyaṃ3 Kaccāyana loko yebhuyyena
atthitañ ceva natthitañ ca ||
5 Lokasamudayaṃ kho Kaccāyana yathābhūtaṃ sam-
mappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā sā na hoti || lokani-
rodhaṃ kho Kaccāyana yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
passato yā loke atthitā sā na hoti || ||
6 Upāyupādānābhinivesavinibandho4 khvāyaṃ Kaccāy-
ana loko yebhuyyena || tañcāyaṃ upāyupādānām5 cetaso
adhiṭṭhānam abhinivesānusayaṃ na upeti na upādiyati nā-
dhiṭṭhāti attā na me ti || Dukkham eva uppajjamānam
uppajjati dukkhaṃ nirujjhamānaṃ nirujjhatīti na kaṅkhati
na vicikicchati aparapaccayā ñāṇam evassa ettha hoti || ||
Ettavatā kho Kaccāna sammādiṭṭhi hoti || ||
7 Sabbam atthīti kho Kaccāyana ayam eko anto || Sab-
baṃ natthīti ayam dutiyo anto || ||
Ete te Kaccāyana ubho ante anupagamma majjhena
Tathāgato dhammam deseti || ||
8 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇam ||
pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samu-
dayo hoti || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| Evam etassa keva-
lassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B kaccāna always
2 S1-3 dvayaṃ-
3 S1-3 kho yaṃ and further on
4 So B and C S1-3 upāyupādānavinivesañca nibandho
5 So B S1-3 tañcāyupādānaṃ C has taṃcāyan-ti tañca upāyupādānaṃ . . .
[page 018]
18 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 16. 1
SN_2,12(1).16 (6) Dhammakathiko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekaṃ
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante
vuccati || ||
4 Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya dhammaṃ deseti || dhammakathiko bhikkhū ti alaṃ
vacanāya || ||
5 Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāyā paṭipanno hoti || dhammānuddhammapaṭipanno
bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
6 Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā
anupādā vimutto hoti || diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto
bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
7 Jātiyā ce bhikkhu || Bhavassa ce bhikkhu || Upadānassa
ce bhikkhu || Taṇhāya ce bhikkhu || Vedanāya ce bhikkhu ||
Phassassa ce bhikkhu || Saḷāyatanassa ce bhikkhu || Nāma-
rūpassa ce bhikkhu || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu || Saṅkhārānaṃ
ce bhikkhu || Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya dhammaṃ deseti || dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ
vacanāya ||
8 Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
paṭipanno hoti || dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti
alaṃ vacanāya || ||
9 Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā1 anupādā
vimutto hoti || diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ
vacanāyāti || ||
Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).17 (7) Acela
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
[page 019]
XII. 17. 9] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 19
I
2 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pat-
tacīvaram ādāya Rājagaham piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Addasā kho Acela-Kassapo1 Bhagavantaṃ dūrato va
āgacchantam || || Disvāna yena Bhagava tenupasaṅkami ||
Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanī-
yaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
4 Ekam antam ṭhito kho Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Puccheyyāma mayaṃ bhavantaṃ2 Gotamaṃ
kiñcid eva desaṃ || sa ce no bhavaṃ Gotamo okāsaṃ karoti
pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyāti || ||
Akālo kho tāva Kassapa pañhassa antaragharaṃ paviṭ-
ṭhamhāti || ||
5 Dutiyam pi kho Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Puccheyyāma mayam bhavantam Gotamaṃ
kiñcid eva desaṃ || sa ce no bhavan Gotamo okāsam karoti
pañhāssa veyyākaraṇāyāti || ||
Akālo kho tāva Kassapa pañhassa antaragharaṃ paviṭ-
ṭhamhāti || ||
6 Tatiyam pi kho Acela-Kassapo || la || antaragharaṃ
paviṭṭhamhāti || ||
Evam vutte Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Na kho pana mayam bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ bahudeva
pucchitukāmāti || ||
Puccha Kassapa yad akaṅkhasīti ||
II
7 Kim nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkataṃ dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
8 Kim pana bho Gotama paraṃkataṃ3 dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
9 Kim nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca
dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B acelo always
2 S1-3 bhagavantaṃ
3 S1-3 parakataṃ always
[page 020]
20 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 17. 10
10 Kim pana bho Gotama asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-
kāram1 adhicca samuppannaṃ dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
11 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama natthi dukkhanti ||
Na kho Kassapa natthi dukkham atthi kho Kassapa
dukkhanti || ||
12 Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo dukkhaṃ na jānāti na
passatīti ||
Na khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkham na jānāmi na passāmi ||
jānāmi khvāham Kassapa dukkhaṃ passāmi khvāhaṃ
Kassapa dukkhanti || ||
13 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkatam dukkhanti
iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevaṃ Kassapā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ
pana bho Gotama paraṃ-kataṃ dukkhanti iti puṭṭho
samāno Mā hevaṃ Kassapā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho bho
Gotama sayaṃ-katañ ca paraṃ-katañ ca dukkhanti iti
puṭṭho samāno Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti vadesi || || Kim pana
bho Gotama asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhicca samup-
pannaṃ dukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Māhevam Kassapāti
vadesi || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama natthi dukkhanti iti
puṭṭho samāno Na kho Kassapa natthi dukkham atthi kho
Kassapa dukkhanti vadesi || || Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo
dukkhaṃ na jānāti na passatīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na
khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkham na jānāmi na passāmi || jānāmi
khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkhaṃ passāmi khvāhaṃ Kassapa
dukkhan ti vadesi || ācikkhatu ca2 me bhante Bhagavā duk-
khaṃ desetu ca me bhante Bhagavā dukkhan ti || ||
14 So karoti so {paṭisaṃvediyatīti} kho Kassapa ādito sato
sayaṃkataṃ dukkhanti iti vadaṃ sassatam etam pareti ||
Añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvediyatīti kho Kassapa vedanā-
bhitunnassa sato paraṃkataṃ dukkhanti iti vadam ucche-
dam etam pareti || ||
15 Ete te Kassapa ubho ante anupagamma majjhena
Tathāgato dhammam deseti || || Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ||
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || || Avijjāya tveva
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 omits kāraṃ
2 S1-3 omit ca
[page 021]
XII. 17. 20] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 21
asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā
viññāṇanirodho || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
III
16 Evam vutte Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante sey-
yathāpi bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya || pe|| cakkhu-
manto rūpāni dakkhintīti || Evam evaṃ Bhagavatā aneka-
pariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bhante Bhaga-
vantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṃghañ
ca || labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjam
labheyyam upasampadanti || ||
17 Yo kho Kassapa aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dham-
mavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjam ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ ||
so cattāro māse parivasati || Catunnaṃ māsānam accayena
parivuṭṭhaparivāsaṃ1 āraddhacittā bhikkhū ākaṅkhamānā
pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya || || Api ca mayā
(alias mettha, C) puggalavemattatā viditāti || ||
18 Sa ce bhante aññatitthiyapubbo2 imasmiṃ dhamma-
vinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjam ākaṅkhati upasampadam
cattāro māse parivasati3 || catunnam māsānam accayena
parivuṭṭhaparivāsam4 āraddhacittā bhikkhū ākaṅkhamānā
pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya || ahaṃ cattāri
vassāni parivasissāmi catunnaṃ vassānam accayena pari-
vuṭṭhaparivāsam āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upa-
sampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyāti || ||
19 Alattha kho Acela-Kassapo5 Bhagavato santike
pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
IV
20 Acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Kassapo eko vupa-
kaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 parivuttha- here and further on
2 S1 -titthiyā
3 S1-3 -ākaṅkhantā- . . . ākaṅkhantā- parivasanti
4 S1 parivutta-
5 S1-3 acelako kassapo
[page 022]
22 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 17. 21
yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam
pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ
diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā1 sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihāsi || khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇī-
yaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi ||
21 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Kassapo arahatam ahosīti || ||
Sattamam || ||
SN_2,12(1).18 (8) Timbaruko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho Timbaruko2 paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sam-
modi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Timbaruko paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃ-
katam sukhadukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
4 Kim pana bho Gotamā param-kataṃ sukhaduk-
khanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃ-katañca paraṃ-kat-
añca sukhadukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca ||
6 Kim pana bho Gotama asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram
adhicca-samuppannam sukhadukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca ||
7 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama natthi sukhadukkhanti || ||
8 Na kho Timbaruka natthi sukhadukkham atthi kho
Timbaruka sukhadukkhanti || || Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo
sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāti na passati || ||
9 Na khvāhaṃ Timbaruka sukhadukkham na jānāmi na
passāmi || jānāmi khvāhaṃ Timbaruka sukhadukkhaṃ
passami khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkhanti || ||
10 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkataṃ dukkhasuk-
hanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevam Timbarukā ti vadesi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 abhiññāya
2 B Timparuko S1-3 Timbarūko
[page 023]
XII. 19. 2] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 23
Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃ-katañca paraṃkatañca
sukhadukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevam Timbarukā
ti vadesi || || Kiṃ pana bho Gotama asayaṃkāram aparaṃ
kāram adhicca-samuppannaṃ sukhadukkhanti iti puṭṭho
samāno Mā hevaṃ Timbarukā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho
bho Gotama natthi sukhadukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno
Na kho Timbaruka natthi sukhadukkham atthi kho Tim-
baruka sukhadukkhanti vadesi || || Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo
sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāti na passatīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na
khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāmi na passāmi ||
jānāmi khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkham passāmi
khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkhanti vadesi || || Ācikkhatu
ca me bhavaṃ Gotamo sukhadukkhaṃ desetu ca me bhavaṃ
Gotamo sukhadukkhan ti || ||
11 Sā vedanā so vediyatīti kho Timbaruka ādito sato
sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhanti || evam pāham na vadāmi || ||
12 Aññā vedanā añño vediyatīti kho Timbaruka vedanā-
bhitunnassa sato paraṃ kataṃ sukhadukkhanti || evam
pahaṃ na vadāmi || ||
13 Ete te Timbaruka ubho ante anupagamma majjhena
Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandassa samudayo
hoti || || Avijjā tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhārānirodhā viññāṇanirodho ||1 pe || ||Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
14 Evaṃ vutte Timbaruka paribbājako Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pe|| Esāham
bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇam gacchāmi dhammañ ca
bhikkhusaṅghañca || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo
dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Aṭ-
ṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).19 (9) Bālena pandito
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Avijjānīvaraṇassa bhikkhave bālassa taṇhāya sampa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit vi- nirodho
[page 024]
24 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 19. 3
yuttassa1 evam ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato || Iti ayaṃ ceva
kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpam || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ dvayaṃ
paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni2 || yehi phuṭṭho bālo
sukhadukkham {paṭisaṃvediyati} || etesaṃ vā aññatarena || ||
3 Avijjānīvaraṇassa bhikkhave paṇḍitassa taṇhāya
sampayuttassa evam ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato || Iti ayaṃ
ceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpaṃ || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ
dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni || yehi phuṭṭho
paṇḍito sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati || etesaṃ vā añña-
tarena || ||
4 Tatra bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyo kiṃ nānā-
karaṇaṃ paṇḍitassa bālenāti || ||
5 Bhagavaṃ-mūlakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavaṃ-
nettikā Bhagavaṃ-{paṭisaraṇā} || Sādhu vata3 bhante
Bhagavantaṃ yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho ||
Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
6 Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha
bhāsissāmiti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ || ||
7 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Yāya bhikkhave avijjāya
nivutassa bālassa yāya ca taṇhāya sampayuttassa ayaṃ
kāyo samudāgato || Sā ceva avijjā bālassa appahīnā sā ca
taṇhā aparikkhīṇā || || Tam kissa hetu || Na bhikkhave
bālo acari brahmacariyaṃ sammādukkhakkhayāya || tasmā
bālo kāyassa bhedā kāyūpago4 hoti || So kāyūpago samāno
na parimuccati jātiyā jaramaraṇena sokehi paridevehi
dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi na parimuccati dukkhasmā
ti vadāmi || ||
8 Yāya ca bhikkhave avijjāya nivutassa paṇḍitassa yāya
ca taṇhāya sampayuttassa ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato || Sā
ceva avijjā paṇḍitassa pahīnā sā ca taṇhā parikkhīṇā ||
Tam kissa hetu || Acari bhikkhave paṇḍito brahma-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 saṃyuttassa always
2 B has saḷevaphassāyatanāni here and further on C
saḷevāyatananāni ti saḷevaphassāyatanāni . . .
3 S1-3 insert me
4 B kāyupago always
[page 025]
XII. 20. 4] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 25
cariyam sammādukkhakkhayāya || tasmā paṇḍito kāyassa
bhedā na kāyūpago hoti || So akāyūpago samāno pari-
muccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
9 Ayam kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyo idam
nānākaraṇam paṇḍitassa bālena yad idaṃ brahma-
cariyavāso ti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).20 (10) Paccayo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Paticcasamuppādañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi pa-
ṭicca-samuppanne ca dhamme || taṃ sunātha sādhukaṃ
manasikarotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave paṭicca-samuppādo || Jāti-
paccayā bhikkhave jarāmaraṇam uppādā vā Tathāgatānam
anuppādā vā Tathāgatānaṃ || ṭhitā va sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhi-
tatā1 dhammaniyāmatā2 idappaccayatā || || Taṃ Tathā-
gato abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhi-
sametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati
vibhajati uttānī-karoti3 passathāti cāha ||
4 Jātipaccayā bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || bhavapaccayā
bhikkhave jāti || upādānapaccayā bhikkhave bhavo || taṇ-
hāpaccayā bhikkhave upādānaṃ || vedanāpaccayā bhikkhave
taṇhā || phassapaccayā bhikkhave vedanā || saḷāyatana-
paccayā bhikkhave phasso || nāmarūpapaccayā bhikkhave
saḷāyatanaṃ || viññāṇapaccayā bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ ||
saṅkhārapaccayā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || avijjāpaccayā bhik-
khave saṅkhārā uppādā vā Tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā Ta-
thāgatānaṃ || ṭhitā va sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā4 dhamma-
niyāmatā idappaccayatā || taṃ Tathāgato abhisambhujjhati
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B C, S1-3 dhammaṭṭhitā
2 S1-3 -metā further on matā
3 B uttāniṃ S3 uttāni
4 S1-3 dhammaṭṭhititā
[page 026]
26 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 20. 5
abhisameti || abhisambhujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti
paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānī-karoti
passathāti cāha ||
5 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || Iti kho bhikkhave
yā tatra tathatā avitathatā anaññathatā idappaccayatā ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppādo || ||
6 Katame ca bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā || ||
Jarāmaraṇaṃ bhikkhave aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭicca-
samuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāga-
dhammaṃ nirodhadhammam || ||
7 Jāti bhikkhave aniccā1 saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā
khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodha-
dhammā || ||
8 Bhavo bhikkhave anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno
khayadhammo vayadhammo virāgadhammo nirodha-
dhammo || ||
9-16 Upādānam bhikkhave || || Taṇhā bhikkhave || ||
Vedanā bhikkhave || || phasso bhikkhave || || Saḷāyatana
bhikkhave || || Nāmarūpaṃ bhikkhave || || Viññāṇaṃ
bhikkhave || || Saṅkhārā bhikkhave || ||
17 Avijjā bhikkhave aniccā2 saṅkhatā paṭiccasamup-
pannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā niro-
dhadhammā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppannā
dhammā || ||
18 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa ayañca paṭicca-
samuppādo ime ca paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammāpaññāya sudiṭṭhā3 honti || so vata pub-
bantaṃ vā paṭidhāvissati4 || Ahosiṃ nu khvāham atītam
addhānaṃ Na nu kho ahosim atītam addhānaṃ Kiṃ nu
kho ahosiṃ atītam addhānam Kathaṃ nu kho ahosim
atītam addhānam Kim hutvā kim ahosiṃ nu khvāham
atītam addhānan ti || ||
19 Aparantam vā upadhāvissati5 || || Bhavissāmi nu
khvāhaṃ anāgatam addhānam Na nu kho bhavissāmi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S-3 add tā
2 S1-3 add tā as above
3 So B S1-3 sūddiṭṭhā; further on, suddiṭṭhā
4 B patidhāvissati
5 B apadhāvissati
[page 027]
XII. 21. 2] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 27
anāgatam addhānam Kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatam
addhānam Kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatam addhānaṃ
Kiṃ hutvā kim bhavissāmi nu khvāham anāgatam
addhānanti || ||
20 Etarahi vā paccuppannam addhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ1
kathaṃkathī bhavissati || || Ahaṃ nu kho smi Na nu kho
smi Kiṃ nu kho smi Kathaṃ nu kho smi Aham nu kho
satto kuto āgato so kuhiṃgāmī bhavissatī ti ||2 Netaṃ
ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
21 Taṃ kissa hetu || Tathā hi bhikkhave ariyasāva-
kassa ayañca paṭiccasamuppādo ime ca samuppannā
dhammā yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya sudiṭṭhāti3 || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Āhāravaggo dutiyo || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Āhāraṃ Phagguno4 ceva ||
Dve Samaṇabrāhmaṇā ||
Kaccāyanagotto5 Dhammakathikam ||
Acelaṃ Timbarukena ca6 ||
Bālena7 paṇḍito ceva ||
Dasamo Paccayena cā ti || ||
CHAPTER III DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO
SN_2,12(1).21 (1) Dasabalā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati8 ||
2 Dasabalasamannāgato bhikkhave Tathāgato catūhi ca
vesārajjehi samannāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānam patijānāti ||
parisāsu sīhanādam nadati brahmacakkam pavatteti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert kaṃ
2 C gāmi- B kuhiṃgamissati
3 S1-3 suddiṭṭhāti
4 S1-3 phagunnañ
5 B Kaccānagotta S1-3 Dhammakathi
6 S1-3 Timbarūkena B Timparukena
7 S1-3 bāla
8 S1-3 Sāvatthi only always
[page 028]
28 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 21. 3
Iti rūpam iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo1 ||
Iti vedanā iti vedanāya samudayo iti vedanāya atthaṅ-
gamo || Iti saññā iti saññāya samudayo iti saññāya atthaṅ-
gamo || Iti saṅkhārā iti saṅkhārānam samudayo iti saṅ-
khārāṇam atthaṅgamo || Iti viññāṇam iti viññāṇassa
samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo2 ||
Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti imassuppādā idam uppajjati ||
imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti imassa nirodhā idaṃ
nirujjhati || ||
3 Yad idam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā
viññāṇaṃ pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti || ||
4 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| evam etassa keva-
lassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Pathamam ||3 ||
SN_2,12(1).22 (2) Dasabalā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2-4 Dasabalasamannāgato bhikkhave- -evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti ||4 ||
5 Evaṃ svākhyāto5 bhikkhave mayā dhammo uttāno
vivaṭo pakasito chinnapilotiko || ||
6 Evaṃ svākhyāte kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme uttāne
vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike alam eva saddhā pabbajitena
kulaputtena viriyam ārabhituṃ || kāmaṃ taco ca nahārū6
ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu sarīre upasussatu maṃsaṃ lohitaṃ ||
Yan tam purisathāmena purisaviriyena purisaparakkamena
pattabbaṃ na tam apāpuṇitvā viriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ7
bhavissati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B has atthaṅgamo S1-3 atthagamo always
2 All this, from iti rūpaṃ-, is missing in S1-3, but is to
be found in the next sutta
3 This first sutta becomes the beginning of the second
4 Repetition of the preceding sutta
5 So B S1-3 svakkhāto always
6 B nhāru always
7 S1-3 pa (S1 pu) risassa santhānaṃ
[page 029]
XII. 23. 4] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 29
7 Dukkham bhikkhave kusīto viharati vokiṇṇo pāpakehi
akusalehi dhammehi mahantañca sadattham1 parihāpeti ||
Āraddhaviriyo ca-kho bhikkhave sukhaṃ viharati pavivitto
pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi mahantañca sadattham
paripūreti || ||
8 Na bhikkhave hīnena aggassa patti hoti || aggena ca
bhikkhave aggassa patti hoti || maṇḍapeyyam idam bhik-
khave brahmacariyaṃ satthā sammukhībhūto || Tasmāti ha
bhikkhave viriyam ārabhatha appattassa pattiyā anadhi-
gatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya ||
9 Evam no ayam amhākam pabbajjā avañjhā2 bhavissati
saphalā sa-udrayā ||3 Yesaṃhi mayaṃ paribhuñjāma cīvara-
piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāram ||
tesam vokārā4 amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahāni-
saṃsāti || ||
10 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || attatthaṃ vā5
hi bhikkhave sampassamānena alam eva appamādena
sampādetuṃ || paratthaṃ vā hi bhikkhave sampassamānena
alam eva appamādena sampādetum || ubhayatthaṃ vā hi
bhikkhave sampassamānena alam eva appamādena sampā-
detun ti || || Dutiyam || ||
SN_2,12(1).23 (3) Upanisā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Jānato ham bhikkhave passato āsavānaṃ khayaṃ
vadāmi no ajānato no appassato || ||
3 Kiṃ ca bhikkhave jānato kiṃ passato āsavānaṃ
khayo hoti || || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa
atthaṅgamo || Iti vedanā || pe|| Iti saññā || || Iti saṅkhārā || ||
Iti viññāṇaṃ || iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa
atthaṅgamo ti || || Evam kho bhikkhave jānato evam
passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert ca here and further on
2 B avanchā
3 So B and S3 S1 udāyā C udriyā
4 S1-3 tesantekārā
5 S1-3 omit vā
[page 030]
30 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 23. 4
4 Yam pissa tam1 bhikkhave khayasmiṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ
taṃ {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no {anupanisaṃ} ||2 ||
5 Kā ca bhikkhave khaye ñāṇassa upanisā Vimuttīti-ssa3
vacanīyaṃ || vimuttim pāham4 bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
6 Kā ca bhikkhave vimuttiyā upanisā Virāgo ti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || || Virāgam pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ}
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
7 Kā ca bhikkhave virāgassa upanisā Nibbidāti-ssa va-
canīyaṃ || || Nibbidam pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
8 Kā ca bhikkhave nibbidāya upanisā Yathābhūtañāṇa-
dassanan ti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Yathābhūtañāṇadassanam
pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
9 Kā ca bhikkhave yathābhūtaññāṇadassanassa upanisā
Samādhīti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Samādhim vāham bhikkhave
sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
10 Kā ca bhikkhave samādhissa upanisā5 Sukhan ti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || Sukham pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
11 Kā ca bhikkhave sukhassa upanisā Passaddhīti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || Passadhim pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
12 Kā ca bhikkhave passaddhiyā upanisā Pītīti6-ssa
{vacanīyaṃ} || Pītim pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi
no anupanisaṃ || ||
13 Kā ca bhikkhave pītiyā upanisā Pāmojjanti-ssa7
vacanīyaṃ || Pāmojjam pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
14 Kā ca bhikkhave pāmojjassa upanisā Saddhāti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || Saddham pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 Sampassataṃ
2 S1-3 insert pi
3 S1-3 Upanisaṃsā vimuttītitassa
4 S1-3 paham always
5 S1-3 upanisaṃ
6 S1-3 Pītiṃ
7 So B and C S1-3 pamujjaṃ
[page 031]
XII. 23. 25] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 31
15 Kā ca bhikkhave saddhāya1 upanisā Dukkhanti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || Dukkham pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ}
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
16 Kā ca bhikkhave dukkhassa upanisā Jātīti ssa va-
canīyam || Jātim pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi
no anupanisaṃ || ||
17 Kā ca bhikkhave jātiyā upanisā Bhavoti-ssa vacanīyaṃ ||
bhavam pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no anu-
panisaṃ || ||
18 Kā ca bhikkhave bhavassa upanisā Upādānanti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || || Upādānam pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ}
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
19 Kā ca bhikkhave upādānassa upanisā Taṇhāti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || || Taṇham2 pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ
vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
20-25 Kā ca bhikkhave taṇhāya upanisā Vedanāti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ || pe||
- Phasso tissa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Saḷāyatananti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Nāmarūpanti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Viññāṇanti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Saṅkhārāti-ssa vacanīyaṃ ||3 saṅkhāre pāhām
bhikkhave sa-upanise vadāmi no anupanise ||
26 Kā ca bhikkhave saṅkhārānam upanisā Avijjāti-ssa
vacanīyaṃ ||
Iti kho bhikkhave avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārū-
panisām viññāṇaṃ || viññāṇūpanisaṃ nāmarūpaṃ || nāma-
rūpūpanisaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || saḷāyatanūpaniso phasso || phas-
sūpanisā vedanā || vedānūpanisā taṇhā || taṇhūpanisaṃ
upādānaṃ || upādānūpaniso bhavo || bhavūpanisā2 jāti ||
jātūpānisaṃ dukkhaṃ || dukkhūpanisā saddhā || {saddhū-
panisaṃ} pāmojjaṃ || pāmojjūpanisā pīti || pītūpanisā pas-
saddhi || passaddhūpanisaṃ sukhaṃ || sukhūpaniso samādhi ||
samādhūpanisaṃ yathābhutaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ || yathābhū-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 suddhā
2 S3 taṇhā corrected to taṇhaṃ in S1
3 So B; complete in S1-3
[page 032]
32 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 23. 27
tañāṇadassanūpanisā nibbidā || nibbidūpaniso virāgo virā-
gūpanisā vimutti || vimuttūpanisaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ || ||
27 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave uparipabbate phullaphusitake
deve vassante tam udakaṃ yathā ninnam pavattamānam
pabbata-kandara-padara-sākhā paripūreti || pabbata-kan-
dara-padara-sākhā paripūrā kusubbhe paripūrenti || ku-
subbhā1 paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti || mahāsobbhā2
paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti || kunnadiyo paripūrā
mahānadiyo paripūrenti || mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsa-
muddam sāgaram paripūrenti ||
28 Evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā ||
Saṅkhārūpanisaṃ viññāṇam || viññāṇūpanisaṃ nāma-
rūpaṃ || nāmarūpūpanisaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || saḷāyātanūpa-
niso phasso || phassūpanisā vedanā || vedanūpanisā taṇhā ||
{taṇhūpanisaṃ} upādānaṃ || upādānūpaniso bhavo || bhavū-
panisā jāti || jātūpanisaṃ dukkhaṃ || dukkhūpanisā saddhā ||
{saddhūpanisaṃ} pāmojjaṃ || pāmojjūpanisā pīti || pītūpanisā
passaddhi || passaddhūpanisaṃ sukhaṃ || sukhūpaniso
samādhi || samādhūpanisaṃ yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ ||
yathābhūtañāṇadassanūpanisā nibbidā || nibbidūpaniso
virāgo || virāgūpanisā vimutti || vimuttūpanisaṃ khaye
ñāṇanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).24 (44) Aññatitthiyā
1 Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane ||3 ||
I
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivā-
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagaham piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa etad ahosi || Atippago
kho tāva Rājagahe piṇḍāya carituṃ || yam nunāhaṃ yena
aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkamey-
yanti || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena aññatitthiyānam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kussubbhe . . . kussubbhā
2 S1-3 -sobbhe
3 S1-3 Rājagahe only
[page 033]
XII. 24. 8] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 33
paribbājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tehi
aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ sammodi || sammo-
danīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam te
aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etad avocuṃ || ||
5 Santāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kam-
mavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || santi panāvuso
Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkatam
dukkham paññāpenti || santāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇa-
brāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca duk-
kham paññāpenti || santi panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇa-
brāhmaṇā1 kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram
adhicca samuppannam dukkham paññāpenti || ||
6 Idha panāvuso Sāriputta Samaṇo Gotamo kiṃvādī
kimakkhāyī || Kathaṃ vyākaramānā ca mayam vuttavādino
ceva Samaṇassa Gotamassa assāma na ca2 Samaṇaṃ
Gotamam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma || dhammassa cānu-
dhammam vyākareyyāma || na ca koci sahadhammiko
vādānupāto3 gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
7 Paṭiccasamuppannam kho āvuso dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ
Bhagavatā || kiṃ paṭicca phassam paṭicca || iti vadaṃ4
vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assa na ca Bhagavantam
abhūtena abbhācikkheyya || dhammassa5 cānudhammaṃ
vyākareyya || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ
ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyya ||
8 Tatrāvuso6 ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā7
sayaṃkataṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā ||
ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃ-kataṃ
dukkham paññapenti tad api phassapaccayā || Ye pi te
samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-kataṃ ca paraṃ-
kataṃ ca dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā || Ye
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All this from the first kammavādā is missing in B.
2 S1-3 seem to have assāmanañca always
3 So S1-3 and C B vādānuvādo; both always
4 So B and C S1-3 padaṃ
5 S1 dhammañcassa
6 S1-3 tatra āvuso always
7 S1-3 -vādino
[page 034]
34 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 24. 9
pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāram aparaṃ-
kāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api
phassapaccayā ||
9 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-
kataṃ1 dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata2 aññatra phassā
paṭisaṃvedissantīti || netam3 ṭhānam vijjati || || Ye pi te
samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ
paññapenti || te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} ||
netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kam-
mavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkham paññāpenti ||
te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} || netaṃ ṭhānaṃ
vijjati || || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-
karam adhiccasamuppannam dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata
aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti || netaṃ ṭhānaṃ
vijjatīti || ||
II
10 Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmato Sāriputtassa tehi
aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhim kathāsallāpam || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā
pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando yāvatako
āyasmato Sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi
saddhim ahosi kathasallāpo taṃ sabbam Bhagavato
ārocesi || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda yathā taṃ Sāriputto sammāvy-
ākaramāno vyākareyya || paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho Ānanda
dukkhaṃ vuttam mayā || kimpaṭicca phassam paṭicca || Iti
vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa na ca mam abhūtena
vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gāray-
ham ṭhānam āgaccheyya || ||
13 Tatrānanda ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
sayaṃ-kataṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add parakatañca
2 S1 vathā always
3 B. no taṃ
[page 035]
XII. 24. 20] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 35
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā
kammavādā asayaṃkāram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamup-
pannaṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā || ||
14 Tatrānanda ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
sayaṃkataṃ dukkham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā
{paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netam ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te || pe||
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
asayaṃkaram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamuppannam duk-
kham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissan-
tīti} netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
15 Ekam idāham Ānanda samayam idheva Rājagahe
viharāmi Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
16 Atha khvāham Ānanda pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagahe piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ || ||
17 Tassa mayham Ānanda etad ahosi || Atippago kho
tāva Rājagahe piṇḍāya carituṃ || yam nunāhaṃ yena
aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkamey-
yanti || ||
18 Atha khvāham Ānanda yena aññatitthiyānam parib-
bājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ || upasaṅkamitvā tehi
aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ sammodiṃ || sammo-
danīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdiṃ || ||
Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho maṃ Ānanda te aññatitthiyā
paribbājakā etad avocuṃ || ||
19 Santāvuso Gotama eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kamma-
vādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkham paññāpenti || || Santi panāvuso
Gotama eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃ-kataṃ
dukkham paññāpenti || || Santāvuso Gotama eke samaṇa-
brāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-katañca paraṃ-katañca
dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || || Santi panāvuso Gotama eke
samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-
kāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkham paññāpenti || ||
20 Idha no āyasmā Gotamo kiṃvādī kim akkhāyī ||
kathaṃ vyākaramānā1 mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva āyasmato
Gotamassa assāma na ca āyasmantaṃ Gotamam abhūtena
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B adds ca
[page 036]
36 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 24. 21
abbhācikkheyyāma || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākarey-
yāma na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ
ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
21 Evaṃ vuttāham Ānanda te aññatitthiye paribbājake
etad avocaṃ || || Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho āvuso dukkham
vuttaṃ mayā || kim paṭicca phassaṃ paṭicca || iti vadaṃ
vuttavādī ceva me assa na ca mam abhūtena abbhācik-
kheyya || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyya na ca
koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgac-
cheyyāti || ||
22 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-
kataṃ dukkham paññāpenti || tad api phassapaccayā || ||
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇa-
brāhmaṇā kammavādā asayam-kāram aparaṃ-kāram
adhiccasamuppannam dukkham paññāpenti || tad api
phassapaccayā || ||
23 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ
katam dukkhaṃ paññapenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭi-
saṃvedissantīti || neṭaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te || pe|| ||
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāmanā kammavādā
asayaṃkāram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamuppannam duk-
kham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedis-
santīti netaṃ ṭhānam vijjatīti || ||
24 Acchariyam bhante abbhūtam bhante yatra hi nāma
ekena padena sabbo attho vutto bhavissati || siyā nu kho
bhante esevattho vitthārena vuccamāno gambhīro ceva
assa gambhīravabhāso cā ti || ||
25 Tena1 hānanda taññevettha paṭibhātūti || ||
III
26 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Jarāmaraṇaṃ
āvuso Ānanda kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikam
kimpabhavanti || || Evam puṭṭhāham2 bhante evam vyā-
kareyyaṃ || Jarāmaraṇaṃ kho āvuso jātinidānam jātisamu-
dayaṃ jātijātikaṃ jātipabhavanti || Evam puṭṭhāham
bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 kena
2 S1-3 putṭho ham
[page 037]
XII. 25. 2] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 37
27 Sa ce mam bhante evaṃ puccheyyuṃ || || Jāti
panāvuso Ānanda kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kim-
pabhavāti || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evam vyākareyyaṃ || ||
Jāti kho āvuso bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā
bhavapabhavā ti || || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ
vyākareyyaṃ || ||
28 Sa ce maṃ bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Bhavo pānā-
vuso Ānanda kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kim-
pabhavoti || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyam || ||
Bhavo kho āvuso upādānanidāno upādānasamudayo upā-
dānajātiko upādānappabhavo ti || || Evam puṭṭhāhaṃ bhante
evam vyākareyyaṃ ||
29-31 Sa ce mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ ||
Upādānaṃ panāvuso ||1 pe ||
Taṇhā panāvuso || pe||
Vedanā panāvuso || pe||
Sa ce mam bhante puccheyyuṃ || Phasso panāvuso
Ānanda kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudāyo kiṃjātiko kimpabha-
voti || evam puṭṭhāhaṃ bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ ||
Phasso kho āvuso saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo
saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanapabhavoti || channam tveva
āvuso phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā phassa-
nirodho || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || vedanānirodhā
taṇhānirodho || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || upādā-
nanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jāti-
nirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupā-
yāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhan-
dhassa nirodho hotīti || || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ
vyākareyyanti || || Catuṭṭhaṃ ||
SN_2,12(1).25 (5) Bhūmija
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati ||
I
2 Atha kho āyasmā Bhūmijo sāyaṇhasamayam paṭi-
sallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
[page 038]
38 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 25. 3
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodaniyam kathām sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Bhūmijo āyasmantaṃ
Sāriputtam etad avoca || ||
3 Santāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kamma-
vādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti || Santi
panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
param-kataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || santi panā-
vuso1 Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-
katañca paraṃ-katañca sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi
panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ su-
khadukkhaṃ paññāpenti ||
4 Idha no āvuso Sāriputta Bhagavā kiṃvādi kimakkhāyī ||
kathaṃ vyākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva Bhagavato
assāma na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma ||
dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyāma na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānupāto2 gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchey-
yāti ||
5 Paṭicca-samuppannam kho āvuso sukhadukkhaṃ
vuttaṃ Bhagavatā || kiṃ paṭicca phassaṃ paṭicca || iti
vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assa na ca Bhagavantam
abhūtena abbhācikkheyya || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ
vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ
ṭhānam āgaccheyya || ||
6 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavāda
sayaṃ-kataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || tad api
phassapaccayā || || Ye pi te || pe|| Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te
samanabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāraṃ aparaṃ-
kāram adhicca samuppannaṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti ||
tad api phassapaccayā || ||
7 Tatrāvuso ye pi3 te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra
phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netam ṭhānam vijjati || Ye pi te ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B Santāvuso
2 See the preceding sutta (p. 33 n. 3)
3 Omitted by B
[page 039]
XII. 25. 13] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 39
pe || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā
kammavādā asayaṃ-kāraṃ aparaṃ-kāram aḍhiccasam-
uppannaṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra
phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netam ṭhanaṃ vijjatīti || ||
II
8 Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmato Sāriputtassa
āyasmatā Bhūmijena saddhim imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando yāvatako
āyasmato Sāriputtassa āyasmatā Bhūmijena saddhiṃ ahosi
kathāsallāpo || tam sabbam Bhagavato ārocesi || ||
10 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || yathā taṃ Sāriputto sammā-
vyākaramāno vyākareyya || paṭicca-samuppannaṃ kho
Ānanda sukhadukkhaṃ vuttam mayā || kim paṭicca
phassam paṭicca || iti vadaṃ1 vuttavādī ceva me assa na
ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya || dhammassa cānu-
dhammaṃ vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādā-
nupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam agaccheyya ||
11 Tatrānanda ye2 te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
sayaṃ-kataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti tad api phassa-
paccaye || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te
samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-
kāraṃ adhiccasamupannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti ||
tad api phassapaccayā ||3 ||
12 Tatrānanda ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā
sayaṃ-kataṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti te vata aññatra
phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netaṃ ṭhanaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi
te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā
kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhicca-
samuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra
phassā {pāṭisaṃvedissantīti} netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati ||
13 Kāye vā hānanda sati kāyasañcetanā-hetu uppajjati
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 have vadaṃ here See p.33 n. 4.
2 S2 adds pi
3 This paragraph is repeated in B
[page 040]
40 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 25. 14
ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || vācāya vā hānanda sati vaci-
sañcetanā-hetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkham || mane1
vā hānanda sati manosañcetanā-hetu uppajjati ajjhattam
sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
14 Avijjāpaccayā va2 sāmaṃ vā taṃ Ānanda kāya-
saṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti3 yam paccayāssa4 tam uppajjati
ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || pare vāssa5 taṃ Ānanda kāyasaṅ-
khāram abhīsaṅkharonti6 yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati
ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || || Sampajāno vā7 tam Ānanda
kāyasaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccāyassa tam
uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkham || asampajāno vā7 tam
Ānanda kāyasaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa
tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkham || ||
15 Sāmaṃ vātaṃ Ānanda vacīsaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti
yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ||
pare vāssa tam Ānanda vacīsaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharonti
yaṃ paccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ||
16 Sampajāno vātaṃ Ānanda || pe|| || asampajāno vā tam
Ānanda vacīsaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa tam
uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
17 Sāmaṃ vā tam Ānanda manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅk-
haroti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattam sukhaduk-
khaṃ || Pare vāssa taṃ Ānanda manosaṅkhāram abhisaṅ-
kharonti yaṃ paccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaduk-
khaṃ || ||
18 Sampajāno vā tam Ānanda || pe|| asampajāno vā tam
Ānanda manosaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa
taṃ uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
19 Imesu Ānanda chasu8 dhammesu avijjā anupatitā ||
Avijjāya tveva Ānanda asesāvirāganirodhā so kāyo na hoti ||
yampaccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ||
Sa vācā na hoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattam
sukhadukkhaṃ || So mano na hoti yam paccayāssa tam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 mano
2 B ca
3 S1-3 -karoti C -khāroti
4 B paccayāyaṃ always
5 B vāyam
6 S1-3 -karonti; further on kharoti kharonti
7 S1-3 va always
8 S1-3 omit chasu
[page 041]
XII. 26. 6] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 41
uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || khettaṃ taṃ na hoti ||
vatthu taṃ na hoti || āyatanaṃ taṃ na hoti || adhikaraṇaṃ
taṃ na hoti || yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattam
sukhadukkhanti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).26 (6) Upavāno
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Upavāṇo1 yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antam nisinno kho āyasmā Upavāṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
3 Santi2 bhante eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-kataṃ
dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi pana bhante eke samaṇabrāh-
manā paraṃ-kataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi pana
bhante eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-katañca paraṃ-katañca
dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi pana bhante eke samaṇabrāh-
maṇā {asayaṃ}-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ
dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || ||
4 Idha no bhante Bhagavā kimvādī kiṃ akkhāyī || kathaṃ
vyākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva Bhagavato assāma
na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma || dham-
massa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyyāma na ca koci sahadham-
miko vādānupāto gārayham ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
5 Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho Upavāṇa dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ
mayā || Kimpaṭicca phassaṃ paṭicca || iti vadaṃ3 vuttavādī
ceva me assa na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya dham-
massa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyya na ca koci sahadham-
miko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyya ||
6 Tatra Upavāṇa4 ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-kataṃ
dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || tad api phassa paccayā || || Ye pi te ||
pe || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asayaṃ-
kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannam dukkhaṃ
paññāpenti || tad api phassa paccayā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So1-3 C B Upavāno
2 S1-3 add hi always
3 S1 padaṃ
4 B tatrupavāna always
[page 042]
42 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 26. 7
7 Tatra Upavāṇa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-kataṃ
dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃ-
vedissantīti netam ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye
pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asayam-kāraṃ
aparaṃ-kāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññā-
penti ||1 te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netam
ṭhānam vijjatīti || || Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).27 (7) Paccayo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || Saṅkhārapaccayā
viññāṇaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhan-
dhassa samudayo hoti ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || || Yā tesaṃ
tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā
khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyā-
ṇaṃ paripāko ayaṃ vuccati jarā || || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sat-
tānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā2 bhedo
antaradhānam maccu maraṇam kālakiriyā khandhānam
bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ || || Iti
ayañca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ ||
Idam vuccati bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
4 Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo || jātinirodhā
jarāmaraṇanirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo
jarāmaraṇanirodha-gāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam || || sam-
mādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto
sammā-ājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave jāti3 ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhavo ||
7 Katamañ ca bhikkhave upādānam ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Here S1 adds between the lines tad api phassa paccayā --
Upavāṇa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ kataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti
2 All this from katamañca is missing in S3 -- See above 2.4
3 Here S1-3 repeats what is said in 2.4
[page 043]
XII. 28. 6] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 43
8 Katamā ca bhikkhave taṇhā ||
9 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā ||
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave phasso ||
11 Katamañ ca bhikkhave saḷāyatanaṃ ||
12 Katamañ ca bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ ||
13 Katamañ ca bhikkhave viññāṇam ||
14 Katamā ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || tayo me bhikkhave
saṅkhārā || kāyasaṅkhāro vācīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro ||1 ime
vaccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā ||2 ||
Avijjasamudayā saṅkhāra-samudayo || avijjā-nirodhā
saṅkhāra-nirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo
saṅkhāra-nirodha-gāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam || sammā-
diṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evam paccayam
pajānāti || evam paccayasamudayaṃ pajānāti || evam pacca-
yanirodham pajānāti || evaṃ paccayanirodhagāminiṃ paṭi-
padaṃ pajānāti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako
diṭṭhisampanno iti pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ
saddhammam iti pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi ||
sekhena ñānena samannāgato iti pi || sekhāya vijjāya saman-
nāgato iti pi || dhammasotaṃ3 samāpanno iti pi || ariyo
nibbedhikapañño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca4 tiṭṭhati iti
pīti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).28 (8) Bhikkhū.
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tatra kho || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu jarāmaraṇam pajānāti || jarā-
maraṇasamudāyam pajānāti || jarāmaraṇanirodham pajā-
nāti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ patipadam pajānāti || pe||
4 Jātim pajānāti || ||
5 Bhavam pajānāti || ||
6 Upādānam pajānāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ti
2 See above 2.14
3 S1-3 dhammaṃ sotaṃ- C dhammaṃ sota- and dhammasotaṃ-
4 B āpacca here only
[page 044]
44 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA. [XII. 28. 7
7 Taṇham pajānāti || ||
8 Vedanam pajānāti || ||
9 Phassam pajānāti || ||
10 Saḷāyatanam pajānāti || ||
11 Nāmarūpam pajānāti || ||
12 Viññāṇam pajānāti || ||
13 Saṅkhāre pajānāti || saṅkhārasamudayam pajānāti ||
saṅkhāranirodham pajānāti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ
paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
14 Katamañca bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || || Yā tesaṃ
tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā
khaṇḍiccam pāliccam valittacatā āyuno samhāni indriyānam
paripāko ayam vuccati jarā || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ
tamhi tamhi sattanikāye cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ
maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānam bhedo kaḷevarassa
nikkhepo idam vuccati maraṇaṃ || Iti ayañca jarā idañca
maraṇaṃ || idam vuccati bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
15 Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo || jātinirodhā
jarāmaraṇanirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo jarā-
maraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ || || Sammā-
diṭṭhi || pe|| sammāsamādhi || ||
16-24 Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti || pe|| katamo ca
bhikkhave bhavo || katamañ ca bhikkhave upādānam || kata-
mā ca bhikkhave taṇhā || vedanā || phasso || saḷāyatanaṃ ||
nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇam ||
25 Katame ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Tayo me bhikkhave
saṅkhārā || kāyasaṅkhāro || vacīsaṅkhāro || cittasaṅkhāro ||
ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || ||
Avijjā-samudayā saṅkhārasamudayo || avijjā-nirodhā
saṅkhāranirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo
saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ || sammā-
diṭṭhi || pe|| sammāsamādhi || ||
26 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu evam jarāmaraṇaṃ
pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudayam pajānāti || evaṃ jarā-
maraṇanirodham pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagā-
miniṃ patipadam pajānāti || ||
27-36 Evaṃ jātiṃ pajānāti || pe|| || Bhavam || Upādānam ||
Taṇhaṃ || Vedanaṃ || Phassaṃ || Saḷāyatanaṃ || Nāmarūpaṃ ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 045]
XII. 29. 24] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO. 45
Viññāṇaṃ || Saṅkhāre saṅkhāra-samudayam || saṅkhāra-
nirodhaṃ || evam saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ
pajānāti || ||
37 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu diṭṭhisampanno iti
pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ saddhammam iti
pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi || sekhāya vijjāya
samannāgato iti pi || dhammasotaṃ samāpanno iti pi || ariyo
nibbedhikapañño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti
pīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).29 (9) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
I
2-12 Tatra kho1 ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāh-
maṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ na parijānanti || jarāmaraṇasamu-
dayaṃ na parijānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ na parijā-
nanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ na parijā-
nanti || || jātiṃ na parijānanti || pe || || Bhavam || || Upādānaṃ || ||
Taṇhaṃ || || Vedanaṃ || Phassam || || Saḷāyatanaṃ || || Nāma-
rupaṃ || || Viññāṇam || || Saṅkhāre || saṅkārasamudayaṃ ||
saṅkhāranirodhaṃ || saṅkhāranirodhagaminiṃ paṭipadaṃ
na parijānanti || ||
13 Na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
samanesu vā samaṇā sammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāh-
maṇā sammatā || na ca panete āyasmanto2 sāmaññatthaṃ
vā brāhmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
II
14-24 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā
vā jarāmaraṇaṃ parijānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pari-
jānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ parijānanti || jarāmaraṇa-
nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ parijānanti || jātiṃ parijānanti ||
pe || bhavam || upādānaṃ || tanhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassam ||
saḷāyatanam || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhāre parijā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1-3 āyasmantā always
[page 046]
46 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 29. 25
nanti || saṅkhārasamudayam parijānanti || saṅkhāraniro-
dham parijānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam
parijānanti || ||
25 Te kho me bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
samaṇesu ceva samaṇā sammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhma-
ṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañ ca brah-
maññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchi-
katvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).30 (10) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tatra kho || pe||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jārāma-
raṇam nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajā-
nanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇa-
nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam nappajānanti || te vata jarā-
maraṇaṃ samatikkamma ṭhassantīti || netam ṭhānaṃ
vijjati || ||
4-12 Jātim nappajānanti || pe|| || Bhavam || || Upadānaṃ ||
Taṇhaṃ || || Vedanaṃ || || Phassaṃ || || Saḷāyatanam || || Nāma-
rupaṃ || || Viññānaṃ || ||
13 Saṅkhāre nappajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayam nap-
pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ nappajānanti || saṅkhārani-
rodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti || te vata saṅkhāre
samatikkamma ṭhassantīti || netaṃ ṭhānaṃ {vijjati} || ||
14 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti || jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti || jarāma-
raṇasamudayaṃ pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajā-
nanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti ||
te te jarāmaraṇaṃ samatikkamma ṭhassantīti || ṭhānam
etaṃ vijjati || ||
15-23 Jātim pajānanti || pe|| bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ || taṇ-
haṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ ||
viññāṇaṃ ||
24 Saṅkhāre pajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānanti ||
saṅkharanirodhaṃ pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminim
paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || te vata saṅkhāre samatikkamma
ṭhassantīti ṭhānam etaṃ vijjatīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 047]
XII. 31. 4] KAḶARAKHATTIYO VAGGO CUTUTTHO 47
Dasabalavaggo tatiyo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Dve Dasabalā1 Upanisā ca1
Aññatitthiyā Bhūmijam2 ||
Upavāṇo3 Paccayo Bhikkhu4 ||
Dve ca Samaṇabrāhmaṇā ti || ||
CHAPTER IV KAḶARAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_2,12(1).31 (1) Bhūtam
1 Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati5 ||
I
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam āman-
tesi || || Vuttam idaṃ Sāriputta Parāyane6 Ajita-pañhe ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse7 || ye ca sekhā8 puthu idha ||
Tesam me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me9 brūhi mārisāti || ||
Imassa kho Sāriputta saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte10 āyasmā Sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi || ||
3 Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam
āmantesi || pe|| Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Sāriputto tuṇhī
ahosi || ||
4 Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam
āmantesi || || Vuttam idaṃ Sāriputta Parāyane Ajita-pañhe11 ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse || ye ca sekhā puthu idha ||
Tesam me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me brūhi mārisāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -balaṃ upādāniyo
2 S1-3 -yabhūmijo
3 B Upavāno
4 B bhikkhū
5 S1-3 Sāvatthi -- ārāme --pe--
6 B S1-3 pārāyane
7 S1 -ye always S3 sometimes
8 C sekkhā
9 S1-3 pa always
10 B vuttena
11 S1 pārāyano -pañho.
[page 048]
48 NIDĀNA-SAMYUTTA. [XII. 31. 5
Imassa nu kho Sāriputta saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||1 Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā
Sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi || ||
II
5 Bhūtam idanti Sāriputta passasīti || bhūtaṃ idanti
Sāriputta passasīti || ||
6 Bhūtam idanti bhante yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya2
passati || || Bhūtam idanti yathābhūtam sammappaññāya
disvā bhūtassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno
hoti || || Tadāhārasambhavanti sammappaññāya passati ||
tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhā-
ya paṭipanno hoti || || Tadāhāranirodhā3 yaṃ bhūtam
taṃ nirodhadhamman ti yathā-bhūtam sammappaññāya
passati || tad āhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodha-
dhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā nirodha-
dhammassa nibbidāya virāgaya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhante sekho hoti || ||
7 Kathañca bhante saṅkhātadhammo hoti || Bhūtam
idanti bhante yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati ||
bhūtam idanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā bhū-
tassa4 nibbidā virāgā5 nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya
passati || tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtam sammapp-
aññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā
anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti
yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || tadāhāranirodhā
yaṃ bhutaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sam-
mappaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidā virāgā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add evam vutte.
2 B has usually sammapa-; sometimes sammappo
3 S1-3 -nirodhāya
4 omitted by S1-3; in S1 instead of bhūtassa there is a word
(as tisvā) erased
5 S3 nibbidāya virāgāya
[page 049]
XII. 31. 10] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 49
nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || || Evaṃ kho bhante
saṅkhātadhammo hoti ||
8. Iti kho bhante yam tam vuttaṃ Parāyane Ajiṭapañhe || ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse || ye ca sekhā puthu idha ||
Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me brūhi mārisāti ||1 ||
Imassa khvāham bhante saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
III
9 Sādhu sādhu Sāriputta bhūtam idanti Sāriputta yathā
bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati || bhūtam idanti yathā
bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtam sammapaññāya pas-
sati || tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ samma-pañ-
ñāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
paṭipanno hoti || ||
Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti
yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati || tadāhāranirodhā-
yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtam samma-
paññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
Evaṃ kho Sāriputta sekho hoti || ||
10 Kathañca Sāriputta saṅkhātadhammo hoti || Bhūtam
idanti Sāriputta yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati ||
Bhūtam idanti yathā-bhūtam sammapaññāya disvā bhūtassa
nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya
passati || tadāhārasambhavanti yatha-bhūtaṃ sammapañ-
ñāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā
anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhāranirodhā yam bhūtaṃ tam nirodhadhammanti
yathā-bhūtam sammapaññāya passati || tadāhāranirodhā
yam bhūtam taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sam-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 See above, 2 (p.47)
[page 050]
50 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 31. 11
mapaññāya disvā nirodhammassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā
anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Evaṃ kho Sāriputta saṅkhātadhammo hoti ||
11 Iti1 kho Sāriputta yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ parāyane Ajita-
pañhe || ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse || ye ca sekhā puthu idha ||
tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me brūhi mārisāti || ||
Imassa kho Sāriputta saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evam vit-
thārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
Pathamaṃ2 || ||
SN_2,12(1).32 (2) Kaḷāra
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
I
2 Atha kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu yenāyasmā Sāriputto
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena sad-
dhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vīti-
sāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || ||
Moliyaphagguno āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhu sikkham pac-
cakkhāya hīnāyāvatto ti || ||
Na hi nūna so āyasmā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye assāsam
alatthāti || ||
4 Tena āyasmā Sāriputto imasmim dhammavinaye
assāsam patto ti ||
Na khvāham āvuso kaṅkhāmīti ||
5 Āyatim panāvusoti ||
Nakhvāham āvuso vicikicchāmīti || ||
6 Atha kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena
Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antam nisinno kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 These words from kho- are missing in S1-3
2 All the numbers are missing in S1-3
[page 051]
XII. 32. 15] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 51
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ayasmatā bhante Sāriputtena
aññā vyākatā khīṇā jati vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataram bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvaṃ bhikkhu mama vacanena Sāriputtam āmantehi ||
Satthā tam āvuso Sāriputta āmantetīti || ||
9 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭisutvā1
yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyas-
mantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || Satthā tam āvuso Sāri-
putta āmāntetīti || ||
10 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno
paṭisutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
II
11 Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Sāriputtaṃ
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tayā Sāriputta aññā
vyākatā khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ {karaṇī-
yaṃ} nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || ||
Na kho2 bhante etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi attho3
vutto ti ||
12 Yena kenaci pi Sāriputta pariyāyena kulaputto aññaṃ
vyākaroti || atha kho vyākatam vyākatato daṭṭhabbanti || ||
13 Nanu aham pi bhante evam vadāmi Na kho bhante
etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi attho vutto ti || ||
14 Sace taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyum || Kathaṃ
jānatā pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta katham passatā aññā
vyākatā khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇī-
yaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ
Sāriputta kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
15 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ Kathaṃ jānatā
pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta katham passatā aññā vyākatā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 paṭiss- always
2 B khvātaṃ or khvaham (to be read khvāyaṃ)
3 All the MSS. add ca
[page 052]
52 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 32. 16
khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāpa-
ram itthattāyāti pajānāmīti evaṃ puṭṭhāhaṃ bhante evam
vyākareyyaṃ || ||
16 Yaṃnidānā1 āvuso jāti tassa nidānassa khayā khīṇas-
miṃ2 khīṇam iti3 viditaṃ || khīṇasmiṃ4 khīṇam iti5 viditvā
khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāpa-
ram itthattāyāti pajānāmī ti || ||
Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
17 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || ||
Jāti panāvuso Sāriputta kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā6 kiṃ
jātikā kimpabhavāti || evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti
vyākareyyāsīti || ||
18 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || || Jāti panā-
vuso Sāriputta kiṃnidānā || pa || kimpabhavāti || evam puṭ-
ṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || || Jāti kho7 āvuso
bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavapabhavāti ||
Evaṃ puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti ||
19 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evaṃ puccheyyuṃ || Bhavo
panāvuso Sariputto kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko
kimpabhavoti || evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti vyākarey-
yāsīti || ||
20 Sace maṃ bhante evaṃ puccheyyum || || Bhavo panā-
vuso Sāriputta kiṃnidaño || pa || kimpabhavoti || evaṃ
puṭṭho bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || Bhavo kho āvuso upā-
dānanidāno upādānasamudayo upādānajātiko upādāna pa-
bhāvoti || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ {vyākareyyanti} || ||
21 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || Upā-
dānam panāvuso || pe||
22-23 Sa ce pana taṃ Sāriputta evaṃ puccheyyuṃ ||
Taṇhā panāvuso kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā
kiṃ pabhavāti || evaṃ puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti
vyākareyyāsīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nidānaṃ; C nidānāvuso
2 S3 khīṇāsmi
3 B khiṇāmhiti
4 Omitted by B
5 B khīṇāmhīti
6 S3 kimnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ (corrected from samudayā)
7 S1-3 omit kho
[page 053]
XII. 32. 30] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 53
24 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Taṇhā panā-
vuso Sāriputta kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kim-
pabhavāti || evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ ||
Taṇhā kho āvuso vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā vedanājā-
tikā vedanāpabhavāti || evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyā-
kareyyanti ||1 ||
25 Sacepana tam Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || || Kathaṃ
jānato pana te āvuso Sāriputta katham passato yā vedanā
sunandī sā na upaṭṭhāsīti || evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta
kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
26 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Kathaṃ jāna-
to pana te āvuso katham passato yā vedanā sunandī sā na
upaṭṭhāsīti || evam puṭṭāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
27 Tisso kho imā āvuso vedanā || Katamā tisso ||2 Sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho
āvuso tisso vedanā aniccā || yad aniccaṃ tam dukkhanti
vidite yā vedanā sunandī sā na upaṭṭhāsīti || ||
Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
28 Sādhu sādhu Sāriputta ayam pi kho Sāriputta pari-
yāyo etasseva saṅkhittena veyyākaraṇāya || Yam kiñci
vedayitaṃ taṃ3 dukkhasminti || ||
29 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || Katham
vimokhā4 pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta aññā vyākatā khīnā
jātī vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam
itthattāyātī pajānāmīti || Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta
kinti vyākareyyāsītī || ||
30 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Katham
vimokkhā5 pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta aññā vyākatā khīṇā
jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ
vyākareyyaṃ ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add here Sace pana- -vedanā kiṃnidānā- -evaṃ puṭṭho
vyākareyyaṃ vedanā phassa- -pabhavāti- -evam vyākareyyanti.
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 S1 omits taṃ; S3 yaṃ and taṃ
4 So B and C; S1-3 vimokhā always
5 S1-3 vimokhāya
[page 054]
54 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 32. 31
31 Ajjhattam vimokkhā khvāham āvuso sabbupādāna-
nakkhayā1 tathāsato viharāmi || yathāsatam viharantaṃ
āsavā nānusavanti2 attānaṃ ca nāvajānāmīti ||
Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evam vyākareyyanti || ||
32 Sādhu sādhu Sāriputta || ayam3 kho Sāriputta pāri-
yāyo etasseva4 atthassa saṅkhittena veyyākaraṇāya || ye
āsavā samaṇena vuttā tesvāham5 na kaṅkhāmi te me
pahīnā6 na vicikicchāmīti ||
33 Idam vatvā Bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram pāvisi || ||
III
34 Tatra kho āyasmā Sāriputto acirapakkantassa Bha-
gavato bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
35 Pubbe {appaṭisaṃviditaṃ} maṃ āvuso Bhagavā patha-
mam pañham apucchi tassa me ahosi dandhāyitattam || ||
Yato ca kho me āvuso Bhagavā pathamam pañham
anumodi || tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi ||
36 Divasañce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya
aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || divasam
paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam aññam
aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || ||
37 Rattiñce pi maṃ7 Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya
aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || rattim
paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam aññam
aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || ||
38 Rattindivaṃ8 ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puc-
cheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi ||
rattindivaṃ paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam
aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sādhupādānakhayā
2 S1-3 -sayanti; C -ssavanti
3 S1-3 add pi
4 S1-3 add Sāriputta
5 S1-3 seem to have tesañcāhaṃ
6 B puts na before and ti after pahīnā
7 S1-3 rattice pi me 8S1-3 insert dve before this word
[page 055]
XII. 32. 46] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 55
39 Dve rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham
puccheyya || dve rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ
vyākareyyaṃ || ||
40 Tīni rattidivāni ce pi maṃ Bhagavā etam attham
puccheyya || tīni rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam attham
vyākareyyam ||
41 Cattāri rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham
puccheya || cattāri rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam
atthaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
42 Pāñca rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham
puccheyya || pañca rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam
attham vyākareyyam ||
43 Cha rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puc-
cheyya || charattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ
vyākareyyam || ||
44 Satta rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham
puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyā-
yehi || Satta rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ
vyākareyyaṃ aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyā-
yehīti || ||
IV
45 Atha kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā
yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
46 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Āyasmatā bhante Sāriput-
tena sīhanādo nadito pubbe {appaṭisaṃviditaṃ} mam
āvuso Bhagavā pathamam pañhaṃ āpucchi || tassa me
ahosi dandhāyitattaṃ || || Yato ca kho me āvuso Bhagavā
pathamam pañham anumodi || tassa mayham āvuso etad
ahosi || || Divasañ ce pi maṃ Bhagavā etam attham puc-
cheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi ||
divasam paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam
aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || || Rat-
tiñce pi || gha || Rattindivām ce pi mam Bhagavā || Dve
rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā || || Tīni || Cattāri || Pañca ||
Cha || Satta rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 056]
56 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 32. 47
puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi ||
satta rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ vyākarey-
yam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehīti || ||
47 Sā hi bhikkhu Sāriputtassa dhammadhātu suppati-
viddhā || yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā divasañce
pahaṃ Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam aññam aññehi
padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || divasam pi me Sāriputto
etam attham vyākareyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam
aññehi pariyāyehi || || Rattiñce paham Sāriputtam etam at-
tham puccheyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pari-
yāyehi || rattim pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || ||
Rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam ||
rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || ||
Dve rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputtam etam attham puc-
cheyyam || dve rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam atthaṃ
vyākareyya || || Tīni rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputto etam
attham puccheyyam tīni rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam
attham vyākareyya || || Cattāri rattidivāni ce paham Sāri-
puttam etam attham puccheyyam || cattāri rattidivāni pi
me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || || Pañca ratti-
divāni ce pahaṃ Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyaṃ
pañca rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || ||
Cha rattidivāni ce pahaṃ Sāriputtaṃ etam attham puc-
cheyyaṃ || cha rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham
vyākareyya || || Satta rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputtam etam
attham puccheyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi
pariyāyehi || satta rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham
vyākareyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pari-
yāyehī ti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).33 (3) Nāṇassa vatthūni (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Catucattārīsaṃ vo bhikkhave ñāṇavatthūni desissāmi ||
Taṃ suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccasso-
sum || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamāni ca bhikkhave
catucattārīsam ñāṇavatthūni || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 057]
XII. 33. 17] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 57
4 Jarāmaraṇe ñāṇaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ jarā-
maraṇanirodhe ñāṇaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭi-
padāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
5 Jātiyā ñāṇaṃ jātisamudaye ñāṇaṃ jātinirodhe ñāṇaṃ
jātinirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
6 Bhave ñāṇaṃ bhavasamudaye ñāṇaṃ bhavanirodhe
ñāṇaṃ bhavanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
7 Upādāne ñāṇaṃ upādānasamudaye ñāṇaṃ upādānani-
rodhe ñāṇaṃ upādānanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
8 Taṇhāya ñāṇaṃ vedanāsamudaye ñāṇaṃ vedanā-
nirodhe ñāṇaṃ vedanānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
9 Vedanāya ñāṇaṃ vedanāsamudaye ñāṇaṃ vedanā-
nirodhe ñāṇaṃ vedanānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
10 Phasse ñāṇaṃ || ||
11 Saḷāyatane ñāṇaṃ || ||
12 Nāmarūpe ñāṇaṃ || ||
13 Viññāne ñāṇaṃ || ||
14 Saṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ saṅkhārasamudaye ñāṇaṃ saṅ-
khāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya
ñāṇaṃ || ||
Imāni vuccanti bhikkhave catucattārīsaṃ ñāṇavatthūni || ||
15 Katamañca1 bhikkhave jarāmaraṇam || ||
Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā
jīranatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccam valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni
indriyānaṃ paripāko || ayam vuccati jarā || || Yā tesaṃ
tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā
bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccumaraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhā-
nam bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo || idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ ||
Iti ayañca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ || idam vuccati bhikkhave
jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
16 Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo || jātinirodhā
jarāmaraṇanirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo
jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam || Sammā-
diṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || ||
17 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evaṃ jarāmaraṇam
pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudayam pajānāti || evaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B kathañca
[page 058]
58 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 33. 18
jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodha-
gāminim paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
18 Idhamassa1 dhamme ñāṇaṃ || so iminā dhammena
diṭṭhena viditena akālikena pattena pariyogāḷhena atītānā-
gate nayaṃ neti ||
19 Ye kho keci atītam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā
vā jarāmaraṇam abbhaññaṃsu || jarāmaraṇasamudayam
abbhaññaṃsu || jarāmaraṇanirodham abbhaññaṃsu || jarā-
maraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abbhaññaṃsu || sabbe2
te evam evam abbhaññaṃsu || Seyyathāpaham3 etarahi || ||
20 Ye hi pi keci anāgatam addhānam samaṇā vā
brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇam abhijānissanti || jarāmaraṇa-
samudayam abhijānissanti || jarāmaraṇanirodham abhijā-
nissanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhijā-
nissanti || sabbe te evam evam abhijānissanti || seyyathā-
paham etarahīti || idam assa anvaye ñāṇaṃ || ||
21 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imāni dve ñāṇāni
parisuddhāni honti pariyodātāni dhamme ñāṇaṃ ca anvaye
ñāṇaṃ ca ||4 ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako diṭṭhi-
sampanno iti pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ
saddhammam iti pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi ||
sekhena ñāṇena samannāgato iti pi || sekhāya vijjāya
samannāgato iti pi || dhammasotaṃ samāpanno iti pi || ariyo
nibbedhikapāñño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti
pīti || pe||
22 Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti || yā tesam || ||
23 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhavo ||
24 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave upādānaṃ ||
25 Katamā ca bhikkhave taṇhā ||
26 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā ||
27 Katamo ca bhikkhave phasso ||
28 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave saḷāyatanam ||
29 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ ||
30 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ ||
31 Katame ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Tayo me bhik-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 ida-
2 S3 sabbesu
3 S3-- pi haṃ
4 B omits ca
[page 059]
XII. 34. 2] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 59
khave saṅkhārā || kāyasaṅkhāro vacīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro
ti || ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || ||
32 Avijjāsamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo || avijjāsamuda-
yanirodhā1 saṅkhāranirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko
maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ ||
Sammādiṭṭhi || pe|| sammāsamādhi || ||
33 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evaṃ saṅkhāre
pajānāti || evaṃ saṅkhārasamudayam pajānāti || evaṃ
saṅkhāranirodham pajānāti || evaṃ saṅkharā nirodhaga-
miniṃ paṭipadam pajānāti || idam assa dhamme ñāṇaṃ || ||
So iminā dhammena diṭṭhena viditena akālikena pattena
pariyogāḷhena atītānāgate2 nayaṃ neti || ||
34 Ye kho keci atītam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā
vā saṅkhare abbhaññaṃsu saṅkharasamudayam abbhañ-
ñaṃsu || saṅkhāranirodham abbhaññaṃsu || sabbe te evam
evam abbhaññaṃsu seyyathāpaham etarahi ||
35 Ye pi hi keci anāgatam addhānaṃ samaṇā vā
brāhmaṇā vā saṅkhāre abhijānissanti || saṅkhārasamuda-
yam abhijānissanti || saṅkhāranirodham abhijānissanti ||
saṅkhāranirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhijānissanti || sabbe
te evam evam abhijānissanti || seyyathāpaham3 etarahi ||
Idam assa anvaye ñāṇaṃ ||
36 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imāni dve ñāṇāni
parisuddhāni honti pariyodātāni dhamme ñāṇaṃ ca anvaye
ñāṇaṃ ca || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave āriyasāvako diṭṭhi-
sampanno iti pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ
saddhammam iti pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi ||
sekhena ñāṇena samannāgato iti pi || sekhayā vijjāya saman-
nāgato iti pi || dhammasotam samāpanno iti pi || ariyo
nibbedhikapañño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti
pīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).34 (4) Ñāṇassa vatthūni (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Satta sattari vo bhikkhave ñāṇavatthūni desissāmi ||
taṃ sunātha || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B S1 avijjānirodhā
2 S1-3 anāgate
3 B. pi haṃ
[page 060]
60 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 34. 3
Katamāni ca bhikkhave sattasattari ñāṇavatthūni ||
3 Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || asati jātiyā natthi
jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || atītam pi addhānam jātipaccayā
jarāmaraṇan ti ñānaṃ || asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti
ñāṇaṃ || anāgatam pi addhānaṃ jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti
ñāṇaṃ || asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || Yam
pissa taṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ tam pi khayadhammam
vayadhammam virāgadhammam nirodhamman ti ñāṇaṃ ||
4 Bhavapaccayā jātīti ñāṇam || pe||
5 Upādānapaccayā bhavo ti ñāṇam || pe||
6 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
7 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti ñānaṃ || pe||
8 Phassapaccayā vedanāti ñānaṃ || pe||
9 Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassotiñāṇaṃ || pe||
10 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
11 Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
12 Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
13 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ || asati avijjāya
natthi saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ || atītam pi addhānam avijjā-
paccayā saṅkhārā ti ñāṇaṃ || asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārā
ti ñāṇaṃ || anāgatam pi addhānam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā
ti ñāṇaṃ || asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārā ti ñāṇaṃ || Yam
pissa tam dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ tam pi khayadhammaṃ
vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti ñā-
ṇaṃ || ||
14 Imāni vuccanti bhikkhave sattasattari ñāṇa-
vatthūnīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,1.35 (5) Avijjāpaccayā (1)
1 Savatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā
viññānaṃ || pe|| evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hotīti || ||
3 Katamaṃ nu kho bhante1 jarāmaraṇaṃ || kassa ca
panidam jarāmaraṇanti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || || Katamaṃ jarā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
[page 061]
XII. 35. 11] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 61
maraṇaṃ kassa ca panidam jarāmaraṇanti iti vā bhikkhu
yo vadeyya || aññaṃ jarāmaraṇam aññassa ca panidaṃ
jarāmaraṇanti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || ubhayam etam
ekattam1 vyañjanam eva nānaṃ || || Tam jīvaṃ taṃ
sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na
hoti || aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā
sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || || Ete te bhikkhu ubho
ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
4 Katamā nu kho bhante jāti kassa ca panāyaṃ jātīti || ||
No kallo pañho ti Bhagavā avoca || || Katamā jāti kassa
ca panāyaṃ jātīti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || aññā jāti
aññassa ca panāyaṃ jātīti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya ||
ubhayam etam ekattam vyañjanam eva nānaṃ || || Taṃ
jīvaṃ taṃ sarīrantivā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahma-
cariyavāso na hoti || aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā
bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā brahmacariyavāso na hoti || || Ete te
bhikkhu ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato
dhammaṃ deseti || || Bhavapaccayā jātīti || ||
5 Katamo nu kho bhante bhavo kassa ca panāyam
bhavoti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || || Katamo bhavo
kassa ca panāyam bhavoti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || añño
bhavo aññassa ca panāyam bhavoti iti vā bhikkhu yo
vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekattam vyañjanam eva nānam || ||
Tam jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahma-
cariyavāso na hoti || aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā
bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || || Ete te
bhikkhu ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato
dhammaṃ deseti || ||
6 Upādānapaccayā bhavoti || pe||
7 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti || pe||
8 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || ||
9 Phassapaccayā vedanāti || ||
10 Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti || ||
11 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ekaṭṭhaṃ always
[page 062]
62 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 35. 12
12 Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || ||
13 Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti || ||
14 Katame nu kho bhante saṅkhārā kassa ca panime
saṅkhārāti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || || Katame saṅkhārā
kassa ca panime saṅkhārāti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya ||
aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārāti iti vā bhikkhu
yo vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekatthaṃ vyañjanam eva
nānaṃ || || Tam jīvaṃ tam sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā
sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarī-
ranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || ||
Ete te bhikkhu ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato
dhammaṃ deseti || || Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ||
Avijjāya tveva bhikkhu asesavirāganirodhā yānissitāni1
visūkāyitāni visevitāni2 vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
15 Katamaṃ ca jarāmaraṇaṃ kassa ca panidaṃ jarā-
maraṇam iti vā || aññaṃ jarāmaraṇam aññassa ca panidaṃ
jarāmaraṇam iti vā || || Taṃ jīvaṃ tam sarīram iti vā
aññaṃ jīvam aññam sarīram iti vā || || Sabbānissitāni
pahīnāni bhavantī || ucchinnamūlāni tālavatthu katāni
anabhāvakatāni3 āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni || || Avijjāya
tveva bhikkhu asesavirāganirodhā yā nissitāni visukāyi-
tāni visevitāni4 vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
16 Katamā jāti kassa ca panāyam jāti iti vā || || Tam
jīvaṃ taṃ sarīram iti vā aññam jivam aññaṃ sarīram iti
vā || || Sabbānissitāni pahīnāni bhavanti || ucchinnamūlāni
talavatthukatāni anabhāvakatāni āyatiṃ anuppāda-
dhammāni || Avijjāya tveva bhikkhu asesavirāganirodhā
yā nissitāni visukāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici
kānici || ||
17 Katamo bhavo || pe||
18 Katamam upādānam || pe||
19 Katamā taṇhā || pe||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -nissatāni always; S1-3 titassa
2 S1-3 kāyikāni (S3-tāni) visesitāni (S1-kāmi); B visu-
3 B anabhāvaṃ katāni always; C anabhāvaṃgatāni
4 S2 paṃsukāyitani visevitāni; B visukāyikāni
[page 063]
XII. 36. 9] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 63
20 Katamā vedanā || pe||
21 Katamo phasso || pe||
22 Katamaṃ saḷāyatanam || pe||
23 Katamaṃ nāmarūpam || pe||
24 Katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Avijjāya tveva bhikkhu
asesavirāganirodhā yānissitāni visūkāyitāni1 visevitāni
vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
25 Katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || ||
Aññe saṃkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || taṃ
jivaṃ taṃ sarīram iti vā aññaṃ jivam aññaṃ sarīram iti
vā || || Sabbānissitāni pahīnāni bhavanti || ucchinnamūlāni
tālavatthukatāni anabhāvakatāni āyatim anuppādadham-
mānīti || || pe|| || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).36 (6) Avijjāpaccayā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārāpaccayā
viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhan-
dhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Katamaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ kassa ca panidaṃ jarāma-
raṇanti iti vā bhikkhave yo vadeyya || aññaṃ jarāmaraṇam
aññassa ca panidam jarāmaraṇanti iti vā bhikkhave yo
vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekattham vyañjanam eva
nānam || ||
Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyā sati
brahmacariyavāso na hoti || aññam jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti
vā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso nā hoti || ||
Ete te bhikkhave ubho ante anupagamma majjhena
Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ||
pe || ||
4 Katamā jāti || ||
5 Katamo bhavo || ||
6 Katamam upādānaṃ || ||
7 Katamā taṇhā || ||
8 Katamā vedanā || ||
9 Katamo phasso || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 sūkāyitāni
[page 064]
64 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 36. 10
10 Katamaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || ||
11 Katamam nāmarūpaṃ || ||
12 Katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ || ||
13 Katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā ti iti
vā bhikkhave yo vadeyya || aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca
panime saṅkhārā ti iti vā bhikkhave yo vadeyya || ubhayam
etam ekattam vyañjanam eva nāṇaṃ ||
Taṃ jīvam taṃ sarīram iti vā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyā sati
brahmacariyavāso no hoti || aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīram
iti vā bhikkhave ditthiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na
hoti || ||
Ete te bhikkhave ubho ante anupagamma majjhena
Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ||
pe || ||
14 Avijjāya tveva bhikkhave asesavirāganirodhā yānis-
sitāni visukāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici
kānici || ||
15 Katamā jāti || pe||
16 Katamo bhavo || ||
17 Katamam upādānam || ||
18 Katamā taṇhā || ||
19 Katamā vedanā || ||
20 Katamo phasso || ||
21 Katamaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || ||
22 Katamaṃ nāmarūpaṃ || ||
23 Katamaṃ viññāṇam || ||
24 Katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || ||
Aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || || Taṃ
jīvaṃ taṃ sarīram iti vā || ||1 Sabbānissitāni pahināni
bhavanti ucchinnamūlāni tālavatthukatāni anabhāva-
katāni āyatim anupādadhammānīti || || Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).37 (7) Na tumhā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Nāyam bhikkhave kāyo tumhākam na pi aññesaṃ ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert visevitāni, vā being omitted in S1
[page 065]
XII. 38. 4] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 65
3 Purāṇam idam bhikkhave kammam abhisaṅkhatam
abhisañcetayitam vedaniyaṃ1 daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4 Tatra kho3 bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako paṭicca-
samuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || ||
5 Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti || imassuppādā2 idam
uppajjati || imasmin asati idam na hoti || imassa nirodhā
idam nirujjhati || Yad idam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ||
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇam || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || avijjāya tveva asesa-
virāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā viññā-
ṇanirodho || pe|| evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
nirodho hotīti || || pe|| || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).38 (8) Cetanā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Yañca kho3 bhikkhave ceteti yañ ca pakappeti4 yañca
anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || āram-
maṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite
viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatim punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti ||
āyatim punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ jarāmara-
ṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti || ||
3 No ce bhikkhave ceteti no ce5 pakappeti6 atha ce7
anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || āram-
maṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite
viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti || āyatiṃ
punabbhavābhinibbatiyā sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ so-
kaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Yato ca kho bhikkhave no8 ceva ceteti no ca9 pakappeti
no ca9 anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B and C; S1-3 vedayitaṃ
2 S1-3 idamassuppādā
3 Omitted by B
4 So S1 and C; B and S3 kappeti preceded by pana in S3
5 S1-3 ca
6 B kappeti always
7 S1-3 kho
8 Omitted by B
9 B Ce
[page 066]
66 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 39. 1
ṭhitiyā || ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || tad
appatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinib-
batti na hoti || āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā asati
āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇam sokadevaparidevadukkhadoman-
assupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotī ti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).39 (9) Cetanā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Yañca bhikkhave ceteti yañ ca pakappeti yañ ca
anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || āram-
maṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite
viññāṇe virūḷhe nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti || ||
3 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ || || Saḷāyatanapac-
cayā phasso || || Phassapaccayā vedanā || pe|| || Tanhā || ||
pe || || Upādānaṃ || || pe|| || Bhavo || pe|| jāti || pe|| Jarā-
maraṇaṃ || sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sam-
bhavanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti || ||
4 No ce bhikkhave ceteti no ca1 pakappeti atha ce2
anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || āram-
maṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || ||3 Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite
viññāṇe {virūḷhe} nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti || ||
5 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave no ceteti no ca pakappeti no ca
anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ||
ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || || Tad appa-
tiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti || ||
Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho || pe|| Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).40 (10 Cetanā (3)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B ce
2 S3 kho
3 Here S1-3 insert tasmiṃ khaṇe
[page 067]
XII. 40. 7] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 67
2 Yañca kho1 bhikkhave ceteti yañca2 pakappeti yañca
anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ||
ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || ||
3 Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe nati hoti || natyā3
sati āgatigati4 hoti || āgatigatiyā sati cutūpapāto hoti ||
cutūpapāte sati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇam sokaparideva-
dukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti || ||
4 No ce bhikkhave ceteti no ca pakappeti atha ce anuseti
ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || ārammaṇe sati
patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || ||
5 Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe {virūḷhe} nati hoti || natiyā
sati5 āgatigati hoti || āgatigatiyā sati cutūpapāto hoti ||
cutūpapāte sati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevaduk-
khadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti ||6 ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave no ce ceteti no ca pakappeti no
ca anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ||
ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti ||
7 Tad appatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe nati na hoti || natiyā
asati āgatigati na hoti || āgatigatiyā asati cutupapāto na
hoti || cutūpapāte asati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇam soka
paridevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhukkhandhassa nirodho
hotīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Kaḷārakhattiyavaggo catuttho || || Tassuddānam || ||
Bhūtam idaṃ Kalārañca ||
Dve ca Ñāṇassa7 vatthūni ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 S1-3 add bhikkhave
3 S1-3 iti . . . itiyā, further on nati . . . natiyā
4 S1-3 agati- always; C āgati . . .
5 The words virūlhe- sati are missing in B
6 Here S3 adds one paragraph, repeating no ce bhikkhave ceteti-
-samudayo hoti, with the reading iti . . . itiyā
7 S1-3 ñāna
[page 068]
68 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 41. 1
Avijjāpaccayā ca1 dve ||
Natumhā2 Cetanā tayo ti || ||
CHAPTER V Gahapativaggo Pañcamo
SN_2,12(1).41 (1) Pañcaverabhayā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||3 ||
I
2 Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnam kho Anāthapiṇḍikam gahapatim
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Yato4 kho gahapati ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni
verāni vūpasantāni honti || Catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi5
samannāgato hoti || ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho6
hoti suppaṭividdho || so akaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ
vyākareyya || || Khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoniyo
khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto || sotāpanno ham
asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano || ||
4 Katamāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || ||
5 Yaṃ gahapati pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭha-
dhammikam pi bhayam veram pasavati samparāyikam pi
bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkham domanas-
sam {paṭisaṃvediyati} ||7 pānātipātāpaṭiviratassa evaṃ tam
bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
6 Yam gahapati adinnādāyi adinnādānapaccayā diṭṭha-
dhammikam pi bhayam veram pasavati || samparāyikam pi
bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkhaṃ domanas-
sam {paṭisaṃvediyati} ||8 adinnādānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ
bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ca
2 S1-3 mahā
3 S1-3 Sāvatthi-pe ārāme
4 S1-3 add ca
5 C sotāpattimaṅgehi
6 S1-3 suddiṭṭho always
7 B -samvedayati always
8 S3 -samvedeti here only
[page 069]
XII. 41. 13] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 69
7 Yaṃ gahapati kāmesu micchācārī kāmesu micchācāra-
paccayā diṭṭhadhammikam pi bhayaṃ veram pasavati ||
samparāyikam pi bhayam veram pasavati || Cetasikam pi
dukkham domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || kāmesu micchācārā
paṭiviratassa tam bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
8 Yam gahapati musāvādī musāvādapaccayā diṭṭha-
dhammikam pi bhayam veram pasavati || samparāyikam pi
bhayaṃ veram pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkham domanas-
sam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || musāvādā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ
bhayaṃ veram vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
9 Yaṃ gahapati surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surā-
merayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikam pi
bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || samparāyikam pi bhayaṃ
veram pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkhaṃ domanassam
{paṭisaṃvedayati} || sūrāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivira-
tassa evam tam bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
Imāni pañcabhayāni verāni1 vūpasantāni honti ||
II
10 Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato
hoti || ||
11 Idha gahapati ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasādena
samannāgato hoti || || Iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsam-
buddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro
purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ Buddho
Bhagavāti || ||
12 Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti || ||
Svākhyāto2 Bhagavatā Dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehi-
passiko opanayiko3 paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
13 Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti || supaṭi-
panno Bhagavato Sāvakasaṅgho || ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho || ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ||
sāmīcipaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || yadidaṃ cat-
tāri purisayugāni aṭṭhapurisapuggalā || || esa Bhagavato
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pañcaverabhayāni
2 S1-3 svākkhāto
3 B opaneyyiko
[page 070]
70 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 41. 14
Sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalika-
raṇīyo anuttaram puññakhettaṃ lokassāti || ||
14 Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti || akhaṇḍehi
acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi1 viññūpa-
saṭṭhehi2 aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ||
Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
15 Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti sup-
patividdho || ||
16 Idha gahapati ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva
sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || || Iti imasmiṃ sati
idaṃ hoti || imasmim asati idaṃ na hoti || imassuppādā
idam uppajjati || imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati ||
17 Yadidam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā
viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhan-
dhassa samudayo hoti || || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā
saṅkhāranirodho || || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
Ayam assa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭi-
viddho || ||
18 Yato ca kho gahapati ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca-
bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || imehi catūhi sotāpat-
tiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ayaṃ cassa ariyo ñāyo pañ-
ñāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho ||3 so ākaṅkhamano at-
tanā va attānaṃ vyākareyya || khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatir-
acchānayoniyo khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto ||
sotāpanno ham asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhi-
parāyano ti || || Pathamam ||4 ||
SN_2,12(1).42 (2) Pañcaverabhayā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā-
-Phagavā etad avoca ||5 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 bhuñjissehi
2 S1-3 -saṭṭhehi
3 S1-3 add hoti suppaṭividdho
4 Missing in S1-3 and all the following numbers also.
5 Paragraph missing in B, complete in S1-3
[page 071]
XII. 43. 1] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 71
3 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa pañcabhayāni
verāni vūpasantāni honti || catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi
samannāgato hoti || ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti
suppaṭividdho || so ākaṅkhamāno attanā va attānam vyāka-
reyya || || Khīṇanirayomhi || pe|| avinipātadhammo niyato
sambodhiparāyano || || [Bhikkhave ti sabbam vitthāretab-
baṃ1] || ||
3 Katamāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave pānātipāti || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave adinnādāyī || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave kāmesu micchācārī || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave musāvādī || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī || pe|| ||
Imāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || ||
4 Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave ariyasāvako Buddhe || pe|| Dhamme ||
pe || Saṅghe || pe|| Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti || ||
Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
5 Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppa-
ṭividdho || ||
Idha bhikkhave ariyasāvako paṭicca samuppādaññeva
sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti ||2 pe || ||
Ayam assa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭivid-
dho || ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imāni pañcabha-
yāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅ-
gehi samannāgato hoti || ayaṃ cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya
sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || So ākaṅkhamāno attanā va
attānaṃ vyākareyya || || Khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchāna-
yoniyo khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto || sotā-
panno ham asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparā-
yano ti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).43 (3) Dukkha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 Here S1-3 add imasmiṃ sati- -saṅkhārā
[page 072]
72 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 43. 2
2 Dukkhassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthaṅgamañca
desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || pe|| ||
I
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo ||
4 Cakkhuṃ ca paticca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa
samudayo || ||
5 Sotaṃ ca paṭicca sadde ca ||
6 Ghānaṃ ca paṭicca gandhe ca ||
7 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca ||
8 Kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca ||
9 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa
samudayo || ||
II
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa atthaṅgamo || ||
11 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññā-
ṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ve-
danāpaccayā taṇhā || || Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jatāmaraṇam soka-
paridevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa atthaṅgamo || ||
12 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ || ||
13 Ghānañ ca paṭicca gandhe ca uppajjati ghānaviññā-
ṇaṃ ||
14 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca || pe||
15 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca || pe||
16 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 073]
XII. 44. 12] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 73
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa atthaṅgamo ti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).44 (4) Loko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Lokassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desis-
sāmi || Tam suṇātha || pe|| ||
I
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhapaccayā upādānaṃ || upādāna-
paccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmara-
ṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||
Ayaṃ lokassa samudayo || ||
5 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
6 Ghānaṃ ca paṭicca gandhe ca || pe|| ||
7 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || pe|| ||
8 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca poṭṭhabbe ca || ||
9 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇam || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || pe||
jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā sambhavanti || || Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave lokassa
samudayo || ||
II
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa atthaṅgamo || ||
11 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññā-
ṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
pe || || evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hoti || ||
Ayaṃ lokassa atthaṅgamo || ||
12 Sotaṃ ca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 074]
74 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 44. 13
13 Ghānaṃ ca paṭicca gandhe ca || pe|| ||
14 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || pe|| ||
15 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca poṭṭhabbe ca || pe|| ||
16 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāga-
nirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hoti || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave lokassa atthaṅgamoti || || Catu-
tthaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).45 (5) Ñātika
1 Evam me sutaṃ || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Ñātike
viharati Giñjakāvasathe || ||
I
2 Atha kho Bhagavā rahogato paṭisallīno1 imam dham-
mapariyāyam2 abhāsi || ||
3 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe|| Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
5 Ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca || pe|| ||
6 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || pe|| ||
7 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca poṭṭhabbe ca || pe|| ||
8 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || veda-
nāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānam || pe|| || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
9 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassā yeva taṇhāya || asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodhe || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hoti || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B patisallāno
2 B -paṭiyāyaṃ; C -cariyāyaṃ
[page 075]
XII. 46. 3] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 75
10 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
11 Ghānañca paṭicca || pe|| ||
12 Jivhañca paṭicca || pe|| ||
13 Kāyañca paṭicca || pe|| ||
14 Manañca paṭicca dhamme uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanā-
paccayā taṇhā || tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā
upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || pe|| ||
Evam atassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hotīti || ||
II
15 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavato
upassutiṃṭhito1 hoti || ||
16 Addasā kho Bhagavā taṃ bhikkhum upassutiṃ-
ṭhitaṃ ||
17 Disvāna taṃ bhikkhum etad avoca || || Assosi no tvaṃ
bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyanti || ||
Evam bhante ti || ||
18 Uggaṇhāhi tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ||
pariyāpuṇāhi tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ || ||
Atthasaṃhitāyam bhikkhu dhammapariyāyo ādibraha-
macariyako ti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).46 (6) Aññataraṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sam-
modanīyaṃ katham sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca ||
3 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama so karoti {paṭisaṃvediyatī-
ti} ||2 ||
So karoti so paṭisaṃvediyatītī kho brāhmaṇa ayam eko
anto || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B upassuti- always
2 B -vedayati (as usual) always
[page 076]
76 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 46. 4
4 Kim pana bho Gotama añño karoti añño paṭisaṃ-
vediyatīti || ||
Añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvediyatīti kho brāhmaṇa ayaṃ
dutiyo anto || || Ete te brāhmaṇa ubho ante anupagamma
majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
5 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samu-
dayo hoti || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pe||
Upāsakam maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇu-
petaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).47 (7) Jānussoṇi
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho Jānussoṇi1 brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi ||
pe || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Jānussoṇi brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
3 Kim nu kho bho Gotama sabbaṃ atthīti || || Sabbam
atthīti kho brāhmaṇa ayam eko anto || ||
4 Kiṃ pana bho Gotama sabbaṃ natthīti || ||
Sabbam natthīti kho brāhmaṇa ayaṃ dutiyo anto || ||
Ete te brāhmaṇa ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathā-
gato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
5 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samu-
dayo hoti || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte so Jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So C; S1 Jāṇussoṇi; S3 Jānussoni; B. Jāṇusoṇi (-ī)
[page 077]
XII. 49. 1] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 77
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama ||1 pe || pāṇupetaṃ
saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Sattamam || ||
SN_2,12(1).48 (8) Lokāyatika
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Atha kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā || pe|| ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
3 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sabbam atthīti || ||
Sabbam atthīti kho brāhmaṇa jeṭṭham etam lokāyatam ||2 ||
4 Kim pana bho Gotama sabbaṃ natthīti || ||
Sabbaṃ natthīti kho brāhmaṇa dutiyaṃ etaṃ lokāya-
taṃ || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sabbam ekattan ti ||
Sabbam ekattanti kho brāhmaṇa tatiyam etaṃ lokā-
yataṃ || ||
6 Kiṃ pana bho Gotama sabbaṃ puthuttanti3 || ||
Sabbaṃ puthuttanti kho brāhmaṇa catuttham etaṃ
lokāyatam || ||
Ete te brāhmaṇa ubho ante anupagamma majjhena
Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
7 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hotī || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
8 Evaṃ vutte lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama ||4 pe || ajjatagge
pānupe taṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).49 (9) Ariyasāvaka (1)
1 Sāvatthi ||5 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat these words; S1 has abhikkhantaṃ, which,
in the preceding sutta, occurs in S3
2 S1 adds ete brāhmaṇa ubho ante anupagamma
3 So B and C S1-3 puthattanti
4 repeated in S1-3
5 S1-3 add pe-tatra kho-pe-avoca
[page 078]
78 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 49. 2
2 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ sati kiṃ hoti || Kissuppādā kim
uppajjati || || [Kismiṃ satī saṅkhāra honti || Kismiṃ sati
viññāṇaṃ hoti ||1] Kismiṃ sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti || kismiṃ
sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati phasso hoti || kismiṃ
sati vedanā hoti || kismiṃ sati taṇhā hoti || kismiṃ sati
upādānaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati bhavo hoti || kismiṃ sati jāti
hoti || kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotīti || ||
3 Atha kho bhikkhave2 sutavato ariya sāvakassa apara-
paccayā ñāṇam evettha hoti || || Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti ||
imassuppādā idam uppajjati || [Avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti ||
saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇaṃ hoti ||3] viññāṇe sati nāma-
rūpaṃ hoti || pe|| ||4 Jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotīti || || So
evaṃ pajānāti evam ayam loko samudayatīti ||5 ||
4 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ asati kiṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā kiṃ
nirujjhati || [Kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na honti || kismiṃ asati
viññāṇaṃ na hoti ||6] kismiṃ asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti ||
kismiṃ asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti || kismiṃ asati phasso
na hoti || kismiṃ asati vedanā na hoti || kismiṃ asati taṇhā
na hoti || kismiṃ asati upādānaṃ na hoti || kismiṃ asati
bhavo na hoti || kismiṃ asati jāti na hoti || kismiṃ asati
jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || pe|| ||
5 Atha kho bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa apara-
paccayā ñāṇam evettha hoti ||
Imasmiṃ asīti idaṃ na hoti || imassa nirodhā idaṃ
nirujjhati || [Avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na honti || saṅkhāresu
asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti ||7] viññāṇe asati nāmarūpaṃ na
hoti || nāmarūpe asati saḷāyatanam na hoti || pe|| phasso na
hoti || pe|| vedanā na hoti || taṇhā na hoti || pe|| upādānaṃ
na hoti || pe||8 bhavo na hoti || pe|| jāti na hoti || pe|| jātiyā
asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || pe|| || So evaṃ pajānāti
evam ayaṃ loko nirujjhatīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 in B only
2 missing in S1-3
3 in B only
4 Here B adds nāmarūpe sati- -jāti hoti
5 So B and C; S1-3 samudīyatīti
6 in B only
7 in B only
8 in S1-3 only from phasso na hoti
[page 079]
XII. 50. 5] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 79
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evaṃ lokassa
samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno iti pi || pe|| ||
amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).50 (10) Ariyasāvaka (2)
1 Sāvatthi ||1 ||
2 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ sati kiṃ hoti || || kissuppādā kim uppaj-
jati || kismiṃ sati saṅkhārā honti || kismiṃ sati viññāṇaṃ
hoti || kismiṃ sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati saḷāya-
tanaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati phasso hoti || kismiṃ sati vedanā
hoti || kismiṃ sati taṇhā hoti || kismiṃ sati upādānaṃ hoti ||
kismiṃ sati bhavo hoti || kismiṃ sati jāti hoti || kismiṃ sati
jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti || pe|| ||
3 Atha kho bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparapac-
cayā ñāṇam evettha hoti || || Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti ||
imassuppādā idam uppajjati || || avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti ||
saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇaṃ hoti || viññāṇe sati nāmarūpaṃ
hoti || nāmarūpe sati saḷāyatanam hoti || saḷāyatane sati
phasso hoti || phasse sati vedanā hoti || vedanāya sati taṇhā
hoti || taṇhāya sati upādānaṃ na hoti || upādāne sati bhavo
hoti || bhave sati jāti hoti || jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotīti || ||
So evaṃ jānāti evam ayaṃ loko samudayatīti ||2 ||
4 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || Kiṃ
nu kho kismiṃ asati kiṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā kiṃ niruj-
jhati ||3 kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na honti || kismiṃ asati
viññāṇaṃ na hoti || pe|| ||4 kismim asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na
hoti || ||
5 Atha kho bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa apara-
paccayā ñāṇam evettha hoti || || Imasmim asati idaṃ na
hoti || imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati || Avijjāya asati
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add pe-tatra kho bhikkhave
2 S1 samudiyyatīti; S3 samudīyatīti
3 Kiṃnirujjhati is missing in B
4 Here B inserts kismiṃ asati nāma- -taṇhā na hoti || pa ||
upādānaṃ || bhavo || jāti ||
[page 080]
80 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 50. 6
saṅkhārā na honti || saṅkhāresu asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti ||
viññāṇe1 asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti || nāmarūpe1 asati saḷā-
yatanaṃ na hoti || pe|| jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || ||
So evam pajānāti evam ayaṃ loko nirujjhatīti || ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evam lokassa
samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno iti pi ||
passati imaṃ2 saddhammam iti pi || sekhena ñāṇena saman-
nāgato iti pi || [sekhāya vijjāya samannāgato iti pi ||3] dham-
masotaṃ samāpanno iti pi || ariyo nibbedhikapañño iti pi ||
amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Gahapativaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ ||4 ||
Dve Pañcaverabhayā5 vuttā6 ||
Dukkhaṃ Loko ca Ñātikaṃ ||
Aññataraṃ7 Jānussoṇi ca8 ||
Dve Ariyasāvakā vuttā9 ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti10 ||
CHAPTER VI Rukkha-vaggo Chaṭṭho
SN_2,12(1).51 (1) Parivimaṃsana
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyam
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosum || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || ||11 Kittāvatā nu kho bhikkhave
bhikkhu {pariviṃsamāno} parivīmaṃseyya sabbaso sammā-
dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||
{Bhagavaṃmūlakā} no bhante dhammā Bhagavaṃnettikā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add su
2 S1 passatimaṃ; S3 passati me
3 in B only
4 S1-3 Tatrud-
5 S1-3 pañcambhayañca
6 S1-3 dve putta; S3 adds ṃ
7 athaññataraṃ
8 S1 Jāṇussoni; S3 Jaṇussonī; B Jāṇusoṇi
9 S1-3 Sāvako vutto
10 S1 vuccatīti
11 Abbreviated in S1-3
[page 081]
XII. 51. 10] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 81
Bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā || sādhu vata bhante Bhagavantaṃ
yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā
bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
4 Tena hi bhikkhave taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi
karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccas-
sosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
5 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu parivīmaṃsamāno1 parivī-
maṃsati || || Yaṃ kho idam anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ2
dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ || idaṃ nu kho
dukkhaṃ kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kimpa-
bhavaṃ || || kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti || kismiṃ asati
jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || ||
6 So parivīmaṃsamāno evam pajānāti || Yaṃ kho idam
anekavidhaṃ nānappakarakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati
jarāmaraṇaṃ || idaṃ kho dukkhaṃ jātinidānaṃ jātisamuda-
yaṃ jātijātikaṃ jātipabhavaṃ || || Jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ
hoti || jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || ||
7 So jarāmaraṇaṃ ca pajānāti jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ
ca pajānāti jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ ca pajānāti || yā ca jarā-
maraṇanirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā taṃ ca pajānāti || ||
Tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī || ||
8 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaso sammā-
dukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno jarāmaraṇanirodhāya || ||
9 Athāparaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno parivīmaṃsati || || Bhavo
panāyaṃ kinnidāno || Upādānaṃ panidaṃ kinnidānam ||
Taṇhā panāyaṃ kinnidānā || Vedanā || Phasso || Saḷāyatanaṃ
panidaṃ kinnidānaṃ || Nāmarūpaṃ panidaṃ || Viññāṇaṃ
panidaṃ || Saṅkhārā panime kinnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃ-
jātikā kiṃpabhāvā || kismiṃ sati saṅkhārā honti kismiṃ
asati saṅkhārā na hontī ti ||3 ||
10 So parivimaṃsamāno evaṃ pajānāti || || Saṅkhārā
avijjānidānā avijjāsamudayā avijjājātikā avijjāpabhavā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B parivi- always
2 So B and C; S1-3 nāpappakāraṃ always
3 So B; S1-3 are more developed
[page 082]
82 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 51. 11
Avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti || avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na
hontī ti || ||
11 So saṅkhāre ca pajānāti saṅkhārasamudayañca pajā-
nāti saṅkhāranirodhañ ca pajānāti || yā ca saṅkhārānirodhasā-
ruppagāminī paṭipadā taṃ ca pajānāti || || Tathā paṭipanno ca
hoti anudhammacārī || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu
sabbaso sammādukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno saṅkhāra-
nirodhāya || ||
12 Avijjāgato1 yaṃ bhikkhave purisapuggalo puññaṃ ce
saṅkhāram abhisaṃkharoti || puññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ ||
apuññaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti || apuññūpagaṃ
hoti viññāṇaṃ || Āneñjam2 ce saṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti ||
āneñjūpagaṃ3 hoti viññānaṃ || ||
13 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti
vijjā uppannā || so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā-n-eva puñña-
bhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti || na apuññābhisaṅkhāram4
abhisaṅkharoti || na ānejābhisaṅkhāram5 abhisaṅkharoti || ||
14 Anabhisaṅkharonto anabhisañcetayanto na6 kiñci
loke upādiyati || anupādiyaṃ na paritassati || aparitassaṃ
paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || khīṇā jāti || vusitaṃ brahmaca-
riyaṃ kataṃ {karaṇīyaṃ} nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || ||
15 So7 sukham ce8 vedanaṃ vedayati ||9 sā aniccāti
pajānāti || anajjhositā ti pajānāti || anabhinanditāti pajā-
nāti || || Dukkhaṃ ce vedanam vedayati || sa aniccā ti pajā-
nāti || anajjhositāti pajānāti || anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || ||
Adukkham asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati || sā aniccāti
pajānāti || anajjhositāti pajānāti || anabhinanditā ti pajā-
nāti || ||
16 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati visaññutto taṃ10 veda-
nam vedayati || dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati visaññutto
taṃ10 vedanaṃ vedayati || adukkham asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ
vedayati visaññutto taṃ10 vedanaṃ vedayati ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 avijjāyagato
2 So B and C; S1-3 āṇañje-
3 C S1-3 āṇañjūpagaṃ
4 B adds naṃ
5 B nāṇañjābhisaṅkhāram
6 S adds ca
7 Omitted by S1-3
8 S1-3 ca
9 S1-3 vediyati here and further on
10 Missing in B
[page 083]
XII. 51. 23] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 83
17 1So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāyapa-
riyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapariyantikaṃ
vedanaṃ vediyamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedi-
yāmīti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā
idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissanti ||
sarīrāni avasissantīti pajānāti || ||
18 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso kumbhakārapākā uṇhaṃ
kumbham uddharitvā same bhūmibhāge patiṭṭhapeyya2
tatra yāyam usmā sa tattheva vūpasameyya kapallāni ava-
siseyyuṃ || evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu kāyapariyanti-
kaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ3 vedanaṃ
vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedi-
jamāno jivitapariyantikam vedanam vediyāmīti pajānāti ||
kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbave-
dayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissanti || sarīrāni avas-
sissantīti pajānāti || ||
19 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || api nu kho khīnāsa-
vo bhikkhu puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyya apuñ-
ñābhisaṅkhāram vā abhisaṅkhareyya āneñjābhisaṅkhāram4
vā abhisaṅkhareyyāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
20 Sabbaso vā pana saṅkhāresu asati saṅkharānirodhā
api nu kho viññāṇaṃ paññayethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
21 Sabbaso vā pana viññāṇe asati saṅkhāranirodhā api
nu kho nāmarūpaṃ paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
22 Sabbaso vā nāmarūpe asati nāmarūpanirodhā api nu
kho saḷāyatanaṃ paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
23 Sabbaso vā pana saḷāyatane asati saḷāyatananirodhā
api nu kho phasso paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati.
2 So C; S1-3 paṭiviṃseyya; B paṭisasseyya
3 Pariyantikaṃ till the next pajānāti is missing in S1-3
4 S1 āṇañjā-; S3 ānañja- as above
[page 084]
84 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 51. 24
24 Sabbaso vā pana phasse asati phassanirodhā api
nu kho vedanā paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
25 Sabbaso vā pana vedanāya asati vedanānirodhā api
nu kho taṇhā paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
26 Sabbasso vā pana taṇhāya asati taṇhānirodhā api nu
kho upādānam paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
27 Sabbaso vā pana upādāne asati upādānanirodhā api
nu kho bhavo paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
28 Sabbaso vā pana bhave asati bhavanirodhā api nu
kho jāti paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
29 Sabbaso vā pana jātiyā asati jātinirodhā api nu kho
jarāmaraṇaṃ paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
30 Sādhu sādhu1 bhikkhave || evam2 etam bhikkhave
netam aññathā || || Saddahatha me tam3 bhikkhave adhi-
muccatha nikkaṅkhā ettha hotha4 nibbicikicchā || esevanto
dukkhassāti || || Pathamaṃ5 || ||
SN_2,12(1).52 (2) Upādāna
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino
viharato taṇhā pavāḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
upādānapaccayā bhavo bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā
jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sam-
bhavanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dasannaṃ vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add kho
2 evam is repeated by S1
3 S1-3 netaṃ
4 S1-3 hothāti
5 missing in S1-3, and all the other numbers also
6 So B; S3 -vāhānaṃ; S1 vāhānam, but the two first times the ā
after h is erased
[page 085]
XII. 52. 7] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 85
vīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ tiṃsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ cat-
tārīsāya1 vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ mahā aggikkhandho jāleyya ||
Tatra puriso kālena kālaṃ sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhip-
peyya || sukkhāni ca2 gomayāni pakkhippeyya || sukkhāni ca
kaṭṭhāni pakkhippeyya || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahā aggik-
khando tadāhāro tadupādāno ciram dīgham addhānam
jaleyya3 ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu
assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati ||4 taṇhāpac-
cayā upādānaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
5 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesa ādīnavānupassino
viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho ||
jātinirodha jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanas-
supāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hoti ||5 ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dasannaṃ vā kaṭṭhavāhānam
vīsāya vā || tiṃsāya vā cattārīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānam6 mahā
aggikkhandho jāleyya || tatra puriso na kālena kālaṃ suk-
khāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhippeyya || na sukkhāni ca goma-
yāni pakkhippeyya || na sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhip-
peyya ||7 Evañhi so bhikkhave mahā aggikkhandho
purimassa ca upādānassa8 pariyādānā aññāssa ca anupā-
hārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu
ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || tanhānirodhā
upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cattālīsāya
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 jāleyya (See the next sutta 3)
4 B vaḍḍhati
5 S3 hotīti
6 S1-3 have kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ four times; S1 writing hā (without
erasure of ā); S3 ha
7 S1-3 omit na . . . ca . . . in these two phrases
8 B aggikhando; S1-3 cupādānassa
[page 086]
86 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 53. 1]
SN_2,12(1).53 (3) Saññojanaṃ (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino
viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
[upādānāpaccayābhavo || bhavapaccayājāti || jatipaccayā-
jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sam-
bhavanti ||1] Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭim ca
paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya ||2 tatra puriso kālena kalaṃ
telam āsiñceyya vaṭṭim upasamhareyya ||3 Evañhi so bhik-
khave telappadīpo tadāhāro tad upādāno ciraṃ dīgham
addhānaṃ jaleyya4 ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā
upādānaṃ || pe||5 ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino
viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || tanhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
pe || ||6 Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca paṭicca
telappadīpo jhāyeyya || tatra puriso na kālena kālaṃ telam
āsiñceyya na vaṭṭiñca upasaṃhareyya || Evañhi so bhik-
khave telappadīpo purimassa ca upādañassa pariyādānā
aññassa ca anupāhārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā
upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Tatiyam || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 omitted in S1-3 and represented by --pe-- here and further on
2 B chāyeyya
3 S1-3 upasahareyya; C has upasaṃha (and hā) reyya
4 S3 jāleyya
5 See note1
6 See note1
[page 087]
XII. 55. 3] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 87
SN_2,12(1).54 (4) Saññojanaṃ (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca pa-
ṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya || tatra puriso kālena kālam telam
āsiñceyya vaṭṭiṃ upasaṃhareyya || evam hi so bhikkhave
telappadīpo tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ
jāleyya || Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dham-
mesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhā-
paccayā upādānam || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa duk-
khakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca paṭicca
telappadīpo jhāyeyya || tatra na kālena kālam telam āsiñ-
ceyya na vaṭṭiṃ ca upasaṃhareyya || Evañ hi so bhikkhave
telappadīpo purimassa ca upādānassa pariyādānā aññassa
ca anupāhārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho
bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino
viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hotīti || || Catuttham || ||
SN_2,12(1).55 (5) Mahārukkho (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino
viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || Taṇhāpaccayā upādānam ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samu-
dayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva
mūlāni adhogamāniyāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni sabbān tāni
uddham ojam abhiharanti || Evañ hi so bhikkhave mahā-
rukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ
tiṭṭheyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dham-
mesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || tanhā-
paccayā upādānam || [upadānapaccayā bhavo] 1 || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
[page 088]
88 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 55. 4
4 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino
viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa keva-
lassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || Atha puriso
āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam1 ādāya || so taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle
chindeyya || mulena chetvā2 paliṃ khaṇeyya3 || paliṃ khaṇi-
tvā mulāni uddhareyya antamaso usīraṇāḷimattānipi ||4 so
taṃ rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya || khaṇḍākhaṇ-
ḍikaṃ chetvā5 phāleyya || phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ6
kareyya || sakalikam sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya ||
vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya || agginā ḍahitvā masiṃ
kareyya ||7 masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya ||8 nadiyāvā
sīghasotāya pavāheyya || || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahāruk-
kho ucchinnamūlo assa || tālavatthukato anabhāvaṃkato9
āyatim anuppādadhammo || ||
6 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu
ādīnavānuppassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā
upādānanirodho || || pe [upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho10] || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hotīti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).56 (6) Mahārukkho (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa11 yāni ceva
mūlāni adhogamāniyāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni sabbāni tāni
uddham ojam abhiharanti || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahā-
rukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānam
tiṭṭheyya || ||
3 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu
assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || || taṇhāpaccayā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 C kuddāli-
2 S1 mūle; B mūlaṃ chinditvā
3 S1-3 pali-
4 B usira-; S1-3 -nāḷa-
5 S1-3 chindetvā
6 Not repeated in S1-3
7 B maṃsiṃ always
8 B ophuneyya always
9 S1-3 anabhāva- always
10 In B only
11 Missing in S1-3
[page 089]
XII. 57. 5] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 89
upādānaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhan-
dhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || Atha puriso
āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || so taṃ rukkham mūle
chindeyya || mūle chetvā paliṃ1 khaṇeyya || paliṃ khaṇitvā
mulāni uddhareyya || pe|| || nadiyā vā sīghasotāya2 pavā-
heyya || || Evañhi3 so bhikkhave mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo
assa || tālavatthukato anabhāvaṃkato4 āyatim anuppāda-
dhammo || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu
ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā
upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||5 Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).57 (7) Taruṇa
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave6 dhammesu assādānupassino
viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa samudayo hoti ||7 ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho || tassa puriso
kālena kālam mūlāni palisajjeyya ||8 kālena kālam paṃsuṃ
dadeyya || kālena kālaṃ udakam dadeyya || || Evañhi so
bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno vuddhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā
upādānaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhan-
dhassa samudayo hoti || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino
viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
la || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B -- S1-3 phali, perhaps pali (~=pari) khaṇeyya
2 B singha-
3 S1-3 omit hi
4 S1-3 -bhāva-
5 S1-3 add --pe--
6 Omitted in S1-3
7 S3 hotīti
8 So C -- S1-3 palisattheyya; B paṭipaṭṭheyya
[page 090]
90 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 57. 6
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho || Atha puriso
āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || So taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle
chindeyya mūle chetvā phalikhaṇeyya || phalikhaṇitvā
mūlani uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷamattāni pi so taṃ
rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikam chindeyya khaṇḍākhandikaṃ
chetvā phaleyya phāletvā sakalikam sakalikaṃ kareyya
sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ1 karitvā vātātape visosetvā agginā
ḍaheyya agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya masiṃ karitvā
vātātape vā opuneyya2 nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya ||
evañhi so bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho ucchinnamūlo assa ||
tālavatthukato anabhāvakato3 āyatim anuppādadhammo || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā
upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||4 Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).58 (8) Nāmarūpam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino
viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti || Nāmarūpapaccayā
saḷāyatanaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva
mūlāni adhogamāni yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni || sabbāni tāni
uddham ojam abhiharanti || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahā-
rukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ
tiṭṭheyya || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
assādānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti ||
pe || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino
viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti || nāmarūpa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Not repeated in S1
2 All this (from so tam rukkham mūle) is missing in B,
being represented by ||pa ||
3 B anabhāvaṃ-
4 S1-3 add --pe--
[page 091]
XII. 59. 8] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 91
nirodhā saḷāyatananirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || atha puriso āgac-
cheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || pe|| || āyatim anupāda-
dhammo ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
ādinavānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti na1
hoti || Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho || pe|| || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).59 (9) Viññāṇaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino
viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti hoti || viññāṇapaccayā nāma-
rūpaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva
mulāni || pe|| ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
ādīnavānupassino2 viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti hoti ||
viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpam || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu3 ādīnavānupas-
sino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti na hoti || viññāṇa-
nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || Atha puriso
āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || pe|| || āyatiṃ anup-
pādadhammo || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu
ādīnavānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti na hoti ||
viññāṇassa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho || pe|| ||
8 Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hotīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S3
2 This word and the sequel, till the next ādīnavapassino,
are missing in B
3 Here is the end of the gap in B
[page 092]
92 NIDĀNA-SAMYUTTA [XII. 60. 1
SN_2,12(1).60 (10) Nidāna
1 Ekaṃ1 samayaṃ Bhagavā Kurusu viharati Kammā-
sadammaṃ2 nāma Kurūnaṃ nigamo || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva-
gambhīro cāyam bhante paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāva-
bhāso ca || atha ca pana me uttānakuttānako viya
khāyatīti || ||
4 Māhevām Ānanda māhevam Ānanda || gambhīro
cāyam Ānanda paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca ||
Etassa3 Ānanda dhammassa {aññāṇaṃ}4 ananubodhā appa-
tivedhā5 evam ayaṃ pajā tantākulakajātā guḷigandhi-
kajātā muñjapabbajā bhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ
saṃsāraṃ nātivattati ||
5 Upādāniyesu Ānanda dhammesu assādānupassino
viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
upādānapaccayā bhavo || [bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā
jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sam-
bhavanti ||6] Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi Ānanda mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva
mūlāni adhogamāni yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni || sabbāni tāni
uddham ojam abhisaṃharanti ||7 Evañhi so Ānanda mahā-
rukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ
tiṭṭheyya || ||
7 Evam eva kho Ānanda upādāniyesu dhammesu assā-
dānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati|| taṇhapaccayā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Before ekam S1 has Sāvatthi --pe--
2 So B; S3 kammāssadammaṃ; S1 kammāssadhammaṃ; C kammāssadammā
3 S1-3 add ca
4 So S3; S1 aññāṇā; missing in B
5 Missing in S1-3
6 Missing in B
7 S S1-3; B abhiharanti
[page 093]
XII. 60. 10] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 93
upādānaṃ || upādānapaccayā bhavo || pe|| || Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
8 Upādāniyesu Ānanda dhammesu ādīnavānupassino
viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
[upādānanirodha bhavanirodho ||1] pe|| Evam etassa keva-
lassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi Ānanda mahārukkho || Atha puriso āgac-
cheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || So tam rukkhaṃ mūle chin-
deyya || mūle chetvā paliṃ khaṇeyya || paliṃ khaṇitvā mūlāni
uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattāni pi ||2 so taṃ ruk-
kham khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya || khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ
chinditvā phāleyya || phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya ||
sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya || vātātāpe
visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya || agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya ||
masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya
pavāheyya || Evañhi so Ānanda mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo
assa tālavatthukato anabhāvanikato āyatiṃ anuppāda-
dhammo ||3 ||
10 Evam eva kho Ānanda upādāniyesu dhammesu ādī-
navānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā
upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhava-
nirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokopari-
devadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || ||4 Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Rukkhavaggo chaṭṭho || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Parivīmaṃsanupādānaṃ ||
Dve ca Saññojanāni ca ||
Mahārukkhena dve vuttā||
Taruṇena ca sattamaṃ ||
Nāmarūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Nidānena ca te dasāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 in B only
2 So B; S1 -nāḷi; S3 -nāla
3 For the text and the notes see above p. 55, 5
4 S1-3 nirujjhantīti, the remainder being omitted
[page 094]
94 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 61. 1
CHAPTER VII MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO
SN_2,12(1).61 (1) Assutavato
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||1 ||
2 Assutavā bhikkhave putthujjano imasmiṃ cātumahā-
bhūtikasmiṃ2 kāyasmim nibbindeyya pi virajjeyya pi vi-
mucceyya pi || ||
3 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dissati bhikkhave imassa catu-
mahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayo pi apacayo3 pi ādānam pi
nikkhepanam pi ||4 ||
Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nibbindeyya pi virajjeyya
pi vimucceyya pi || ||
4 Yaṃ ca kho etaṃ bhikkhave vuccati cittaṃ iti pi mano
iti pi viññānaṃ iti pi|| tatrassutavā puthujjano nālaṃ
nibbinditum nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
5 Tam kissa hetu||5 Dīgharattaṃ hetaṃ bhikkhave
assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ mamāyitaṃ parā-
maṭṭham6 Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ
virajjituṃ nālam vimuccituṃ || ||
6 Varaṃ bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano imaṃ cātu-
mahābhūtikaṃ kāyam attato upagaccheyya na tveva
cittaṃ || ||
7 Tam kissa hetu || || Dissatāyam bhikkhave cātumahā-
bhūtiko kāyo ekam pi vassaṃ tiṭṭhamāno || dve pi vassāni
tiṭṭhamāno || tīṇi pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || cattāri pi vassāni
tiṭṭhamāno || pañca pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || dasa pi vassāni
tiṭṭhamāno || vīsati pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || tiṃsam pi vas-
sāni tiṭṭhamāno || Cattārīsam pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || paññā-
sam pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno ||7 vassasatam pi tiṭṭhamāno ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthi --pe-- tatra --pe-- voca
2 S1-3 cātummahā, always
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 nikkhepampi
5 S1-3 hetum here and further on
6 S3 para-; ā superadded in S1
7 S1-3 insert --pe--
[page 095]
XII. 62. 3] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 95
bhiyyo pi tiṭṭhamāno || || Yaṃ ca kho etaṃ bhikkhave
vuccati cittam iti pi mano iti pi viññāṇam iti pi || taṃ
rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññad eva uppajjati aññaṃ nirujj-
hati || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave makkaṭo arāññe pavane cara-
māno sākhaṃ gaṇhati || taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ gaṇhati ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave yad idam vuccati cittam iti pi
mano iti pi viññāṇam iti pi || taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa
ca ānnad eva uppajjati aññam nirujjhati || ||
9 Tatra bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppā-
daṃ yeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || || Iti pi
imasmim sati idam hoti imassuppādā idam uppajjati ||
imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti imassa nirodhā idaṃ niruj-
jhati || || Yad idam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapac-
cayā viññāṇam || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
khandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
10 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkharanirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa keva-
lassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
11 Evam passaṃ1 bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
rūpasmiṃ pi2 nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || saññāya
pi nibbindati || saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati || viññāṇasmim pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti3 ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇājāti
vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānātīti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).62 (2) Assutavā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano imasmiṃ cātumahā-
bhūtikasmiṃ kāyasmim nibbindeyya pi virajjeyya pi
vimucceyya pi || ||
3 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dissati bhikkhave imassa cātuma-
hābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayo pi apacayo pi4 ādānam pi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pahaṃ
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B vimuttamhīti
4 apacayo pi is omitted in S3 only
[page 096]
96 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 62. 4
nikkhepanam pi || tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano1 nibbin-
deyyapi virajjeyya pi vimucceyya pi || ||
4 Yaṃ ca2 kho etam bhikkhave vuccati cittam iti pi
mano iti pi viññāṇaṃ iti pi || tatrāssutavā puthujjano
nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dīgharattañhetaṃ3 bhikkhave
assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ4 mamāyitaṃ parā-
maṭṭham etaṃ mama esoham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbinditum nālaṃ
virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
6 Varaṃ bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano imaṃ cātu-
mahābhūtikaṃ kāyam attato upagaccheyya na tveva
cittaṃ || ||
7 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dissatāyam bhikkhave cātumahā-
bhūtiko kāyo ekam pi vassam tiṭṭhamāno || dve pi vassāni
tiṭṭhamāno || tīni pi || pe|| cattāri pi || pe|| pañcā pi || pe|| dasa
pi || pe|| vīsati pi || pe|| tiṃsa pi || pe|| cattārīsam pi || pe||
paññāsam pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || vassasatam pi tiṭṭha-
māno || bhiyyo pi tiṭṭhamāno || || Yaṃ ca kho etam5 bhikkhave
vuccati cittam iti pi mano iti pi viññāṇam iti pi || taṃ6 rattiyā
ca divasassa ca aññad eva upajjati aññaṃ nirujjhati || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppā-
dam yeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || Iti imasmiṃ
sati idaṃ hoti imassuppādā idam uppajjati imasmim asati
idaṃ na hoti imassa7 nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati || ||
9 Sukhavedaniyaṃ bhikkhave phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
sukhā vedanā ||8 tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa ni-
rodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ
paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati sā v-ūpasam-
mati || ||
10 Dukkhavedaniyaṃ bhikkhave phassaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati dukkhā9 vedanā || tasseva dukkhavedaniyassa
phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitam dukkhavedani-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add pi
2 Missing in B
3 S1-3 -rattaṃ kho taṃ
4 S3 -sitā
5 S1-3 evaṃ
6 Missing in S1-3
7 S1-3 imasmiṃ
8 S1-3 sukha- always
9 B dukkha-
[page 097]
XII. 63. 1] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 97
yaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhā1 vedanā sā nirujjhati
sā vūpasammati || ||
11 Adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ bhikkhave phassaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhavedanā || tasseva aduk-
khamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ
vedayitam adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca
uppannā adukkhamasukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sa vupa-
sammati || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānaṃ saṅghaṭ-
ṭasamodhānā2 usmā jāyati tejo abhinibattati || tesaṃ yeva
dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānam nānābhāvāvinikkhepā3 yā tajjā usmā
sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati || ||
13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave sukhavedaniyaṃ4 phassaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati sukhavedanā || tasseva sukhavedaniyassa
phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ
phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā
vūpasammati || ||
14 Dukkhavedaniyaṃ phassam paṭicca || pe|| ||
15 Adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ5 phassaṃ paṭicca up-
pajjati adukkhamasukhavedanā || tasseva adukkhamasukha-
vedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitam
adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassam paṭicca uppannā
adukkhamasukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati || ||
16 Evaṃ passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako phasse6
nibbindati || vedanāya pi7 nibbindati || saññāya pi nibbin-
dati || viññāṇasmim pinibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati ||
[virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamhīti nāṇaṃ
hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇi-
yaṃ8] nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).63 (3) Puttamaṃsa
1 Sāvatthi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All the MSS. have dukkha-
2 So B and C; S1 saṃghasamodhāna; S3 ghaṃsamāno
3 B nānākata vinibbhogā
4 S1-3 sukhaṃ-
5 S1-3 add bhikkhave
6 S1-3 add pi
7 S3 omits pi
8 Abridged in S1-3
[page 098]
98 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 63. 2
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ
ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ1 vā anuggahāya || ||
3 Katame cattāro2 || || Kabaliṃkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā
sukhumo vā || phasso dutiyo || manosāñcetanā tatiyā ||
viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ || ||
Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ
ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ va anuggahāya || ||
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave kabaliṃkāro āharo daṭṭhabbo || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dve jayampatikā3 parittaṃ sam-
balam ādāya kantāramaggaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ || tesam assa
ekaputtako piyo manāpo ||
6 Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhave dvinnaṃ jayampatikānaṃ
kantāragatānaṃ yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhayaṃ
pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya || siyā ca nesaṃ kantārāvaseso
anithiṇṇo ||4 ||
7 Atha kho tesam bhikkhave dvinnam jayampatikānam
evam assa || || Amhākaṃ kho yā parittā sambalamattā
sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā || atthi cāyaṃ kantārāvaseso anit-
tiṇṇo || Yannuna mayaṃ imam ekaputtakaṃ piyaṃ manā-
paṃ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṃsāni
khādantā evantaṃ kantārāvasesaṃ nitthareyyāma || mā
sabbeva5 tayo vinassimhāti ||6 ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhave dve jayampatikā tam ekaput-
takam piyaṃ manāpaṃ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca
karitvā puttamaṃsāni khādantā evantaṃ kantārāvasesaṃ
nitthareyyuṃ ||7 te puttamaṃsāni ceva khādeyyuṃ ure ca
patipiṃseyyum kahaṃ ekaputtaka kahaṃ8 ekaputta-
kāti || ||
9 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave api nu te davāya vā
āhāram āhareyyum9 || madāya vā āhāram āhareyyuṃ ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -sīnaṃ
2 S1-3 add āhārā
3 B and C jāyampatikā
4 B anatiṇṇo
5 S3 bhabbeva
6 S1-3 vinassumhāti
7 S1 nittareyyuṃ
8 S1 haṃ ekaputtakahaṃ S3 kahaṃ ekaputta kaṃhaṃ
9 B āhāreyyuṃ always; in S3 hā with ā erased here only,
further on ha
[page 099]
XII. 63. 16] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 99
Maṇḍanāya vā āhāram āhareyyuṃ || vibhūsanāya vā āhāram
āhareyyunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Nanu te bhikkhave yāvadeva kantārassa nittharaṇat-
thāya āhāram āhareyyunti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
11 Evam eva khvāhaṃ bhikkhave kabaliṃkāro āhāro
daṭṭhabbo ti vadāmi || kabaliṃkāre bhikkhave āhāre pariñ-
ñāte pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo pariññāto hoti || Pañcakāma-
guṇike rāge pariññāte natthi taṃ saññojanaṃ yena sañño-
janena saññutto ariyasāvako puna imam lokam āgac-
cheyya || ||
12 Kathañca bhikkhave phassāhāro daṭṭhabbo || ||
13 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gāvī niccammā kuḍḍañce1
nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye kuḍḍanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ ||
rukkhañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye rukkhanissitā pāṇā te naṃ
khādeyyuṃ || udakañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye udakanissitā
pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ || ākāsañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye
ākāsanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ || || Yaññad eva hi
sā bhikkhave gāvī niccammā nissāya nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye2
tannissitā tannissitā3 pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ ||4 Evam eva
khvāhaṃ bhikkhave phassāhāro daṭṭhabbo ti vadāmi || ||
14 Phasse bhikkhave āhāre pariññāte tisso vedanā pāriñ-
ñātā honti || tīsu vedanāsu pariññātāsu ariyasāvakassa
natthi kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīyanti vadāmi || ||
15 Kathañca bhikkhave manosañcetanāhāro daṭṭhabbo || ||
16 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā
puṇṇā aṅgārānaṃ vitacchikānaṃ5 vītadhūmānaṃ || Atha
puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo
dukkhapaṭikkūlo ||6 tam enaṃ dve7 balavanto purisā nānā-
bāhāsu gahetvā8 tam aṅgārakāsum upakaḍḍheyyuṃ || atha
kho bhikkhave tassa purisassa ārakāvassa cetanā ārakā
patthanā ārakā paṇidhi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B kuṭṭa-; C kuṭa
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B does no repeat nissāya . . . tannissitā
4 S1-3 add ti
5 S1 and C vīta-
6 B -paṭikulo
7 S1-3 duve
8 S3 paggahetvā
[page 100]
100 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 63. 17
17 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Evaṃ hi1 bhikkhave tassa puri-
sassa hoti || || Imaṃ cāhaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ papatissāmi tato
nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā duk-
khanti || || Evam eva khvāhaṃ bhikkhave manosañcetanā-
hāro daṭṭhabbo ti vadāmi ||
18 Manosañcetanāya bhikkhave āhāre pariññāte tisso
taṇhā pariññātā honti || tīsu taṇhāsu pariññātāsu ariyasā-
vakassa natthi uttariṃkaraṇīyanti vadāmi || ||
19 Kathañca bhikkhave viññāṇāhāro daṭṭhabbo || ||
20 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave coram āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño
dasseyyuṃ ||2 Ayante deva coro āgucārī || imassa yaṃ icchi-
taṃ3 taṃ daṇḍam paṇehīti || tam enam rājā evaṃ vadeyya ||
Gacchatha bho imaṃ purisaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sattisa-
tena4 hanathāti || tam enaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sattisa-
tena4 hareyyuṃ || ||
21 Atha rājā majjhantikaṃ samayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya || ||
Ambho kathaṃ so purisoti || || Tatheva deva jīvatīti || tam
eṇam rājā evam vadeyya || || Gacchatha bho tam purisaṃ
majjhantikasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathāti || tam enaṃ
majjhantikasamayaṃ sattisatena haneyyuṃ || ||
22 Atha rājā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya || || Ambho
kathaṃ so puriso ti || || Tatheva deva jīvatīti || tam enaṃ
rājā evaṃ vadeyya || || Gacchatha bho tam purisaṃ sāyaṇ-
hasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathāti || tam enaṃ sāyaṇha-
samayaṃ sattisatena haneyyuṃ || ||
23 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Api nu so5 puriso
divasaṃ tīhi sattisatehi haññamāno tato nidānaṃ dukkham
domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyethāti} || ||
Ekissa pi bhante sattiyā haññamāno tato nidānaṃ
dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha ko pana vādo
tīhi sattisatehi haññayamāno ti || ||
24 Evam eva khvāhaṃ bhikkhave viññāṇāharo daṭṭhabbo
ti vadāmi || ||
25 Viññāṇe bhikkhave āhāre pariññāte nāmarūpam
pariññātaṃ hoti || nāmarūpe pariññāte arivasāvakassa
natthi kiñci uttariṃkaraṇīyanti vadāmīti || ||6 Tatiyaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Viditaṃ
2 S1-3 dassesuṃ
3 S1-3 icchasi
4 S1-3 add vā
5 S1-3 kho
6 S1-3 vadāmi --pe--
[page 101]
XII. 64. 8] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 101
SN_2,12(1).64 (4) Atthirāgo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānam
ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ vā anuggahāya || ||
3 Katame cattāro || || Kabaliṃkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā suk-
humo vā phasso dutiyo manosañcetanā tatiyā viññānaṃ
catutthaṃ || ||
Ime kho bhikkhave1 cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattā-
nam ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ vā anuggahāya || ||
4 Kabaliṃkāre ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandi
atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || ||
Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || atthi tattha
nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avak-
kanti atthi tattha saṅkhārāṇaṃ vuddhi || Yattha atthi saṅ-
khārānaṃ vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinib-
batti || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti2 atthi
tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jāti-
jarāmaraṇaṃ sasokantam3 bhikkhave sadaraṃ4 saupāyā-
santi vadāmi || ||
5 Phasse ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
6 Manosañcetanāya ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
7 Viññāṇe ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandi
atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || || Yattha
patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ atthi tattha nāmarūpassa
avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti atthi
tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ
vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibatti || Yattha
atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti atthi tattha āyatiṃ jāti-
jarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ saso-
kantaṃ sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave rajako vā cittakāro5 vā sati
rajanāya va lākhāya vā6 haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjeṭ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S3 omits yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatṭi
3 S1-3 yaṃsokan-
4 S1-3 sarajaṃ always
5 B- kārako
6 Omitted in S1-3
[page 102]
102 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 64. 9
ṭhāya1 vā suparimaṭṭhe vā2 phalake bhittiyā vā dussa-
paṭṭe vā3 itthirūpam vā purisarūpaṃ vā abhinimmineyya
sabbaṅgapaccaṅgaṃ ||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave kabaliṃkāre ce4 āhāre atthi
rāgo atthi nandi atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitam tattha viññāṇaṃ
virūḷhaṃ || || Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷham atthi
tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarupassa
avakkanti atthi tattha saṅkhārānam vuddhi || Yattha atthi
saṅkhārānam vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhi-
nibbatti || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti atthi
tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jāti-
jarāmaraṇaṃ sasokantaṃ bhikkhave sadaraṃ saupāyāsan
ti vadāmi || ||
10 Phassa ce bhikkhave5 āhāre || pe|| ||
11 Manosañcetanāya ce bhikkhave5 āhāre || pe|| ||
12 Viññāne ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandi
atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || ||
Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññānaṃ {virūḷhaṃ} atthi tattha nāma-
rūpassa avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti
atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha atthi saṅkhāra-
naṃ vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti ||
Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti atthi tattha
āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarā-
maraṇaṃ sasokanti bhikkhave sadaram saupāyāsanti
vādāmi || ||
13 Kabaliṃkāre ce bhikkhave āhāre natthi rāgo natthi
nandi natthi taṇhā appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷ-
haṃ || || Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇam {avirūḷhaṃ} natthi
tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha natthi nāmarū-
passa avakkanti natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi ||
Yattha natthi saṅkhārānam vuddhi natthi tattha āyatim
punabbhavābhinibbatti || Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbha-
vābhinibbatti natthi tattha āyatim jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha
natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ asokantaṃ bhikkhave
adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B mañcaṭṭhiyā
2 S1-3 sumaṭṭe
3 S1-3 -paṭe
4 S1-3 add bhikkhave
5 S1-3 omit bhikkhave
[page 103]
XII. 64. 24] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 103
14 Phasse ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
15 Manosañcetanāya1 ce bhikkhave || pe|| ||
16 Viññāṇe ce bhikkhave āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandi
natthi taṇhā appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇam avirūḷham || ||
Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇam avirūḷhaṃ natthi tattha
nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa
avakkanti natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha
natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi natthi tattha āyatim punabbha-
vābhinibbatti || Yattha natthi āyatim punabbhavābhinibbatti
natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha natthi
āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇam asokantam bhikkhave adaram
anupāyāsanti vadāmi || ||
17 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kuṭāgāraṃ vā kuṭāgārasālā
vā || uttarāya vā dakkhiṇāya vā2 pācīnāya vā vātapānā ||
suriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kvassa
patiṭṭhitāti || ||
Pacchimāya3 bhante bhittiyanti || ||
18 Pacchimā ce4 bhikkhave bhitti nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā
ti || ||
Pathaviyaṃ bhante ti || ||
19 Pathavī ce bhikkhave nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā ti || ||
Āpasmiṃ bhante ti || ||
20 Āpo ce bhikkhave nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā ti || ||
Appatiṭṭhitā bhante ti || ||
21 Evam eva kho bhikkhave kabaliṃkāre ce bhikkhave5
āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandi natthi taṇhā || pe|| ||
22 Phasse ce bhikkhave5 āhāre || pe|| ||
23 Manosañcetanāya6 ce bhikkhave5 āhāre || pe|| ||
24 Viññāṇe ce bhikkhave āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandi
natthi taṇhā appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ {avirūḷhaṃ} || ||
Yattha appatiṭṭhitam viññāṇam avirūḷham natthi tattha
nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avak-
kanti natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha natthi
saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit -ya
2 S1-3 have not vā dakkhiṇāya vā
3 B pacchimāyaṃ
4 S1-3 pacchimāya; S3 omits ce
5 Missing in B
6 ya omitted as above in S1-3
[page 104]
104 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 65. 1
bhinibbatti || Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti
natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha natthi
āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ asokantam bhikkhave adaram
anupāyāsanti vadāmi || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).65 (5) Nagaram
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Kicchaṃ1 vatāyaṃ loko
āpanno jāyati ca jīyate ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca2 ||
atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ na pajānāti
jarāmaraṇassa || Kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissa-
raṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā ti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu
kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti kimpaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
4 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu
paññāya abhisamayo || || Jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ
hoti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho
sati jāti hoti || bhavo hoti || upādānaṃ hoti || taṇhā hoti ||
vedanā hoti || phasso hoti || saḷāyatanaṃ hoti || nāmarūpaṃ
hoti || kimpaccayā nāmarūpanti || ||
6 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yonīso manasikārā ahu
paññāya ābhisamayo || viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti
viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || ||
7 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho
sati viññāṇaṃ hoti kiṃpaccayā viññāṇanti || ||
8 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu pañ-
ñāya abhisamayo || || Nāmarūpe kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti
nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇanti ||
9 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Paccudāvat-
tati kho idaṃ viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpamhā nāparaṃ gacchati ||
ettāvatā jīyetha vā jāyetha vā māyetha vā cavetha vā upapaj-
jetha vā yad idam nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || viññāṇa-
paccayā nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ ||
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B. Kicchā
2 S1-3 uppajj- always
[page 105]
XII. 65. 19] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 105
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti || ||
10 Samudayo samudayo ti kho me bhikkhave pubbe
ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi
paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi || ||
11 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kiṃhi nu kho
asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇa-
nirodho ti || ||
12 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu
paññāya abhisamayo || Jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na
hoti || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho ti || ||
13 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho
asati jāti na hoti ||bhavo na hoti || upādānaṃ na hoti ||
taṇhā na hoti || vedanā na hoti || phasso na hoti || sāḷāya-
tanaṃ na hoti || nāmarūpaṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā nāma-
rūpanirodhoti || ||
14 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu
paññāya abhisamayo || viññāṇe kho asati nāmarupaṃ na
hoti || viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti ||
15 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho
asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || ||
16 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu
paññāya abhisamayo || nāmarūpe kho asati viññāṇaṃ na
hoti nāmarupanirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || ||
17 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Adhigato kho
myāyaṃ1 maggobodhāya yad idaṃ nāmarūpanirodhā viññā-
ṇanirodho || Viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho || nāmarū-
panirodhā saḷāyatananirodho || saḷāyatananirodhā phassa-
nirodho || pe|| ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho
hoti || ||
18 Nirodho nirodhoti kho me bhikkhave pubbe ananus-
sutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā
udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi || ||
19 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso araññe pavane caramāno
passeyya purāṇam maggam purāṇañjasaṃ pubbakehi
manussehi anuyātaṃ || so tam anugaccheyya tam anugac-
chanto passeyya purāṇaṃ nagaraṃ purāṇam rājadhāniṃ2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 meayaṃ
2 B purāṇarājaṭhānim
[page 106]
106 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 65. 20
pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvutthaṃ1 ārāmasampannaṃ
vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇisampannam uddāpavantaṃ2
ramaṇīyaṃ || ||
20 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso rañño vā rājamahāmat-
tassa vā ārocceyya || || Yagghe bhante jāneyyāsi || aham
addasam araññe pavane caramāno purāṇaṃ maggaṃ
purāṇañjasaṃ pubbākehi manussehi anuyātam tam anug-
gacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto addasaṃ purāṇam nagaraṃ
purāṇaṃ rājadhāniṃ pubbakehi maṇussehi ajjhāvutthaṃ
ārāmasampannaṃ vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇisampannam
uddāpavantaṃ ramaṇīyam || tam bhante nagaram māpehīti ||
21 Atha kho bhikkhave rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā taṃ
nagaram māpeyya || tad assa3 nagaram aparena samayena
iddhaṃ ceva phitaṃ ca bahujanam ākiṇṇamanussam vud-
dhivepullappattaṃ || ||
Evam eva khvāham bhikkhave addasaṃ purāṇaṃ maggaṃ
purāṇañjasaṃ pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyātaṃ || ||
22 Katamo ca so bhikkhave purāṇamaggo purāṇañjaso
pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyāto || || Ayam eva
ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathāpi sammadiṭṭhi || pe||
sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ kho so bhikkhave purāṇamaggo
purāṇañjaso pubbakehi sammāsaṃbuddhehi anuyāto || ||
Tam4 anugacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto jarāmaraṇaṃ ab-
bhaññāsiṃ || jarāmaraṇasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || jarāma-
raṇasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || jarāmaraṇanirodham ab-
bhaññāsiṃ || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam ab-
bhaññāsim || ||
23-31 Tam anugacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto jātim
abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || bhavam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || upā-
dānam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || taṇham abbhaññāsim || pe|| ||
vedanam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || phassam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| ||
saḷāyatanam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || nāmarūpam abbhaññā-
siṃ || pe|| || viññāṇam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| ||
32 Tam anugacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto saṅkhāre ab-
bhaññāsiṃ || saṅkhārasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || saṅkhāra-
nirodham abbhaññāsiṃ || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipa-
dam abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -vuṭṭhaṃ; S3-- vuttaṃ
2 B uddhā-
3 B tassa
4 S1-3 so taṃ . . .
[page 107]
XII. 66. 9] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 107
33 Tad abhiññāya ācikkhiṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ
upāsakānam upāsikānam || tayidam bhikkhave brahmacari-
yam iddhaṃ ceva phītaṃ ca vitthārikaṃ bahujaññaṃ pu-
thubhūtam yāvadeva manussehi suppakāsitanti || || Pañca-
maṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).66 (6) Sammasam
1 Evaṃ me sutam || Ekam samayam Bhagavā Kurusu
viharati Kammāsadammam1 nāma Kurūnam nigamo || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Sammasatha no tumhe bhik-
khave antaraṃ sammasanti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca || || Ahaṃ kho bhante sammasāmi antaraṃ samma-
santi || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu sammasasi antaram
sammasanti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhu vyākāsi || [Yathā so bhikkhu
vyākāsi2] na so bhikkhu Bhagavato cittam ārādhesi || ||
7 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Etassa Bhagavā kālo etassa Sugata kālo yaṃ
Bhagavā antaraṃ sammasaṃ bhāseyya ||3 Bhagavato
sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
8 Tena hānanda suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha
bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhanti ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccasso-
suṃ || ||
9 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sam-
masamāno sammasati antaraṃ sammasaṃ || || Yaṃ kho idam
anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarā-
maraṇam || [idam4 kho dukkhanidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kammāssadhammaṃ
2 In B only
3 S1-3 sammasamaṃ bhāseyya
4 These words till idaṃ kho dukkhaṃ upadhi- are missing in S3,
and have been superadded between the lines in S1
[page 108]
108 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 66. 10
kiṃjātikam kimpabhavaṃ || kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti ||
kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || so sammasamāno
evaṃ jānāti || || Yaṃ kho idam anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ
dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ ||] idaṃ kho dukkham
upadhinidānaṃ upadhisamudayaṃ upadhijātikaṃ upadhi-
pabhavaṃ || upadhismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti upadhis-
miṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || so jarāmaraṇaṃ ca
pajānāti || jarāmaraṇasamudayām ca pajānāti || jarāmaraṇa-
nirodhaṃ ca pajānāti || Yā ca jarāmaraṇanirodhasārup-
pagāminī paṭipadā tañ ca pajānāti || || Tathā1 paṭipanno
ca hoti anudhammacārī || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaso sammāduk-
khakkhayāya paṭipanno jarāmaraṇanirodhāya || ||
10 Athāparaṃ sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sam-
masaṃ || upadhi panāyaṃ kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃ-
jātiko kiṃpabhavo || kismiṃ sati upadhi hoti kismiṃ asati
[upadhi2] na hotīti || || So sammasamāno evaṃ jānāti || ||
Upadhi taṇhānidāno taṇhāsamudayo taṇhāpabhavo taṇ-
hāya sati upadhi hoti taṇhāya asati upadhi na hotīti || so
upadhiñca pajānāti upadhisamudayañca pajānāti upadhi-
nirodhañca pajānati || yā ca upadhinirodhasāruppagāminī
paṭipadā tañca pajānāti || || Tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anu-
dhammacārī || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaso sammāduk-
khakkhayāya paṭipanno upadhinirodhāya || ||
11 Athāparaṃ sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sam-
masaṃ || || Taṇhā panāyaṃ kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati
kattha nivisamānā nivisatīti || || So sammasamāno evaṃ pa-
jānāti || ||3 Yaṃ kho kiñci loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ
etthesā4 taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati ettha nivisamānā
nivisati || Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || Cakkhuṃ loke
piyarūpaṃ sātarūpam etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati
ettha nivisamānā nivisati || ||
[Evaṃ peyyālo] ||5 ||
12 Sotaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarupam || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 tathāgata
2 In B only
3 B jānāti
4 S1-3 etthāyam
5 Missing in S1-3
[page 109]
XII. 66. 22] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 109
13 Ghānaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || pe|| ||
14 Jivhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || pe|| ||
15 Kāyo loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || pe|| ||
16 Mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ etthesā taṇhā up-
pajjamāna1 uppajjati ettha nivisamānā nivisati ||
17 Ye hi keci bhikkhave atītam addhānam samaṇā vā
brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpam taṃ niccato
addakkhuṃ sukhato addakkhuṃ attato addakkhuṃ
ārogyato addakkhuṃ khemato addakkhum te taṇhaṃ
vaḍḍhesuṃ || ||
18 Ye taṇham vaḍḍhesuṃ te upadhiṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ || ye
upadhiṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ te dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ || ye dukkhaṃ
vaḍḍhesuṃ te na parimucciṃsu jātiyā jarāya maraṇena
sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi na
parimucciṃsu dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
19 Ye pi2 hi keci bhikkhave anāgatam addhānaṃ samaṇā
va brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ
niccato dakkhinti ||3 sukhato dakkhinti || attato dakkhinti ||
ārogyato dakkhinti || khemato dakkhinti || te taṇham vaḍ-
ḍhessanti ||4 ||
20 Ye taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhçOḥijjhānakhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam eva
ñānaṃ Bhavapaccayā jātīti ||1 pe
5 Upādānapaccayā bhavo || pe||
6 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti || pe||
7 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || pe||
8 Phassapaccayā vedanāti || || pe||
9 Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti || || pe||
10 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti || || pe||
11 Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || || pe||
12 Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti || || pe||
13 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ||
14 Aññatreva2 āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra3 ruciyā
aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra4 dit-
thinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etam passāmi
Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti || ||
15 Aññatreva āvuso Musīla saddhāya || pe||5 aññatra diṭ-
ṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam
eva ñāṇaṃ Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
16 Aññatreva āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra ruciyā
aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā6 aññatra diṭ-
ṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etam passāmi
Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
17 Aññatreva āvuso Musīla saddhāya aññatra ruciyā
aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭ-
ṭhinijjhānakhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam
eva ñāṇaṃ Bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti || ||
18-24 Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti || || pe|| Taṇhā-
nirodhā upādānanirodhoti || || pe|| Vedanānirodhā taṇhā-
nirodhoti || || pe|| Phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti7 || || pe||
Saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodhoti || || pe|| Nāmarūpanirodhā
saḷāyatananirodho ti || || pe|| Viññānanirodhā namarūpa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 viññāṇanti
2 S1 aññatova several times
3 aññatra- -parivitakkā are missing in S1-3
4 S3 aviññata
5 Complete in B
6 Missing as above in S1-3
7 Omitted by S1-3
[page 117]
XII. 69. 59] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 117
nirodhoti || || pe|| Saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || || pe||
[Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti ||1] ||
25 Aññatreva āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra ruciyā
aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra
diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etam
passāmi Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti || ||
26 Aññatreva āvuso Musīla saddhāya aññatra ruciyā2
aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra
diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam
eva ñāñaṃ Bhavanirodho nibbānam ti || ||
27 Aññatreva āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra ruciyā
aññatra anussavā aññatra ākaraparivitakkā aññatra
diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etaṃ
passāmi Bhavanirodho nibbānam ti || ||
28 Tenāyasmā3 Musīlo arahaṃ khīṇāsavoti || ||
29 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Musīlo tuṇhī ahosīti || ||
II
30 Atha kho āyasmā Nārado āyasmantam Saviṭṭham
etad avoca || || Sādhāvuso Saviṭṭha aham etaṃ pañhaṃ
labheyyaṃ || mam etam4 pañhaṃ puccha || aham te etaṃ
pañham vyākarissāmīti || ||
31 Labha taṃ āyasmā5 Nārada etaṃ pañhaṃ || pucchā-
maham āyasmantaṃ Nāradam etam pañhaṃ vyākarotu ca
me āyasmā Nārado etaṃ pañhaṃ || ||
32-57 6Aññatreva āvuso Nārada saddhayā- -Aham
etaṃ jaṇāmi aham etam passāmi Bhavanirodho nibbā-
nanti || ||
58 Tenāyasmā Nārado arahaṃ khīṇāsavo ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase seems to be superfluous, as being only the
abbreviation of the next paragraph
2 Here aññatra ruciyā only is missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 tenahāyasmā
4 S1-3 omit mam; S3 eva tam
5 S1-3 labhatāyasmā
6 Textual and integral repetition (in all the MSS.) of what above
(3-27), the name of Nārada being only put instead of Musīla
[page 118]
118 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 68. 60
59 Bhavanirodho nibbānanti kho me āvuso yathā
bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ na camhi arahaṃ
khīṇāsavo || ||
60 Seyyathāpi āvuso kantāramagge udapāno || tatra
nevassa rajjunā udakavārako || || Atha puriso āgaccheyya
ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito ||
so taṃ udapānam olokeyya || tassa udakanti hi kho ñāṇam
assa na ca kāyena phusitvā1 vihareyya || ||
61 Evam eva kho āvuso bhavanirodho nibbānanti yathā
bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya sudiṭṭham2 na camhi arahaṃ
khīṇāsavoti || ||
III
62 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Saviṭṭham
etad avoca || || Evaṃvādī tvaṃ āvuso Saviṭṭha āyasmantam
Nāradaṃ kiṃ vadesīti || ||
63 Evaṃvādāham āvuso Ānanda āyasmantam Naradaṃ
na3 kiñci vadāmi aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalāti4 || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).69 (9) Upayanti
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Savatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho || ||
3 Mahāsamuddo bhikkhave upayanto mahānadiyo upa-
yāpeti || mahānadiyo upayantiyo kunnadiyo upayāpenti ||
kunnadiyo upayantiyo mahāsobbhe5 upayāpenti || mahā-
sobbhā upayantā kusobbhe6 upayāpenti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjā upayantī saṅkhāre
upayāpeti || saṅkhārā upayantā viññāṇam upayāpenti ||
viññāṇaṃ upayantaṃ nāmarūpam upayāpeti || nāmarūpam
upayantam saḷāyatanam upayāpeti || saḷāyatanam upayan-
taṃ phassam upayāpeti || phasso7 upayanto vedanam
upayāpeti || vedanā upayantī taṇham upayāpeti || taṇhā
upayantī upādānam upayāpeti || upādānam upayantam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So C; B phusetvā; S1-3 passitvā
2 S1-3 suddiṭṭham
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 kusalānīti
5 S1-3 -sobbhā
6 S1-3 kussubbhā
7 S1-3 phassā
[page 119]
XII. 70. 5] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 119
bhavam upayāpeti || bhavo upayanto jātim upayāpeti || jāti
upayanti jarāmaraṇam upayāpeti || ||
5 Mahāsamuddo bhikkhave apayanto mahānadiyo apayā-
peti || mahānadiyo apayantiyo kunnadiyo apayāpenti ||
kunnadiyo apayantiyo mahāsobbhe apayāpenti || mahā-
sobbhā apayantā kusobbhe1 apayāpenti || ||
6 Evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjā apayantī saṅkhāre
apayāpeti || saṅkhārā apayantā viññāṇaṃ apayāpenti ||
viññāṇam apayantam nāmarūpam apayāpeti || nāmarupaṃ
apayantam saḷāyatanam apayāpeti || saḷāyatanam apayantam
phassam apayāpeti || phasso apayanto vedanam apayāpeti ||
vedanā apayantī taṇhaṃ apayāpeti || taṇhā2 apayantī
upādānam apayāpeti || upādānam apayantam bhavam
apayāpeti || bhavo apayanto jātim apayāpeti || jāti apayantī
jarāmaraṇam apayāpetīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).70 (10) Susīmo
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
I
2 Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā sakkato hoti guru-
kato mānikato pūjito apacito lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senā-
sanagilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || ||
3 Bhikkhusaṅgho pi sakkato hoti gurukato mānito pūjito
apacito lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-
bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || ||
4 Aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā honti agaru-
katā amānitā apūjitā || na apacitā3 na lābhino cīvara-piṇ-
ḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkārānaṃ || ||
II
5 Tena kho pana samayena Susīmo4 paribbājako
Rājagahe pativasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya sad-
dhiṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kussobbhe
2 S1-3 tāṇhaṃ
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B Susimo always
[page 120]
120 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 6
6 Athā kho Susīmassa paribbājakassa parisā Susīmaṃ
paribbājakam etad avocuṃ || || Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Susīma
samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ cara || tvaṃ dhammaṃ
pariyāpuṇitvā amhe vācessasi || taṃ mayaṃ dhammaṃ
pariyāpuṇitvā gihīnaṃ bhāsissāma || Evam mayam pisakkatā
bhavissāma gurukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā lābhino cīvara-
piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārāṇan-
ti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho Susīmo paribbājako sakāya parisāya
paṭisuṇitvā yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅ-
kamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhim sammodi || sammo-
danīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
III
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Susīmo paribbājako āyas-
mantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Icchāmaham āvuso
Ānanda imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ cari-
tunti || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Susīmam paribbājakam
ādāya yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
10 Ekam antām nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Ayaṃ bhante Susīmo paribbājako evam
āha || || Icchāmaham āvuso Ānanda imasmiṃ dhamma-
vinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritunti || ||
11 Tena hānanda Susīmaṃ1 pabbājethāti || ||
12 Alattha kho Susīmo paribbājako Bhagavato santike
pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ2 || ||
13 Tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi
Bhagavato santike aññā vyākatā hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti
pajanāmāti3 || ||
IV
14 Assosi kho āyasmā Susīmo || || Sambahulehi kira
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add paribbājakaṃ
2 S1-3 alatthupasampadaṃ
3 B pajānāmāti always
[page 121]
XII. 70. 19] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 121
bhikkhūhi Bhagavato santike aññā vyākatā || || Khīnā jāti
vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ katam karaṇīyaṃ nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāmāti || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Susīmo yena te bhikkhū tenu-
pasaṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
16 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Susīmo te bhikkhū
etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira āyasmantehi Bhagavato santike
aññā vyākatā || khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthatāyāti pajānāmāti || ||
Evam āvusoti || ||
17 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evam
passantā anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhotha || eko
pi hutvā bahudhā hotha || bahudhā pi hutvā eko hotha ||
āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ tirokuḍḍam tiropākāram tiropabba-
tam asajjamānā gacchatha seyyathāpi ākāse || pathaviyaṃ
pi ummujja1 nimmujjaṃ karotha seyyathāpi udake || udake
pi abhijjamāne gacchatha seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ || ākāse
pi pallaṅkena khamatha seyyathāpi pakkhīsakuṇo || ime pi
candimasuriye evam mahiddhike evam mahānubhāve
pāṇinā parimasatha parimajjatha || yāva Brahmalokāpi
kāyena vasam vattethāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
18 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ pas-
santā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānu-
sakāya2 ubho sadde suṇātha dibbe ca mānuse3 ca ye dūre
santike cāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
19 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evam pas-
santā parasattānaṃ parapuggalānam cetasā ceto paricca
pajānātha ||4 sarāgaṃ vā cittam sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānātha ||
vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajānātha || sadosaṃ
vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajānātha || samohaṃ vā cittaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pathaviyāpi ummajja
2 B -mānussikāya
3 B mānusse
4 S1 jānātha; S3 ceto parijānātha
[page 122]
122 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 20
samohaṃ cittanti pajānātha || vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ vīta-
mohaṃ cittanti pajānāthā || saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṅ-
khittaṃ cittanti pajānātha || vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ
cittanti pajānātha || mahaggataṃ vā cittam mahaggataṃ
cittanti pajānātha || amahaggatam vā cittam amahaggataṃ
cittanti pajānātha || sa-uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sa-uttaraṃ cittanti
pajānātha || anuttaraṃ vā cittam anuttaraṃ cittanti pajā-
nātha || samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajānātha ||
asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajānātha || vi-
muttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajānātha || avimuttam
vā cittam avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāthāti ||1 ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
20 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ pajānantā evaṃ
passantā anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussaratha || seyya-
thīdam ekam pi jātim dve pi jātiyo tisso pi jātiyo catasso pi
jātiyo pañca pi jātiyo dasam pi jātiyo vīsaṃ pi jātiyo tiṃsam
pi jātiyo ||2 cattārisam3 pi jātiyo paññāsam pi jātiyo jātisa-
tam pi jātisahassam pi jātisatasahassam pi || aneke pi saṃ-
vaṭṭakappe aneke pi vivaṭṭakappe aneke pi {saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭa-
kappe} || Amutrāsiṃ evaṃ nāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo
evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupari-
yanto || so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ ||4 tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃ
nāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhaduk-
{khapaṭisaṃvedī} evam āyupariyanto || so tato cuto idhupapan-
noti || Iti sākāraṃ sa-uddesaṃ5 anekavihitaṃ pubbenivā-
sam anussarathāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
21 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ pas-
santā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena
satte passatha || cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe
dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammupage satte pajā-
nātha || || Ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena saman-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B; S1-3 intervert the negation and the affirmation
from amahaggataṃ (instead of mahaggataṃ) to vimuttam
instead of avimuttam. The result is the same
2 S1-2 vīsatim- tiṃsatim-
3 S1 cattārisatim
4 S1-3 uppādiṃ
5 S1-3 sacauddesaṃ
[page 123]
XII. 70. 26] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 123
nāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena
samannāgatā ariyānam upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchā-
diṭṭhikammasamādānā || te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppannā || || Ime vata
bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena
samannāgatā manosucaritenā samannāgatā ariyānam anu-
pavādakā sammadiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā ||
te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam
upapannā1 ti || || Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atik-
kantamānusakena satte passatha || cavamāne upapajja-
māne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate
yathākammupage satte pajānāthāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
22 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ
passantā ye te santā vimokkhā2 atikamma rūpe āruppā te
kāyena phusitvā3 viharathāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
23 Ettha dāni āyasmanto idaṃ ca veyyākaraṇam imesaṃ
ca dhammānam asamāpatti [idan te āvuso api pana tumhe
āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evam passantā ye te santā vimo-
khā atikamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena passitvā viharathāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || || Ettha dāni āyasmanto idañca veyyā-
karaṇam imesañcadhammānaṃ asamāpatti4] ||
24 Idan no āvuso || ||
25 Kathanti || ||
Paññāvimuttā5 kho mayaṃ āvuso Susīmāti || ||
26 Na khvāham imassa āyasmantānam saṅkhittena bhā-
sitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || sādhu me āyasmanto6
tathā bhāsantu7 yathāham imassa āyasmantānaṃ saṅkhit-
tena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājāneyyanti ||8 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 uppanno
2 C santā (ā being erased); S1-3 -vimokhā always
3 S1-3 passitvā always
4 The part between [] is in S1-3 only, and seems to be a faulty
repetition
5 S1-3 -vimutti
6 S1-3 āyasmantā
7 S1 bhāssantu, and inserts yathā bhāssantu
8 S1-3 ajāneyy- (with a instead of ā) always
[page 124]
124 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 27
27 Ājāneyyāsi vā tvaṃ āvuso Susīma na vā tvam
ājāneyyāsi || atha kho paññāvimuttā mayanti || ||
V
28 Atha kho āyasmā Susīmo uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam nisīdi ||
29 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Susīmo yāvatako
tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ ahosi kathāsallāpo || taṃ sabbaṃ
Bhagavato ārocesi ||
30 Pubbe kho Susīma dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ pacchā nibbā-
ṇe ñāṇanti || ||
31 Na khvāham bhante imassa Bhagavato saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || sādhu me bhante
Bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavato saṅ-
khittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājāneyyan ti || ||
32 Ājāneyyāsi vā tvaṃ Susīma na vā tvaṃ ājāneyyāsi atha
kho dhammaṭṭhitiñānaṃ pubbe pacchā nibbāne ñāṇaṃ || ||
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Susīma Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ
vāti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
33 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ1
kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassitum || Etam mama eso ham-
asmi2 eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
34 Vedanā niccā vā3 aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || || pe||4 ||
35 Saññā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || pe|| ||
36 Saṅkhārā niccā vā5 aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || pe||6 ||
37 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -nāma-
2 B hamasmiṃ always S3 here only
3 S1-3 add ti
4 Abridged in none MS.
5 S1 adds ti
6 Not abridged in S1-3
[page 125]
XII. 70. 45] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 125
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam samanupassituṃ || Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
38 Tasmātiha Susīma yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatapac-
cuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ sukhumaṃ
vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbam
rūpaṃ1 netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || Evam
etam yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
39 Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā2 || pe|| ||
40 Yā kāci saññā || pe|| ||
41 Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā
vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā || ye
dūre santike vā sabbe saṅkhārā netaṃ mama neso hamasmi
na me so3 attā ti || pe|| ||
42 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ.
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā || yam dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ
netaṃ mama neso hamasmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
43 Evaṃ passaṃ Susīma sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim
pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi4 || saññāya pi ||4 saṅkhāresu
pi ||4 viññāṇasmiṃ pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati ||
virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti ||
khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāpa-
ram itthattāyāti pajānāti || || Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti
Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
44 Bhavapaccayā jātīti Susīma passasīti ||
Evam bhante || ||
45 Upādānapaccayā bhavoti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evaṃ bhante ||5 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Not abridged in B
3 S1-3 neso me
4 B repeats nibbindati
5 Missing, repalced by -pe- in S1-3
[page 126]
126 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70.46
46 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante ||1 ||
47 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || phassapaccayā vedanāti ||
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso ti || nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyata-
nanti || viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti2 || saṅkhārapaccayā
viññāṇanti || avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
48 Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
49 Bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
50 Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti || taṇhānirodhā upā-
dānā nirodhoti || phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti || saññā-
nirodhā3 phassanirodhoti ||4 nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatana-
nirodhoti || viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho ti || saṅkhāra-
nirodā viññāṇanirodhoti || avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti
Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
51 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto
anekavihitam iddhividhaṃ paccanubhosi || || Eko pi hutvā
bahudhā hosi bahudhā pi hutvā eko hosi || āvibhāvaṃ
tirobhāvaṃ tirokuḍḍaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajja-
māno gacchasi seyyathāpi ākāse || pathāviyam pi ummujja
nimmujjaṃ karosi seyyathāpi udake || udakepi abhijjamāne
gacchasi seyyathāpi pithiviyam || ākāse pi pallaṅkena kha-
masi seyyathāpi pakkhisakuṇo || || ime pi5 candimasūriye
evam mahiddhike evam mahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasasi
parimajjasi || yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasam vattesīti || ||
No hetaṃ bhante || ||
52 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evam passanto
dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusakāya6
ubho sadde suṇāsi dibbe ca mānuse7 ca ye dūre santike
cāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing, repalced by -pe- in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3 from phassa-
3 B saḷāyatananirodha
4 S1 nirodho hoti
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B -mānussi-
7 B mānusse
[page 127]
XII. 70. 59] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 127
No hetam bhante || ||
53 Api1 pana tvaṃ Susīma {evaṃ} jānanto evam passanto
parasattānam parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca parijā-
nati || sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāsi || pe||
avimuttaṃ vā cittam avimuttaṃ2 cittanti pajānāsi3 || ||
vimuttaṃ vā cittam vimuttaṃ4 cittanti pajānāsīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
54 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evam jānanto evam passanto
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsam anussarasi || seyyathīdaṃ ekam
pi jātim || pe|| Iti sākāram sa-uddesam anekavihitaṃ pubbe-
nivāsam anussarasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
55 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evam passanto
dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena satte
passasi cavamāne5 || pe|| yathā kammūpage satte pajānā-
sīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
56 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evam passanto
ye te santā vimokkhā atikamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena
phusitvā viharasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
57 Ettha dāni Susīma idāñca veyyākaraṇam imesaṃ ca
dhammānam asamāpatti idam no Susīma katanti || ||
VI
58 Atha kho āyasmā Susīmo Bhagavato pādesu sirasā
nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Accayo mam bhante
accagamā yathā bālaṃ yathā mūḷhaṃ yathā akusalaṃ ||
Svāham evam svākhyāte dhammavinaye dhammatthena
ko pabbajito || tassa me bhante Bhagavā accayam accayato
paṭigaṇhātu āyatiṃ samparāyāti || ||
59 Taggha tvam Susīma accayo accagamā yathā bālaṃ
yathā mūḷhaṃ yathā akusalaṃ || yo tvaṃ evaṃ svākhyāte
dhammavinaye dhammatthena ko pabbajito || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ca
2 S1 adds vā
3 This phrase is in S1-3 only
4 B adds vā
5 S1-3 add uppajjamāne
[page 128]
128 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 60
60 Seyyathāpi Susīma coram āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño
dasseyyum || ayaṃ te deva coro āgucārī imassayam icchasi
taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti1 || tam enaṃ rājā evam vadeyya
Gacchatha bho imam purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābā-
haṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ2 kāritvā
kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyam siṅghāṭakena
siṅghāṭakam pariṇetvā dakkhiṇena dvāreṇa nikkhametvā
dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindathāti || Tam enaṃ rañño
purisā daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ
bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena
rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghātakam parinetvā
dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa
sīsaṃ chindeyyuṃ || ||
61 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Susīma || Api nu so puriso tato
nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyethā} ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
62 Yaṃ kho so {Susīma} puriso tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyetha} [vā na vā paṭisaṃvedi-
yetha3] yā evaṃ svākhyāte dhammavinaye dhammatthena
kassa pabbajā ayaṃ tato dukkhavipākatarā ca kaṭukavipā-
katarā ca4 || api ca vinipātāya {saṃvattati} ||
63 Yato ca kho tvaṃ Susīma accayam accayato disvā
yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi || taṃ te mayam paṭigaṇhāma ||
vuddhi hesā Susīma ariyassa vinaye yo accayam accayato
disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ ca {saṃvaram}
āpajjatīti || || Dasamam || ||
Mahāvaggo sattamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Dve Assutavatā vuttā || Puttamaṃsena cāparaṃ || ||
Atthirāgo ca Nagaram || Sammasaṃ Naḷākālāpiyaṃ ||
Kosambi Upayantica || Dasamo Susīmena cāti5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B.-S3 paṇahīti; S1 paṇahīti (or paṇhīti) bh being erased
and repalced by p
2 S1-3 -muṇḍakaṃ always
3 vānavā paṭi- is missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 add kkhuvipākatarā ca
5 S1-3 Tatruddanam -- Makkato akaraṇīputto sālaṃnagarana (S3 ṇa)
sammasaṃ naḷakalāpaṃ udapānaṃ samuddo susīmonavāti
(S3 -susīmenavāti)
[page 129]
XII. 80] SAMAṆA-BRĀHMAṆA-VAGGO AṬṬHAMO 129
CHAPTER VIII SAMAṆA-BRĀHMAṆA-VAGGO AṬṬHAMO
SN_2,1.71 (1)
1 Evaṃ me sutam || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvat-
thiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme1 || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā || pe|| voca || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā jarā-
maraṇaṃ na pajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayam na pajā-
nanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ na pajānanti || jarāmaraṇaniro-
dhagāminim paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || Na me te bhikkhave
samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā
brāhmaṇesu va brāhmaṇasammatā || na ca pana te āyas-
manto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brāhmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva
dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā2 sacchikatvā upasampajja viha-
ranti || ||
4 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā va
jarāmaraṇam pajānanti || la3 || paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || te
kho me bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva
samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te
capanāyasmanto4 sāmaññatthaṃ ca brāhmaññatthaṃ ca
diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja
viharantīti || || Suttanto eko || ||
SN_2,12(1).72-80 (2-10)
Sāvatthi || ||
Jātiṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Bhavaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Upādānaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Taṇhaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Vedanaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Phassaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Saḷāyatanaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Nāmarūpaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Viññāṇaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sāvatthi only
2 S1-3 add ya
3 Complete in S1-3
4 S1-3 -āyasmantā
[page 130]
130 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 81
SN_2,12(1).81 (11)
Saṅkhāre na pajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayam na pajā-
nanti || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ na pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodha-
gāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Pajānanti || pe|| || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja
viharantīti || || Ekādasamam1 || ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇa-vaggo aṭṭhamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ ||2 ||
Paccayekādasā vuttā || catusaccavibhajjanā ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggo || nidāne3 bhavati aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
Ayaṃ vaggassa uddānaṃ ||4 ||
Buddho5 Āhāra Dasabalaṃ ||
Kaḷāraṃ6 Gahapati pañcamam ||
Rukkhavaggo Mahāvaggo ||
Aṭṭhamam Samaṇa-brāhmaṇanti || ||
CHAPTER IX ANTARA-PEYYĀLAṂ
Sāvatthiyam viharati ||7 ||
SN_2,12(1).82 (1) Satthā
1 Jarāmaraṇaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhū-
taṃ jarāmaraṇe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ||
jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ
jarāmaraṇasamudaye yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pari-
yesitabbo || jarāmaraṇanirodham ajānatā apassatā yathā-
bhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā
pariyesitabbo || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ patipadam
ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagaminiyā
paṭipadāya yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ti || ||
Suttanto eko ||8 ||
Sabbesam evam peyyālo ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 tatrud-
3 B nidāno
4 B vaggudānaṃ
5 S1 vuddho; S3 muddho
6 S1-3 Kaḷāra
7 S1-3 Sāvatthi-tatra-voca
8 S1-3 Paṭhama-suttantā
[page 131]
XII. 84] ANTARA-PEYYĀLAṂ 131
2 Jātim bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
3 Bhavaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
4 Upādānaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
5 Taṇhaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
6 Vedanā bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
7 Phassaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
8 Saḷāyatanaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhū-
taṃ || pe|| ||
9 Nāmarūpaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhū-
taṃ || pe|| ||
10 Viññānam bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhū-
taṃ || pe|| ||
11 Saṅkhāre bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ
saṅkhāresu yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ||
saṅkhārasamudayam ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅ-
khārasamudaye yathābhūtaṃ1 ñāṇāya satthā pariyesi-
tabbo || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ
saṅkharanirodhe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesi-
tabbo || saṅkhāranirodhagāminipaṭipadaṃ ajānatā apassatā
yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya yathā-
bhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ti || ||
Sabbesam catusaccikaṃ katabbaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).83 (2) Sikkhā
Jarāmaraṇaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ
jarāmaraṇe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya sikkhā karaṇīya || Evam
peyyālo catusaccikam kātabbaṃ (1-11) ||
SN_2,12(1).84 (3) Yogo
-yogo karaṇīyo || (1-11)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit saṅkhārasamudaye yathābhūtaṃ
[page 132]
132 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 85
SN_2,12(1).85 (4) Chando
-chando karanīyo || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).86 (5) Ussoḷhī1
-ussoḷhi karanīyo || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).87 (6) Appaṭivāni
-appaṭivānī karaṇīyā || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).88 (7) Atappam
-ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).89 (8) Viriyam
-viriyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).90 (9) Sātaccam
-sātaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).91 (10) Sati
-sati karaṇīyā || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).92 (11) Sampajaññaṃ
-sampajaññaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).93 (12) Appamādo
-appamādo karaṇīyo ti || || (1-11)
Antarapeyyālaṃ2
Tassuddānam ||3 ||
Satthā Sikkhā ca Yogo ca4 ||
Chando Ussoḷhī pañcamī Appativānī Ātappaṃ5 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B S3 Ussolhi
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 uddānam
4 S1-3 Yogañca
5 S1-3 Appativaniyātappanti
[page 133]
XIII. 1. 4] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 133
Viriyaṃ Sātaccaṃ vuccati ||
Sati ca1 Sampajaññañca ||
Appamādena dvādasāti || ||
Suttantā2 antarapeyyālā niṭṭhitā ||3 ||
Pare te dvādasa honti || suttā dvattiṃsasatāni ||
Catusaccena te vuttā || peyyāla-antaramhi ye ||
Antarapeyyāle hi uddānaṃ samattaṃ || ||
BOOK II ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_2,13(2).1 Nakhasikhā
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yam4 viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsuṃ
āropetvā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Taṃ kiṃ maññathā bhik-
khave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yo cāyam mayā paritto
nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu5 āropito ayaṃ vā mahāpathavīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ mahāpathavī ||
appamattako nakhasikhāyam6 Bhagavatā paritto paṃsu
āropito || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam
upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upeti mahāpathaviṃ7
upanidhāya Bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu
āropito ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhisam-
pannassa puggalassa abhisametāvino etad eva bahutaraṃ
dukkhaṃ yad idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ appamat-
takam avasiṭṭham || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahas-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sātaccamuccatitañca
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 S1-3 -peyyālo samatto. The sequel is not to be found in S1-3
Instead of this these MSS. have: Antara peyyālassa suttantā--
ekasatañca dva (S1 -kha-) ttiṃsa bhavanti
4 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca--
5 S1-3 paṃsuṃ always
6 S1-3 yaṃ, the word nakhasikhāyaṃ coming after paritto
7 B -pathavī
[page 134]
134 ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA [XIII. 1. 5
simaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upeti1
purimaṃ dukkhakkhandhaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādinnaṃ2
upanidhāya yad idam sattakkhattuṃ3 paramatā || ||
5 Evam mahatthiyo4 kho bhikkhave dhammābhisamayo
evam mahatthiyo dhammacakkhupaṭilābhoti || || Patha-
maṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).2 Pokkharaṇī
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||5 ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pokkharaṇī paññāsayojanāni
āyāmena paññāsayojanāni vitthārena paññāsayojanāni
ubbedhena puṇṇā udakassa samatittikā kākapeyyā || tato
puriso kusaggena udakaṃ uddhareyya || || Taṃ kiṃ
maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yaṃ
vā kusaggena udakam ubbhataṃ yaṃ vā pokkharaṇiyā
udakanti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idam pokkharaṇiyā
udakam appamattakaṃ kusaggena udakam ubbhatam ||
neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti
na satasahassimam kalam upeti pokkharaṇiyā udakam
upanidhāya kusaggena udakam ubbhatanti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhi-
sampannassa puggalassa abhisametāvino etad eva bahu-
taraṃ dukkhaṃ || yad idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādinnaṃ
appamattakam avasiṭṭhaṃ || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti
na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam
upeti purimaṃ dukkhakkhandhaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyā-
diṇṇaṃ upanidhāya yad idaṃ sattakkhattuṃ paramatā || ||
5 Evam mahatthiyo kho bhikkhave dhammābhisamayo ||
evam mahatthiyo dhammacakkhupaṭilābhoti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).3 Sambhejja udaka (1)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati ||6 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S3, from nasatasahassi- here and further on
2 So B S1 always; S3 sometimes -dinnaṃ
3 ṃ is missing in S1-3 always
4 So B and C; S1-2 mahiddhiyo always
5 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca--
6 Omitted in S1-3 here and further on
[page 135]
XIII. 5. 1] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 135
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yatthimā1 mahānadiyo saṃ-
sandanti samenti || seyyathidam Gaṅgā Yamunā Aciravatī2
Sarabhū Mahī || tato puriso dve vā ti3 vā udakaphusitāni
uddhareyya || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ
nu kho bahutaraṃ4 yāni vā dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni
ubbhatāni yam vā sambhejja5 udakan ti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ sambhejja
udakam || appamattakāni dve vā tīṇi vā5 udakaphusitāni
ubbhatāni || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ
kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti sambhejja
udakam upanidhāya dve vā tīni vā udakaphusitāni ub-
bhatānīti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| ||6 Tatiyam || ||
SN_2,13(2).4 Sambhejja udaka (2)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yatthimā mahānadiyo saṃsan-
danti samenti || seyyathīdaṃ Gaṅgā Yamunā Aciravatī
Sarabhū Mahī || tam udakaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ
gaccheyya ṭhapetvā dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni || || Tam
kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ
yaṃ vā sambhejja udakaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ ||
yāni vā dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhānīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaram sambhejja udakaṃ yad
idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ || appamattakāni dve vā
tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhāni || neva satimam kalam
upenti na sahassimam kalaṃ na satasahassimaṃ kalam
upenti sambhejjaudakam parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ upa-
nidhāya dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhānī ti ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ||7 pe || || Catutthaṃ ||
SN_2,13(2).5 Pathavī (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yatti- here only
2 B acīravatī
3 So B; S1-3 tīṇi (or tīni) always
4 S1 adds bhikkhave
5 S1-3 -bhejjaṃ always
6 S1-3 add Evaṃ mahiddhiyo dhammacakkhu paṭilābhoti
7 S1-3 add ariya-- and after --pe-- dhamma-
[page 136]
136 ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA [XIII. 5. 2
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso mahāpathaviyā satta
kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā1 upanikkhipeyya || || Taṃ kiṃ
maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yā2
vā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhittā || yā3 vā
mahāpathavīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ mahāpathavī
appamattikā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhittā ||
neva satimam kalam upenti na sahassimam upenti na sa-
sasahassimaṃ kalam upenti mahāpathavim upanidhāya
satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhittāti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| ||4 Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).6 Pathavī (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahāpathavī parikkhāyaṃ
pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo
guḷikā || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu
kho bahutaraṃ || yaṃ vā mahāpathaviyā parikkhīṇaṃ
pariyādiṇṇaṃ yā vā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā ava-
siṭṭhāti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ mahāpathaviyā yad
idam5 parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ || appamattikā satta
kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā avasiṭṭhā || neva satimaṃ kalam
upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ
kalam upenti mahāpathaviyā parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam
upanidhāya satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā avasiṭṭhā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).7 Samudda (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso mahāsamuddato6 dve
vā ti vā udakaphusitāni uddhareyya || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha
bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yāni vā dve vā
ti vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatāni yaṃ vā mahāsamudde
udakanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 gulikā here only
2 S1-3 yaṃ
3 S1-3 ayaṃ
4 As in the preceding
5 S1-3 insert mahāpathavi (S3-vi)
6 B -samudde
[page 137]
XIII. 9. 3] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 137
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ mahāsamudde
udakam || appamattakāni dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni
ubbhatāni || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ
kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti mahā-
samudde udakam upanidhāya dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni
ubbhatānīti ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| ||1 Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).8 Samudda (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahāsamuddo parikkhāyaṃ
pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā dve vā ti vā udakaphusi-
tāni || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho
bahutaraṃ yaṃ vā mahā-samudde udakaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ
pariyādiṇṇaṃ yāni vā dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni ava-
sīṭṭhānīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ mahāsamudde udakaṃ
yad idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ || appamattakāni dve
vā ti vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhāni || neva satimaṃ
kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasahassi-
mam kalaṃ upenti mahāsamudde udakaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ
pariyādiṇṇam upanidhāya dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni
avasiṭṭhānīti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| ||2 Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).9 Pabbatupama (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso Himavato pabbatarājassa
satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhippeyya || ||
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho
bahutaraṃ yā vā satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā
upanikkhittā yo vā3 Himavā pabbatarājāti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ Himavā
pabbatarājā || appamattikā satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add Dhamma- lābhoti
2 S1-3 Dhamma- -lābhoti
3 S1-3 -nikkhitto, omitting yo vā
[page 138]
138 ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA [XIII. 9. 4
sakkharā upanikkhittā || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na
sahassimam kalam upenti na satasahassinaṃ kalam
upenti Himavantaṃ pabbatarājānam upanidhāya satta
sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ||1 pe || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).10 Pabbatupama (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave Himavā pabbatarājā parikkha-
yam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā satta sāsapamattiyo
pāsāṇasakkharā || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Kata-
maṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yaṃ2 vā Himavato pabbatarā-
jassa parikkhīnaṃ3 pariyādiṇṇam yā vā satta sāsapa-
mattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā avasiṭṭhā ti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ Himavato pabbatarājassa
yad idam parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam || appamattikā satta
sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā avasiṭṭhā || neva satimaṃ
kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasa-
hassimaṃ kalam upenti Himavato pabbatarājassa parikkhī-
ṇaṃ4 pariyādiṇṇam upanidhāya satta sāsapamattiyo
pāsāṇasakkharā avasiṭṭhā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhi-
sampannassa puggalassa5 abhisametāvino etad eva bahu-
taraṃ dukkhaṃ yad idaṃ {parikkhīṇaṃ} pariyādinnaṃ
appamattakam avasiṭṭhaṃ || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na
sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upeti
purimaṃ dukkhakkhandham6 parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam
upanidhāya yad idaṃ sattakkhattum paramatā ||
5 Evam mahatthiyo kho bhikkhave dhammābhisamayo
evam mahatthiyo dhammacakkhupatilābho ti || || Dasa-
maṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).11 Pabbatupama (3)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Added by S1-3 which add also after pe dhamma- lābhoti
2 S3 yā
3 S3 parikkhayaṃ; S3 -khayā
4 S1-3 parikkhayaṃ
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 S1-3 dukkhaṃ
[page 139]
XIII. 11. 5] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 139
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso Sinerussa pabbatarājassa
satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhipeyya || ||
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahu-
taraṃ || yā vā satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanik-
khittā yo vā1 Sineru2 pabbatarājāti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ Sineru pabba-
tarājā || appamattikā satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā
upanikkhittā || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimam
kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti Sineru-
pabattarājānam upanidhāya satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇa-
sakkharā upanikkhittā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhi-
sampannassa puggalassa adhigamam3 upanidhāya añña-
titthiya-samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-paribbājakānaṃ adhigamo4
neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na
satasahassimam kalam upeti || ||
5 Evam mahādhigamo5 bhikkhave diṭṭhisampanno
puggalo evam mahābhiññoti || ||
Abhisamaya-saṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ ||6 ||
Tassa7 uddānaṃ || ||
Nakasikhā Pokkharanī8 ||
Sambhejja udake ca dve9 ||
Dve Pathavī dve10 Samuddā11 ||
Tayo ca Pabbatūpamā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit yo vā
2 S1-3 Suneru always
3 S3 adhigamanaṃ
4 S3 agamo
5 S1-3 add kho
6 S1-3 paṭhamam
7 S1-3 tatr
8 S1-3 add ceva
9 S1-3 sambhejjā udakā ce
10 Omitted by S1-3
11 S1-3 -samuddaṃ
[page 140]
140 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 1. 1
BOOK III DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTAṂ
CHAPTER I NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO
(Section I Ajjhatta-pañcakaṃ)
SN_2,14(3).1 (1) Dhātu
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati1 || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ vo bhikkhave desissāmi || tam suṇātha
sādhukaṃ manasi karotha || bhāsissāmīti2 || ||
Evam bhante ti2 kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosum || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātu-
nānattam ||
4 Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu || So-
taḍhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu || Ghānadhātu gan-
dhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu || Jivhādhātu rasadhātu
jivhāviññāṇadhātu || Kāyadhātu poṭṭhabbadhātu kāya-
viññāṇadhātu || Manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇa-
dhātu || ||
Idam vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattanti || || Patha-
mam || ||
SN_2,14(3).2 (2) Samphassam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassa-
nānattaṃ3 || ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhudhātu sotadhātu ghānadhātu jivhādhātu kāya-
dhātu manodhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātu-
nānattaṃ || ||
5 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati phassanānattam ||
6 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cak-
khusamphasso || Sotadhātum paṭicca || || Ghānadhātum
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthitatra-voca
2 B omits ti
3 S1-3 add phassanānattaṃ no phassanānattaṃ paṭicca appajjati
dhātunānattaṃ
[page 141]
XIV. 4. 8] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO 141
paṭicca || || Jivhādhātuṃ paṭicca || || Kāyadhātuṃ paṭicca || ||
Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso || ||
7 Evaṃ kho1 bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppaj-
jati phassanānattanti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).3 (3) No ce tam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati2 || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassa-
nānattaṃ || no phassanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dhātunā-
nattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || ||
4 Cakkhudhātu || pe|| || Manodhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
5 Kathañ ca3 bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppaj-
jati phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
dhātunattam || ||
6 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cakkhu-
samphasso4 || no cakkhusamphassam5 paṭicca uppajjati
cakkhudhātu6 || pe|| ||7 Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati
manosamphasso || no manosamphassam paṭicca uppajjati
manodhātu || ||
7 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati phassanānattam || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
dhātunānattanti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).4 (4) Vedanā (1)
1 Savatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassa-
nānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanā-
nānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted in S1-3
2 S1-3 Sāvatthi
3 B katamañca
4 S1-3 Cakkhuphasso (saṃ being erased in S3)
5 S1 omits, S3 has sam-
6 S3 has bhikkhave added in the margin
7 S1-3 add Jivhādhātum- uppajjati manodhātu
[page 142]
142 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 4. 4
4 Cakkhudhātu || pe|| || Manodhātu || pe|| || Idam vuccati
bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
5 Kathañca1 bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati
phassanānattam || phassanānattam2 paṭicca uppajjati veda-
nānānattaṃ || ||
6 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cakkhu-
samphasso || cakkhusamphassam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhu-
samphassajā vedanā || ||3 Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati
manosamphasso || manosamphassam paṭicca uppajjati
manosamphassajā vedanā || ||
7 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati
phassanānattam || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati veda-
nānānattanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).5 (5) Vedanā (2)
1 Savatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassa-
nānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanā-
nattaṃ || No vedanānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanā-
nattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātu-
nānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || || Cakkhu-
dhātu || pe|| || Manodhātu || pe|| || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
dhātunānattaṃ || ||
4 Kathañca4 bhikkhave dhātunānattam paticca uppajjati
phassanānattam || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati veda-
nānānattam || No vedanānānattam paticca uppajjati
phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
phātunānattaṃ || ||
5-9 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cakkhu-
samphasso || cakkhusamphassam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhu-
samphassajā vedanā || No cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B katamañca
2 Omitted in S1-3
3 S1-3 add jivhādhātuṃ- jivhāsamphassajāvedanā
4 B katamañca
[page 143]
XIV. 7. 3] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO. 143
paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphasso || no cakkhusam-
phassam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhudhātu || pe||1 ||
10 Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso ||
manosamphassam paṭicca uppajjati manosamphassajā
vedanā || No manosamphassajaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppaj-
jati manosamphasso || no manosamphassam paṭicca uppaj-
jati manodhātu || ||
11 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
vedanānattam || || No vedanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
dhātunānattanti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
(Section II Bāhira-pañcakam)
SN_2,14(3).6 (6) Dhātu
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||2 ||
2 Dhātunānattam vo3 bhikkhave desissāmi || tam
suṇātha || pe|| ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || || Rūpadhātu
saddadhātu gandhadhātu rasadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu
dhammadhātu || ||
4 Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattanti || || Chaṭ-
ṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).7 (7) Saññā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati saññānā-
nattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānat-
taṃ || saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ ||
chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || pari-
ḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || Rūpadhātu ||
pe || || Dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātu-
nānattaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add above jivhādātum- uppajjati jivhādhātu
2 S1-3 Sāvatthi
3 S1-3 omitted by S1-3
[page 144]
144 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 7. 4
4 Kathañca1 bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati
saññānanattam || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkap-
panānattaṃ || saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chanda-
nānattaṃ || chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanā-
nattaṃ || pariḷāhanānattam paticca uppajjati pariyesanānā-
nattaṃ ||2 ||
5-9 Rūpadhātuṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
rūpasaññam paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaṅkappo || rūpasaṅ-
kappaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpachando || rūpachandam
paṭicca uppajjati || rūpapariḷāho || rūpapariḷāham paṭicca
uppajjati || rūpapariyesanā || pe||3 ||
10 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaṅkappo ||
dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati dhammachando ||
dhammachandam paṭicca uppajjati dhammapariḷāho ||
dhammaparīḷāham paṭicca uppajjati dhamma pariye-
sanā || ||
11 Evam kho bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppaj-
jati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati
saṅkappanānattaṃ || saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
chandanānattaṃ || chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chan-
danānattam || chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāha-
nānattaṃ || pariḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanā-
nānattanti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).8 (8) No ce tam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||4 ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paticca uppajjati saññā-
nānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| || pariye-
sanānānattaṃ ||5 ||
3 No pariyesanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B S3 Katamañca
2 All this phrase, from pariḷāhanānattaṃ, is missing in S3
3 Instead of || pe || S1-3 have: Saddadhātuṃ- gandhadhātuṃ-
rasadhātuṃ- poṭṭhabbadhātuṃ paṭicca
4 Missing in S1-3
5 As in the preceding; complete in S1-3
[page 145]
XIV. 8. 16] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO 145
nattaṃ || no pariḷāhanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chanda-
nānattaṃ || no chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappa-
nānattam || na saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātu-
nānattaṃ || ||
4-9 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || || Rūpa-
dhātu || pe|| || dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhā-
tunānattaṃ || ||
10 Kathañca1 bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati ||
pe || ||2 pariyesanānānattaṃ || No pariyesanānānattaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati parilahanānattami no pariḷāhanānattam
paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattam || no chandanānattaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattam || no saṅkappanānat-
tam paṭicca uppajjati saññānattaṃ || no saññānānattam
paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ || ||
11 Rūpadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
[3rūpasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaṅkappo || rūpasaṅ-
kappaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpachando rūpachandaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati rūpapariḷāho rūpapariḷāhaṃ paticca uppajjati
rūpapariyesanā || || No rūpapariyesanaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
rūpapariḷāho || no rūpapariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rupā-
chando || no rūpachandaṃ4 paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
rūpasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati no rūpasaṅkappo || no rūpa-
saṅkappaṃ paticca uppajjati rūpasaññā || no rūpasaññam
paṭicca uppajjati rūpadhātu || ||
12 Saddadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
13 Gandhadhātuṃ paṭicca || pe|| ||
14 Rasadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
15 Poṭṭhabbadhātuṃ paṭicca || pe||] ||
16 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B S3 Katamañca
2 S1-3 instead or || pe || have saṅkappanānattaṃ- as above
3 The part between [ ] is to be found in S1-3 only.
In B, it is represented by || pe ||
4 S1-3 have rūpacchando-- am, as usual
[page 146]
146 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 8. 17
dhammasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| ||1 dhammapariye-
sanā || || No dhammapariyesanaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dham-
mapariḷāho || no dhammapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati
dhammachando || no dhammachandam paṭicca uppajjati
dhammasaṅkappo || no dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppaj-
jati dhammasaññā || no dhammasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
dhammadhātu || ||
17 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati ||2 pe||
pariyesanānānattaṃ || || No pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || no pariḷāhanānattaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || no chandanānattaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati saṅkappanānattam || no saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati3 saññānānattam || no saññānānattam paṭicca
uppajjati dhātunānattanti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ ||
SN_2,14(3).9 (9) Phassa (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||4 ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati saññā-
nānattam || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanā-
nattaṃ || saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanā-
nattaṃ || phassanānattam paticca uppajjati vedanānānattaṃ ||
vedanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || chanda-
nānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || pariḷāhanā-
nattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattam || pariyesanā-
nānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati lābhanānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || || Rūpadhātu ||
pe || || dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunā-
nattaṃ || ||
4 Kathañ ca5 bhikkhave dhātunānattam paticca uppaj-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Instead of || pe || S1-3 have dhammasaṅkappo- as in the preceding (10)
2 S1-3 instead of || pe || have saṅkappanānattaṃ- as above
3 S1-3 insert here phassanānattaṃ no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
4 Sāvatthi
5 B katamañca
[page 147]
XIV. 10. 2] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO 147
jati saññānānattam || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati ||
pe || ||1 lābhanānattam || ||
5 Rūpadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
rūpasaññam paticca uppajjati rūpasaṅkappo || rūpasaṅ-
kappam paṭicca uppajjati rūpasamphasso || rūpasamphassam
paṭicca uppajjati rūpasamphassajā vedanā || rūpasamphas-
sajaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati rūpachando || rūpachandam
paṭicca uppajjati rūpapariḷāho || rūpapariḷāham paṭicca
uppajjati rūpalābho || ||2 pe ||
6 Saddadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
7 Gandhadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
8 Rasadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
9 Poṭṭhabbadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
10 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaṅkappo ||
dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasamphasso ||
dhammasamphassam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasamphas-
sajā vedanā || dhammasamphassajaṃ vedanam3 paṭicca
uppajjati dhammachando || dhammachandam paṭicca
uppajjati dhammapariḷāho || dhammapariḷāham paṭicca
uppajjati dhammapariyesanā || dhammapariyesanam paṭicca
uppajjati dhammalābho ||4 ||
11 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati ||
la ||5 pariyesanānānattaṃ || pariyesanānānattam paṭicca
uppajjati lābhānānattaṃ || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).10 (10) Phassa (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||6 ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati saññānā-
nattam || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānat-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 rūpaparilā (S3 ḷā) Lo
3 S3 -samphassajā
4 S3 dhamma [pari] ḷābho, pari being erased
5 Complete in S1-3
6 Missing in S1-3
[page 148]
148 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 10. 3
taṃ || phassa || vedanā || chanda || pariḷāha ||1 pariyesanānānat-
tam paṭicca uppajjati lābhanānattaṃ || No lābhanānattam
paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ || no pariyesanānānat-
tam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || no pariḷāhanānat-
taṃ paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| || chanda || vedanā || phassa || saṅ-
kappa ||2 saññānānattaṃ || no saññānānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati dhātunānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || || Rūpadhātu ||
pe || ||4 Dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātu-
nānattaṃ || ||
4 Kathañca3 bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati
saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkap-
panānattam || phassa || vedanā || chanda || pariḷāho || pariye-
sanā || lābha ||5 No lābhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pari-
yesanānanattaṃ || no pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
pariḷāha || chanda || vedanā || phassa || no saṅkappanānattam
paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattam || no saññānānattam paṭic-
ca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ. ||
5 Rūpadhātum bhikkhave paticca uppajjati rūpasāññā ||
la6 ||
6 Saddadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
7 Gandhadhatuṃ paṭicca || pe|| ||
8 Rasadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
9 Poṭṭhabbadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
10 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| || dhammapariye-
sanā || dhammapariyesanam paṭicca uppajjati dhammalā-
bho || No dhammalābhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dhammapari-
yesanā || no dhammapariyesanam paṭicca uppajjati dham-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B; developed as in the preceding, in S1-3
2 So B; developed also as in the preceding, in S1-3
which have samphassa- instead of phassa- here only.
3 B and S1-3 intervert katamañca and kathañca
4 S1-3 saddha- gandha- rasa- (S3 ghāṇa-) poṭṭhabbadhātu.
5 So B; developed in S1-3
6 Developed in S1-3 as in the preceding (5)
[page 149]
XIV. 11. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 149
mapariḷāho || no dhammapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati dham-
machando || no dhammachandam paṭicca uppajjati dham-
masamphassajā vedanā || no dhammasamphassajaṃ veda-
nam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasamphasso || no dhamma-
samphassam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaṅkappo || no
dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā || no
dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati dhammadhātu || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati
saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati || pe||
saṅkappa || phassa || vedanā || chanda || pariḷāha || pariyesanā ||
lābha || No lābhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānā-
nattaṃ || no pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷā-
hanānattam || no pariḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
chandanānattaṃ || no chandanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
vedanānānattam || no vedanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati
phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati
saṅkappanānattaṃ || no saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca uppaj-
jati saññānānattam || no saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati
dhātunānattanti || ||
Dasamaṃ1 || ||
Nānattavaggo pathamo || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ ||2 ||
Dhātu Samphassañca3 No-ce-taṃ4 ||
Vedanā apare duve5 ||
Etam Ajjhattapañcakaṃ ||6 ||
Dhātu Saññā No-ce-taṃ ||
Phassena apare duve7 ||
Etam Bāhira-pañcakanti ||8 ||
CHAPTER II Dutiyo vaggo
SN_2,14(3).11 (1) Sattimā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharatī ||9 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 tassuddānaṃ
3 S1-3 samphassa
4 S1-3 -ta
5 S1-3 dve
6 B ajjhattaṃ; S3 pañcakā
7 B phassassa -dve
8 S1-3 pañcakaṃ
9 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra-voca
[page 150]
150 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 11. 2
2 Sattimā bhikkhave dhātuyo || ||
Katama satta || || Ābhādhātu subhadhātu1 ākāsānañcāya-
tanadhātu viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu saññāvedayitanirodhadhā-
tu || ||
Imā kho bhikkhave satta dhātuyoti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Yā2 cāyam bhante ābhādhātu yā ca subhadhātu3
yā ca ākāsānañcāyatanādhātu yā ca viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu
yā ca ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu yā ca nevasaññānāsaññāyata-
nadhātu yā ca saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu || || Imā nu kho
bhante dhātuyo kim paṭicca paññāyantīti || ||
4 Yāyam bhikkhu ābhādhātu ayaṃ dhātu andhakāram
paṭicca paññāyati || ||
5 Yāyam bhikkhu subhadhātu ayaṃ dhātu asubham4
paṭicca paññāyati ||
6 Yāyam bhikkhu ākāsānañcāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu
rūpam paṭicca paññāyati || ||
7 Yāyam bhikkhu viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ paṭicca paññāyati || ||
8 Yāyam bhikkhu ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu
viññāṇañcāyatanam paṭicca paññāyati ||
9 Yāyam bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu ayaṃ
dhātu ākiñcaññāyatanam paṭicca paññāyati ||
10 Yāyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu ayaṃ
dhātu nirodhaṃ paṭicca paññāyatīti || ||
11 Yā cāyam bhante ābhādhātu yā ca subhadhātu yā ca
ākāsānañcāyatana dhātu yā ca viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu yā
ca ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu yā ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatana-
dhātu yā ca saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu || imā nu kho
bhante dhātuyo kathaṃ samāpatti pattabbāti ||5 ||
12 Yā cāyam bhikkhu ābhādhātu yā ca subhadhātu yā
ca ākāsanañcāyatanadhātu yā ca viññāṇāñcāyatanadhātu yā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 subhā- always
2 S1-3 yāvā
3 S3 inserts here yā ca asubhādhātu
4 S1-3 asubha
5 So B and C; S1-3 vattabbā always
[page 151]
XIV. 12. 6] DUTIYO VAGGO 151
ca ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu || imā dhātuyo saññāsamāpatti
pattabbā || ||
13 Yāyam bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu ayaṃ
dhātu saṅkhārāvasesasamāpatti pattabbā || ||
14 Yāyam bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu ayam
dhātu nirodhasamāpatti pattabbā ti || || Pathamaṃ ||1 ||
SN_2,14(3).12 (2) Sanidānaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||2 ||
2 Sanidānam bhikkhave uppajjati kāmavitakko no
anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vyāpādavitakko no ani-
dānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vihiṃsāvitakko no ani-
dānaṃ || ||
3 Kathañca bhikkhave sanidānam uppajjati kāmavitakko
no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vyāpādavitakko no ani-
dānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vihiṃsāvitakko no anidānaṃ ||
4 Kāmadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati kāmasaññā ||
kāmasaññam paṭicca uppajjati kāmasaṅkappo || kāmasaṅ-
kappam paṭicca uppajjati kāmachando ||3 kāmacandam
paṭicca uppajjati kāmapariḷāho || kāmapariḷāham paṭicca
uppajjati kāmapariyesanā || kāmapariyesanam bhikkhave
pariyesamāno assutavā puthujjano tīhi ṭhānehi micchā-
paṭipajjati kāyena vācāya4 manasā || ||
5 Vyāpādadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajati vyāpāda-
saññā || vyāpādasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati vyāpādasaṅ-
kappo || || vyāpādachando5 || vyāpādapariḷāho5 || vyāpāda-
pariyesanā5 || vyāpādapariyesanaṃ bhikkhave pariyesamāno
assutavā puthujjano tīhi ṭhānehi micchāpaṭipajjati kāyena
vācāya manasā || ||
6 Vihiṃsādhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati vihiṃ-
sasaññā || pe|| || vihiṃsāsaṅkappo || vihiṃsāchando || vihiṃsā-
pariḷāho || vihiṃsāpariyesanā || vihiṃsāpariyesanaṃ bhik-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Paṭhamo
2 As in the preceding
3 S1-3 kāmacchando always
4 S1-3 vācā always
5 So B; complete in S1-3
[page 152]
152 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 12. 7
khave pariyesamāno assutavā puthujjano tīhi ṭhānehi
micchāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ sukkhe
tiṇadāye1 nikhippeyya || no ce hatthehi ca pādehi ca khip-
pam eva nibbāpeyya || evañhi bhikkhave ye tiṇakaṭṭha-
nissitā2 pāṇā te anayavyasanaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ ||
8 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yo hi koci samaṇo vā brāh-
maṇo vā uppannam visamagatam saññam na khippam eva
pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || so diṭṭhe
ceva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati savighātam sa-upāyasam
sapariḷāham || kāyassa ca bhedā param maranā duggatiṃ3
pāṭikaṅkhā || ||
9 Sanidānam bhikkhave uppajjati nekkhammavitakko4
no anidānaṃ || sanidānaṃ uppajjati avyāpādavitakko no
anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati avihiṃsāvitakko no ani-
dānaṃ || ||
10 Kathañ ca bhikkhave sanidānam uppajjati nekkham-
mavitakko no anidānam || sanidānam upajjati avyāpādavi-
takko no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati avihiṃsāvitakko
no anidānaṃ || ||
11 Nekkhammadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati nek-
khammasaññā || nekkhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati nek-
khammasaṅkappo || nekkhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati
nekkhammachando || || Nekkhammachandaṃ paṭicca uppaj-
jati nekkhammapariḷāho || nekkhammapariḷāham paṭicca
uppajjati nekkhammapariyesanā || nekkhammapariyesanaṃ
bhikkhave pariyesamāno sutavā ariyasāvako tīhi ṭhānehi
sammāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā || ||
12 Avyāpādadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati avyā-
pādasaññā || pe|| avyāpādasaṅkappo || avyāpādachando ||
avyāpādapariḷāho || avyāpādapariyesanā || avyāpādapariyesa-
naṃ bhikkhave pariyesamāno sutavā ariyasāvako tīhi
ṭhānehi sammāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā ||
13 Avihiṃsādhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S tiṇā-; S3 tinā-; C. tiṇapādāye
2 S1-3 -kaṭṭhasitā and further on
3 S3 omits ṃ
4 B nekkhama- always
[page 153]
XIV. 13. 5] DUTIYO VAGGO 153
sāsaññā || avihiṃsāsaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaṅ-
kappo || avihiṃsāsaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsā-
chando || avihiṃsāchandam paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāpari-
ḷāho || avihiṃsāpariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāpari-
yesanā || avihiṃsāpariyesanam bhikkhave pariyesamāno
sutavā ariyāsavako tīhi ṭhānehi sammāpaṭipajjati kāyena
vācāya manasā || ||
14 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ
sukkhe tiṇadāye nikkhipeyya || tam enaṃ1 hatthehi ca
pādehi ca khippam eva nibbāpeyya || evaṃ hi bhikkhave ye
tiṇakaṭṭhanissitā pāṇā te na anayavyasanam āpajjey-
yuṃ || ||
15 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yo hi koci samaṇo vā brāh-
maṇo vā uppannam visamagataṃ saññaṃ khippam eva
pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || so diṭṭhe
ceva dhamme sukham viharati avighātam anupāyāsam
apariḷāham || kāyassa ca2 bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ3
paṭikaṅkhāti || || Dutiyaṃ ||4 ||
SN_2,14(3).13 (3) Giñjakāvasatha
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Ñātikehi5 viharati Giñjakā-
vasathe || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhante ti te bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassosuṃ ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Dhātuṃ bhikkhave paṭicca
uppajjati saññā uppajjati diṭṭhi uppajjati vitakko ti || ||
4 Evam vutte6 āyasmā saddho Kaccāyano7 Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Yāyam bhante diṭṭhi asammāsambud-
dhesu Sammāsambuddho ti ayam nu8 kho bhante diṭṭhi
kim paṭicca paññāyatīti || ||
5 Mahatī kho esā Kaccāyana dhātu yad idam avijjā-
dhātu ||9 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ṃ
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 add saggaṃ
4 S1-3 dutiyo
5 -hi is in B only
6 S1-3 bhante ti
7 S1-3 sandho; B kaccāno, always
8 Omitted by S1-3
9 S1-3 -dhātuṃ
[page 154]
154 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 14. 6
6 Hīnaṃ Kaccāyana dhātuṃ paṭicca uppajjati hīnā
saññā hīnā diṭṭhi hīno vitakko hīnā cetanā hīnā patthanā
hīno paṇidhi hīno puggalo hīnā vācā || hīnam ācikkhati
deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānikaroti1 ||
hīnā tassa uppattīti vadāmi || ||
7 Majjhimaṃ Kaccāyana dhātum paṭicca upajjati maj-
jhimā saññā majjhimā diṭṭhi majjhimo vitakko majjhimā
cetanā majjhimā patthanā majjhimo paṇidhi majjhimo
puggalo majjhimā vācā || majjhimam ācikkhati deseti paññā-
peti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānikaroti || majjhimā
tassa uppattīti vadāmi || ||
8 Paṇītaṃ Kaccāyana dhātum paṭicca uppajjati paṇītā
saññā paṇītā diṭṭhi paṇīto vitakko paṇītā cetanā paṇītā
patthanā paṇīto paṇidhi paṇīto puggalo paṇītā vācā || paṇī-
tam ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibha-
jati uttānikaroti || paṇītā tassa uppattīti2 vadāmīti || || Tati-
yaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).14 (4) Hīnādhimutti
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati3 ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hīnādhimuttikā sattā4 hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsan-
danti samenti || || Kalyānādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃ-
sandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā
kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
4 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va5 sattā
saṃsandissanti samessanti || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimut-
tikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti || || Kalyāṇādhi-
muttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti
samessanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B uttāniṃ; S1 uttānī- always
2 S1-3 uppajjatīti always; S1 uppattīti here only
3 Missing in S1-3
4 Missing in B
5 Missing in S1-3
[page 155]
XIV. 15. 12] DUTIYO VAGGO 155
5 Etarahi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso
va1 sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnā-
dhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyāṇā-
dhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samentīti || ||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).15 (5) Kammam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe
pabbate || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā pi kho Sāriputto
sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ Bhagavato avidūre caṅ-
kamati || ||
3 Āyasmā pi kho Mahā-Moggallāno sambahulehi bhik-
khūhi saddhim Bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati || ||
4 Āyasmā pi kho Mahā-Kassapo sambahulehi bhikkhūhi
saddhim Bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati || ||
5 Āyasmā pi kho Anuruddho sambahulehi || -caṅkamati || ||
6 Āyāsmā pi kho Puṇṇo Mantāniputto2 sambahulehi ||
caṅkamati ||
7 Āyasmā pi kho Upāli sambahulehi || || caṅkamati || ||
8 Āyasmā pi kho Ānando sambahulehi || || caṅkamati || ||
9 Devadatto pi kho sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
Bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati || ||
10 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha
no tumhe bhikkhave Sāriputtaṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi
saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū mahāpaññā || ||
11 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Moggalānam3 samba-
hulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante ||
Sabbe pi kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū mahiddhikā || ||
12 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Kassapam4 sambahu-
lehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1 mantāṇi-
3 S1-3 Mahā-M-
4 S1-3 Mahā-K-
[page 156]
156 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 15. 13
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe pi kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū dhutavādā || ||
13 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Anuruddhaṃ samba-
hulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante ||
Sabbe pi kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū dibbacakkhukā || ||
14 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Puṇṇaṃ Mantāniput-
taṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū dhammakathikā || ||
15 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Upāliṃ sambahulehi
bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū vinayadharā || ||
16 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Ānandam sambahulehi
bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evaṃ bhante || ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū bahussutā || ||
17 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Devadattaṃ sambahu-
lehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe1 kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū pāpicchā ||
18 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hinādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhim saṃsandanti
samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi sad-
dhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
19 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimut-
tikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Kālyānādhimut-
tikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhim saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
20 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandissanti samessanti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhim-
uttikehī saddhim saṃsandissanti samessanti || Kalyāṇādhi-
muttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti
samessanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add pi
[page 157]
XIV. 16. 9] DUTIYO VAGGO 157
21 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānaṃ
dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā
hīnādhimuttikehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti || || Kaly-
āṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samentīti || ||
Pañcamam || ||
SN_2,14(3).16 (6) Sagātha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
I
2 Dhātuso va bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hīnādhimuttikā hīnāmuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti || ||
3 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
4 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandissanti samessanti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimu-
ttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
5 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam
dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā
hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pi gūtho gūthena1 saṃsandati
sameti || muttam muttena saṃsandati sameti || kheḷo
kheḷena saṃsandati sameti || pubbo pubbena saṃsandati
sameti || lohitam lohitena saṃsandati sameti || || Evam eva
kho bhikkhave dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti || ||
7 Atītam pi addhānaṃ || pe|| ||
8 Anāgatam pi addhānaṃ || pe|| ||
9 Etarahi pi paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B gudho gudhena
[page 158]
158 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 16. 10.
II
10 Dhātuso va bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsan-
danti samenti || ||
11 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhi-
muttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu ||
12 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ || pe1 || ||
13 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam
dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimut-
tikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
14 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khīraṃ khīrena saṃsandati
sameti || telaṃ telena2 saṃsandati sameti || sappi sappinā2
saṃsandati sameti || madhuṃ madhunā saṃsandati sameti ||
phāṇitaṃ phaṇitena saṃsandati sameti ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti
samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyānādhimuttikehi sad-
dhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
15 Atītam pi addhānaṃ || pe|| ||
16 Anāgatam pi addhānam || pe|| ||
17 Etarahi pi paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso va
sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyaṇādhimuttikā kalyā-
ṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
18 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā ca Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Saṃsaggā vanatho jāto || asaṃsaggena chijjati ||
parittam dārum3 āruyha || yathā sīde4 mahaṇṇave ||
Evaṃ kusītam āgamma || sādhujīvī pi sīdati ||
tasmā tam parivajjeyya || kusītaṃ hīnaviriyaṃ ||
Pavivittehi ariyehi || pahitattehi jhāyīhi5 ||
niccam āraddhaviriyehi || paṇḍitehi sahāvaseti6 || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anāgatam --pe--
2 S1-3 add saddhiṃ
3 S3 (and perhaps S1) dāru
4 So S1; B -side; S3 -sideva
5 S1-3 jāyīhi
6 C -vāseti
[page 159]
XIV. 17. 6] DUTIYO VAGGO 159
SN_2,14(3).17 (7) Asaddha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||1 ||
I
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Asaddhā asaddhehi2 saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhim saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
anottāpino3 anottāpīhi4 saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || muṭṭha-
satino muṭṭhasatīhi5 saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || dup-
paññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 [Saddhā saddhehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti ||
hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti damenti ||
ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || bahussutā bahussutehi sad-
dhimo || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ- || upaṭṭhita-
satino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhimo || paññavanto paññavantehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||6 ||
5 Atītaṃ pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
6 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || anottā-
pino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ- ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ- || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi
saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandhiṃsu
samiṃsu || ||
6 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ- || anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 assaddhā assaddhehi always
3 So S1-3; B anottappino always
4 S1-3 anottāpiyehi; B anottappīhi; both always
5 S1-3 muṭṭhassatīno-tihi always
6 This paragraph is missing in S1-3
[page 160]
160 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 18.7
pe || appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ || pe|| kusītā kusītehi
saddhiṃ || pe|| muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ || pe||
duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti sames-
santi || ||
7 Etarahi pi1 bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam
dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ || pe|| anottāpino anottāpīhi
saddhim || pe|| appassutā appassutehi saddhim || pe|| kusītā
kusītehi saddhim || pe|| muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ
saṃsandanti samenti || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ
saṃsandanti samenti || ||
II
8 Dhātuso va2 bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || hiri-
manā hirimanehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ottāpino
ottāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || bahussutā bahus-
sutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || āraddhaviriyā
āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || upaṭṭhi-
tasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ samandanti samenti ||
paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
9 Atītaṃ pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ || pe||
10 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ ||3 pe||
11 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānaṃ
dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti ||
Saddhā saddhehi saddhim || pe|| paññavanto paññavan-
tehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).18 (8) Asaddhamūlakāpañca
1 Sāvatthi ||4 ||
I
2 Dhātuso va5 bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S 1-3
2 Omitted by B
3 9 and 10 are less abridged in S1-3
4 Missing in S1-3
5 Omitted by B
[page 161]
XIV. 18. 11] DUTIYO VAGGO 161
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi sad-
dhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || pe||
4 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā
saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
5 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam
dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhim || ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ ||
duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi sad-
dhiṃ || hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ || paññavanto pañña-
vantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Ekam1 ||
II
6 Dhātuso va2 bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti ||
Evam vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti ||
anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi
saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || ottāpino ottāpīhi
saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samentīti || ||
7 Atītam pi || pe||
8 Anāgatam pi || pe||
9 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānamo || || Dve3 ||
III
10 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi
saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || bahussutā bahus-
sutehi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhim saṃ-
sandanti samentīti || ||
11 Atītam pi || pe||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 7, 8, 9 are missing in B, and little more developed in S1-3
[page 162]
162 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 18. 12
12 Anāgatam pi || pe||
13 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānam || pe|| || Tīṇi || ||
IV
14 Dhātuso bhikkhave || pe||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ ||
Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi
saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samentīti || ||
15 Atītam pi ||
16 Anāgatam pi ||
17 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānamo samentīti || ||
Cattāri2 ||
V
18 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppañ-
ñehi saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || uppaṭṭhita-
satino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
19 Atītam pi
20 Anāgatam pi
21 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānaṃ- samentīti || ||
Pañca || ||3 Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).19 (9) Ahirikamūlakā cattāro
1 Sāvatthi ||4 ||
I
2 Dhātuso || pe||5 ||
Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || anottā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 15, 16, 17 are omitted by B; little more developed in S1-3;
cattāri is missing in B
3 19, 20, 21 are missing in B; little more developed in S1-3;
Pañca is missing in B
4 Omitted by S1-3
5 S1-3 bhikkhave sattā
[page 163]
XIV. 20. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 163
pino anottapīhi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || ||
Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ || ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ ||
paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentī-
ti || || Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Paccuppannam addhā-
naṃ- samentīti || || Ekaṃ ||1 ||
II
3 Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
appassutā appassutehi saddhimo || duppaññā duppaññehi
saddhimo || || Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || bahussutā
bahussutehi saddhiṃ- paññavanto paññavantehi saddhim
saṃsandanti samenti || || Dve2 || ||
III
4 Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || ||
Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviri-
yehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsan-
danti samentīti || Tīṇi3 || ||
IV
5 Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
muṭṭhasatinomuṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi
saddhiṃ- || || Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || upaṭṭhitasa-
tino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
6-8 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam
addhānamo samenti || || Cattāri4 || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).20 (10) Anotappamūlakā tīni
1 Sāvatthi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All this from atītam is missing in B, and little more
developed in S1-3
2 Missing in B
3 Missing in B
4 Missing in B; from atītam little more developed in S1-3
[page 164]
164 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 20. 2
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhim || appassutā appassutehi
saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Ottāpino
ottāpīhi saddhimo || bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ- || pañ-
ñavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Ekaṃ || ||
3-5 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam
addhānaṃ- samentīti || || Ekaṃ1 || ||
6 Anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi sad-
dhiṃ- || || Ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || āraddhaviriyā ārad-
dhaviriyehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ
saṃsandanti samenti || ||
7-9 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam
addhanaṃ || || Dve2 || ||
10 Anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti sa-
menti || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || || duppaññā
duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhimo ||
upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto
paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
11-13 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || || Paccuppannam addhā-
namo samentīti || || Tīṇi3 || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).21 (11) Appassutena dve
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi sad-
dhiṃ- || || Bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ- || āraddhaviriyā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 3-5 are missing in B; 5 only is complete (in S1-3); ekaṃ is
also missing in B
2 7-9 are also missing in B; 9 is complete in S1-3; Dve is missing
in B
3 Tīṇi is missing, as 11-13; 13 being complete as usual in S1-3
[page 165]
XIV. 22. 5] DUTIYO VAGGO 165
āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi sad-
dhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
3-5 Atītam pi || || Anāgatam pi || || Etarahi paccuppan-
nam addhānaṃ- samentīti || || Ekaṃ || ||
6 Appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti sa-
menti || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā
duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ- ||
upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ0 || paññavanto pañ-
ñavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
7-9 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam
addhānaṃ- samentīti || || Dve1 || ||
Ekādasamam || ||
SN_2,14(3).22 (12) Kusītam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || muṭṭha-
satino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi sad-
dhimo || || Āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ || upaṭ-
ṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhimo || paññavanto pañña-
vantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
3-5 Atītam pi || || Anāgatam pi || || Etarahi paccuppan-
nam addhānaṃ samentīti || || Ekaṃ2 || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
[Sabbattha atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ kātabbam ||3 ||
Tassa uddānam4 || ||
Sattimā Sanidānañca ||
Giñjakāvasathena ca ||
Hinādhimutti ca Kammaṃ ||
Sagātha Asaddha sattamaṃ5 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Same remarks as in the preceding suttas
2 Same remarks as above
3 In B only
4 S1-3 Tassud-
5 Missing in S1-3 from Sattimā
[page 166]
166 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 23. 1
Asaddhamūlakā pañca ||
Cattāro1 ahirikamūlakā ||
Anottappamūlakātīṇi ||
Dve2 Appassutena ca Kusītaṃ ||
Ekakā vuttā3 suttantā || tīni pañcavakā suttaṃ4 ||
bāvīsati vuttā suttā5 || Dutiyo vaggo pavuccatīti6 || ||
CHAPTER III KAMMAPATHAVAGGO TATIYO
SN_2,14(3).23 (1) Asamāhita
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati7 || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ- || anottāpino anottāpīhi sad-
dhiṃ- || asamāhitā asamāhitehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā dup-
paññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || ottāpino ottāpīhi sad-
dhiṃ- || samāhitā samāhitehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto pañña-
vantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Pathamaṃ8 || ||
SN_2,14(3).24 (2) Dussilya
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ- || anottāpino anottāpīhi sad-
dhiṃ- || dussīlā dussīlehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || hiri-
manā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhimo ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cattāri
2 S1-3 duve
3 S1-3 ekakaṃ vuttaṃ
4 S1-3 pañcakāni
5 suttaṃ bhāvisati vuttā suttā are missing in S1-3
6 pavuccatīti is missing in S1-3
7 Missing in S1-3
8 S1-3 vitthāretabbaṃ
[page 167]
XIV. 27 . 1] KAMMAPATHAVAGGO TATIYO 167
sīlavanto sīlavantehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).25 (3) Pañcasikkhāpadāni
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Pāṇātipātino pāṇātipātīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samen-
ti || adinnādāyino adinnadāyīhi saddhiṃ- || kāmesu micchā-
cārino kāmesu micchācārīhi saddhiṃ- || musāvādino musā-
vādīhi saddhiṃ- || surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyino surā-
merayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samen-
ti || ||
4 Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ
saṃsandanti samenti || adinnādānā paṭiviratā adinnādānā
paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ- || Kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā
kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ- || musāvādā paṭi-
viratā musāvādā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ- || surāmerayamajja-
pamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā
paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).26 (4) Sattakammapathā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Pāṇātipātino pāṇātipātīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samen-
ti || adinnādāyino adinnadāyīhi saddhiṃ- || kāmesu micchācā-
rino kāmesu micchācārīhi saddhiṃ- || musāvādino musāvādīhi
saddhiṃ- || pisuṇavācā pisuṇavācehi saddhiṃ- || samphap-
palāpino samphappalāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā || adinnādānā paṭiviratā || kāmesu
micchācārā paṭiviratā || musāvādā paṭiviratā || pisuṇavācāya
paṭiviratā pisuṇavācāya paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti || pharusavācāya paṭiviratā pharusavācāya paṭi-
viratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || samphappalāpā
paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsan-
danti samenti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).27 (5) Dasakammapatha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 168]
168 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 27. 2
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Pāṇātipātino pāṇātipātihi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samen-
ti || ādinnādāyino || pe|| kāmesu micchācārino || musāvādino ||
pisuṇavācā || pharusavācā || samphappalāpino samphap-
palāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || abhijjhāluno abhij-
jhālūhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || vyāpannacittā vyā-
pannacittehi saddhiṃ || micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Paṇātipātā paṭiviratā pāṇātipātāpaṭiviratehi saddhiṃ
saṃsandanti samenti || adinnādānā paṭiviratā || kāmesu
micchācārā paṭiviratā || musāvādā paṭiviratā || pisuṇavācāya
paṭiviratā || pharusavācāya paṭiviratā || samphappalāpā
paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsan-
danti samenti || anabhijjhāluno anabhijjhālūhi saddhiṃ
saṃsandanti samenti || avyāpannacittā avyāpannacittehi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭ-
ṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).28 (6) Aṭṭhaṅgiko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsand-
anti samenti || micchāsaṅkappā || pe|| micchāvācā || pe|| mic-
chākammantā || pe|| micchā-ājīvā || pe|| micchāvāyāmā || pe||
micchāsatino || pe|| micchāsamādhino || micchāsamādhīhi
saddhim saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsand-
anti samenti || sammāsaṅkappā || sammāvācā || sammākam-
mantā || sammā-ājīvā || sammāvāyāmā || sammāsatino || sammā-
samādhino sammāsamādhīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samen-
tīti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).29 (7) Dasaṅga
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti || micchāsaṅkappā || micchāvācā || micchākammantā ||
micchā-ājīvā || micchāvāyāmā || micchāsatino || micchāsamā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 169]
XIV.31. 1] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 169
dhino micchāsamādhīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Micchāñāṇino micchāñāṇīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
micchāvimuttino micchāvimuttīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti || ||
4 Sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti
samenti || sammāsaṅkappā || sammāvācā || sammākam-
mantā || sammā-ājīvā || sammāvāyāmā || sammāsatino || sam-
māsamādhino || || Sammāñāṇino sammāñāṇīhi saddhiṃ
saṃsandanti samenti || sammāvimuttino sammāvimuttīhi
saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
Sabbattha atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ kātabbaṃ ||1 ||
Sattannaṃ suttantānam2 uddānaṃ || ||
Asamāhitaṃ {Dussīlyaṃ} ||3 Pañcasikkhāpadāni ca ||
Sattakammapathā vuttā || Dasakammapathena ca ||
Chaṭṭham Aṭṭhaṅgiko vutto || Dasaṅgena4 ca sattamam || ||
Kammapathavaggo tatiyo || ||
CHAPTER IV CATUTTHA-VAGGO
SN_2,14(3).30 (1) Catasso
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||5 ||
2 Catasso imā bhikkhave dhātuyo || ||
Katamā catasso || || Pathavīdhātu || āpodhātu || tejo-
dhātu || vāyodhātu || ||
Imā kho bhikkhave catasso dhātuyo ti || || Pathamam ||6 ||
SN_2,14(3).31 (2) Pubbe
1 Sāvatthi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B only, since this development is missing there in each sutta
2 S1-3 Sattānaṃ
3 S1-3 Dussīlā asamāhitāṃ
4 S1-3 dasahi aṅgehi
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 ekaṃ
[page 170]
170 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 31. 2
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || ||
3 Ko nu kho pathavīdhātuyā assādo ko ādinavo kiṃ nis-
saraṇaṃ || ko āpodhātuyā assādo ko ādīnavo1 kiṃ nissa-
raṇaṃ || ko tejodhātuyā assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ ||
ko vāyodhātuyā assādo ko adīnavo kim nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi || ||
5 Yaṃ kho pathavīdhātum paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ
somanassaṃ || ayam pathavīdhātuyā assādo || || Yaṃ2 pa-
thavīdhātuyā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayam
pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo || Yaṃ3 pathavīdhātuyā chanda-
rāgavinayo4 chandarāgappahānaṃ || idam pathavīdhātuyā
nissaraṇaṃ || ||
6 Yam āpodhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
7 Yaṃ tejodhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
8 Yaṃ vāyodhātum paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanas-
saṃ || ayaṃ vāyodhātuyā assādo || || Yaṃ5 vāyodhatuyā
aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayaṃ vāyodhātuyā
ādīnavo || || Yaṃ6 vāyodhātuyā chandarāgavinayo chan-
darāgappahānaṃ || idaṃ vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ || ||
9 Yāva kivañcāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ7 catunnam dhā-
tūnaṃ evam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato
nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ na abbhaññāsiṃ8 ||
neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrah-
make sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya
anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccañ-
ñāsiṃ || ||
10 Yato cakkvāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhā-
tūnam evam assādañ ca assādato ādīnavañ ca ādīnavato
nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ ||
athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake
sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ
sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B ādinavo always
2 S1-3 yā
3 B yo
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S3 yā; missing in S1
6 B yo; S1-3 yā
7 S3 imesaṃ
8 S1 nab (S3 nāb-) bhaññāsiṃ
[page 171]
XIV. 32. 14] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 171
11 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi Akuppā me
cetovimutti1 ayam antimā jāti natthi dāni punabbhavoti || ||
Dutiyaṃ ||2 ||
SN_2,14(3).32 (3) Acarim
1 Sāvatthi ||3 ||
2 Pathavīdhātuyāhaṃ bhikkhave assādapariyesanaṃ
acariṃ || ||4 Yo pathavīdhatuyā assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā pathavīdhātuyā assādo paññāya me so5 sudiṭṭho || ||
3 Pathavīdhātuyāham bhikkhave ādinavapariyesanaṃ
acariṃ || Yo pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo tad ajjhagamam ||
yāvatā pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo paññāya me so6 sudiṭṭho || ||
4 Pathavīdhātuyāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesaṇaṃ
acariṃ || || Yaṃ pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhaga-
maṃ yāvatā pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ paññāya me
taṃ7 sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
5-7 Āpodhātuyāham bhikkhave || pe||
8-10 Tejodhātuyāham bhikkhave || pe|| ||
11 Vāyodhātuyāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanaṃ
acariṃ || Yo vāyodhātuyā assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā
vāyodhatuyā assādo paññāya me so8 sudiṭṭho || ||
12 Vāyodhātuyāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanaṃ
acariṃ || || Yo vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
13 Vāyodhātuyāhaṃ bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam
acariṃ || || Yaṃ9 vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭ-
ṭhaṃ || ||
14 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ catunnaṃ
dhātūnaṃ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nis-
saraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ na abbhaññāsiṃ10 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Ceto is omitted by S3 written between the lines in S1
2 Dve
3 Missing in S1-3 here and further on
4 Sometimes ācariṃ whether in S1 or in S3
5 Missing in S1-3
6 Missing in S1-3
7 Missing in S3
8 Missing in S1-3
9 Missing in S1-3
10 So S1 here; S3 nābbha- as above; B anabbha-
[page 172]
172 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 32. 15
neva tāvāham1 bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sa-
brahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya
anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññā-
siṃ || ||
15 Yato ca khvāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhātū-
nam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato {nissaraṇañ-
ca} nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abbhaññāsiṃ || athāham
bhikkhave sadevake loke samāra ke sabrahmake sas-
samaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ
sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
16 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti ||2 ayam antimā jāti || natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).33 (4) Yo no cedam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 No cedam bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca
kho bhikkhave atthi pathavīdhātuyā assādo || tasmā sattā
pathavīdhātuyā sārajjanti || ||
3 No cedaṃ bhikkhave pathavīdhatuyā ādīnavo abhavis-
sa || nayidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yas-
mā ca kho bhikkhave atthi pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo || tasmā
sattā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇam
abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā nissareyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ ||
tasmā sattā pathavīdhātuyā nissaranti ||3 ||
5-7 No cedaṃ bhikkhave āpodhātuyā assādo abhavissa4 ||
pe || ||
8-10 No cedam bhikkhave tejodhātuyā || pe|| ||
11 No cedam bhikkhave vāyodhātuya assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā vāyodhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi vāyodhātuyā assādo || tasmā sattā vāyodhā-
tuyā sārajjanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 athāhaṃ
2 S1-3 omit ceto
3 B S1 nissaraṇanti
4 assādo- is in B only
[page 173]
XIV. 34. 2] CATUTTHO-VAGGO 173
12 No cedaṃ bhikkhave vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā vāyodhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca
kho bhikkhave atthi vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo || tasmā sattā
vāyodhātuyā nibbindanti || ||
13 No cedam bhikkhave vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇam
abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā vāyodhātuyā nissareyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ ||
tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā nissaranti ||1 ||
14 Yāva kīvañcime2 bhikkhave sattā imāsaṃ catunnam
dhātūnaṃ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nis-
saraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ na abbhaññaṃsu3 ||
neva tāvime4 bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā
sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanus-
sāya nissaṭṭhā5 visaṃyuttā6 vippayuttā vimariyādikatena7
cetasā vihariṃsu || ||
15 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imāsaṃ catunnaṃ
dhātūnam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nis-
saraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abbhaññaṃsu || atha
bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā
sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭṭhā
visaṃyuttā vippayuttā vimariyādikatena7 cetasā viharantī-
ti || || Catutthaṃ8 || ||
SN_2,14(3).34 (5) Dukkha
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Pathavīdhātu ce8 hidaṃ bhikkhave ekantadukkhā
abhavissa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā
sukhena || nayidam sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdhātusukhā sukhānupatitā
sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena ||9 tasmā sattā patha-
vīdhātuyā sārajjanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B nissaraṇanti
2 S1-3 -ca instead of -cime
3 So B always; S1-3 abbhaññāsuṃ here only
4 S1-3 tāvahaṃ
5 B nissaṭā; C nissatā
6 S3 viññātā
7 So C; B, S1-3 vipariyādi- katena, both always
8 S1-3 cattāri
9 S1-3 -dhātuñca always
10 S1-3 sukhena, anavakkantā being omitted
[page 174]
174 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 34. 3
3 Āpodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave || pe|| ||
4 Tejodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave || pe|| ||
5 Vāyodhātu ce hidam bhikkhave ekantadukkhā abhavis-
sa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena ||
na yidam1 sattā vāyodhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave vāyodhātu sukhā sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā
anavakkantā dukkhena ||2 tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā sāraj-
janti || ||
6 Pathavīdhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave ekantasukhā
abhavissa sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā
dukkhena || na yidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdhātu dukkhā dukkhānu-
patitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena ||3 tasmā sattā
pathavīdhātuyā nibbindanti || ||
7 Āpodhātu ce hidam bhikkhave || pe|| ||
8 Tejodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave || pe|| ||
9 Vāyodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave ekantasukhā abhavissa
sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena ||
nayidam sattā vāyodhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca
kho bhikkhave vāyodhātu dukkhā dukkhānupatitā dukkhā-
vakkantā anavakkantā sukhena ||1 tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā
nibbindantīti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).35 (6) Abhinandam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
I
2 Yo bhikkhave pathavīdhātum abhinandati dukkhaṃ
so abhinandati || Yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so
dukkhasmā ti vadāmi ||
3 Yo āpodhātum abhinandati || pe|| ||
4 Yo tejodhātum abhinandati || pe|| ||
5 Yo vāyodhātum abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati ||
Yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti
vadāmi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yadidaṃ
2 S1-3 sukhena
3 S1-3 dukkhena; S1 has avakkantā here and above
[page 175]
XIV. 37. 3] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 175
II
6 Yo ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdhātuṃ nābhinandati
dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati
parimutto so dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
7 Yo āpodhātuṃ || pe|| ||
8 Yo tejodhātuṃ || pe|| ||
9 Yo vāyodhātum nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinan-
dati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati parimutto so dukkhasmā
ti vadāmi || || Chaṭṭhaṃ ||1 ||
SN_2,14(3).36 (7) Uppādo
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Yo bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbat-
ti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmara-
ṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
3 Yo āpodhātuyā || pe|| ||
4 Yo tejodhātuyā || pe|| ||
5 Yo vāyodhātuyā uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātu-
bhāvo || ||
6 Yo ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdātuyā nirodho vūpasamo
atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarā-
maraṇassa atthagamo || ||
7 Yo āpodhātuyā || pe|| ||
8 Yo tejodhātuyā || pe||
9 Yo vāyodhātuyā nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo duk-
khasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa attha-
gamo ti || || Sattamaṃ ||2 ||
SN_2,14(3).37 (8) Samaṇabrāhmaṇa (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Catasso imā bhikkhave dhātuyo || || Katame catasso || ||
Pathavīdhātu || āpodhātu || tejodhātu || vāyodhātu || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇāvā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ
catunnaṃ dhātūnaṃ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cha
2 S1-3 satta
[page 176]
176 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 37. 4
yathābhūtaṃ na pajānanti || na me te bhikkhave samaṇā
vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāh-
maṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā || na ca pana te āyasmantā
sāmaññattaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
4 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
imāsaṃ catunnam dhātūnaṃ assādañca ādīnavañca nis-
saraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti ||1 te ca kho me2 bhik-
khave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇa-
sammatā brāhmaṇesu va3 brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca
panāyasmantā sāmaññatthaṃ ca brahmaññatthañca diṭ-
ṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja
viharantīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).38 (9) Samaṇabrāhmaṇa (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Catasso imā bhikkhave dhātuyo || || Katamā catasso || ||
Pathavīdhātu || āpodhātu || tejodhātu || vāyodhātu || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ
catunnaṃ dhātunaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamān ca assādañ
ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānantī
ti4 vitthāretabbam5 ||
4 Pajānanti || pe||5 sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharantīti || || Navamaṃ ||6 ||
SN_2,14(3).39 (10) Samaṇa brāhmaṇa
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā patha-
vīdhātuṃ na pajānanti || pathavīdhātusamudayaṃ na
pajānanti || pathavīdhātunirodhaṃ na pajānanti || pathavī-
dhātunirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti ||7 pe || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nappajānanti
2 S1-3 te kho te
3 B ca
4 S1-3 nappajānanti
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 S1-3 Nava
7 B inserts here: te ca kho me bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā || pa ||
[page 177]
XIV. 39. 9] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 177
3 Āpodhātuṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
4 Tejodhātuṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
5 Vāyodhātuṃ na pajānanti || vāyodhātusamudayaṃ na
pajānanti || vāyodhātunirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajā-
nanti || na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇa-
sammatā || na ca pana te āyasmantā sāmaññattaṃ vā
brahmaññattaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
6 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
pathavīdhātum pajānanti || pathavīdhatusamudayam pajā-
nanti || pathavīdhātunirodhaṃ pajānanti || pathavīdhātuni-
rodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti ||
7 Āpodhātum pajānanti ||
8 Tejodhātum pajānanti ||
9 Vāyodhātum pajānanti || vāyodhātusamudayam pajā-
nanti || vāyodhātunirodhaṃ pajānanti || vāyodhātunirodhag-
āminiṃ paṭipadam pajānanti || te ca kho me1 bhikkhave
samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā va samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā
brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto
sāmaññatthañ ca brahmaññatthañ ca diṭṭheva dhamme
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
Dasamaṃ ||2 ||
Catuttha-vaggo ||3 ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Catasso Pubbe Acariṃ ||
Yo-no-cedam4 Dukkhena ca ||
Abhinandañ ca5 Uppādo ||
Tayo Samaṇabrāhmaṇāti || ||
Dhātu-saṃyuttaṃ tatiyaṃ samattaṃ ||6 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 te kho te
2 S1-3 dasa
3 S1-3 Catudhātu-vaggo samatto
4 S1-3 acari no cedaṃ
5 S1-3 Abhinandanañca
6 S1-3 Dhātusaññutti samatti
[page 178]
178 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 1. 1
BOOK IV ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
PAṬHAMO VAGGO
SN_2,15(4).1 (1) Tiṇakaṭṭham
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho1 Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Anamataggāyaṃ2 bhikkhave
saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ3 sat-
tānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisoyaṃ imasmiṃ Jambudīpe
tiṇakaṭṭhasākhā palāsaṃ tacchetvā4 ekajjhaṃ saṃharitvā
caturaṅgulaṃ caturaṅgulaṃ ghaṭikaṃ karitvā5 nikkhip-
peyya || Ayaṃ me mātā tassā me mātu ayam mātā ti || ||
Apariyādinnā ca bhikkhave tassa purisassa mātu mātaro
assu || atha imasmiṃ Jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhā palāsaṃ
parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave saṃ-
sāro pubbakoṭi na pannāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ
taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
6 Evaṃ dīgharattam vo6 bhikkhave dukkham paccanu-
bhūtam tibbam7 paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ
kaṭasi vaḍḍhitā || ||
7 Yāvañcidam bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu
nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Patha-
maṃ ||7 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3 till etadavoca
2 S1-3 -taggo yaṃ always
3 S1-3 insert here bhikkhave
4 S1-3 taṃ chetvā; S3 ta (which seems to be erased) gahetvā
ekajjham saṃhareyya
5 B katvā
6 B kho
7 C tippaṃ missing with the following word in S1-3
8 Missing in S1-3
[page 179]
XV. 3. 4] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 179
SN_2,15(4).2 (2) Pathavī
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||1 ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na
paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānam sattānam taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ
sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ
kolaṭṭhimattaṃ kolaṭṭhimattaṃ mattikāgulikaṃ2 karitvā
nikkhippeyya || Ayaṃ kho me pitā tassa me pitu ayam pitā
ti || || Apariyādinnā3 bhikkhave tassa purisassa pitu pitaro
assu || athāyam mahāpathavī parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ
gaccheyya || ||
4 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃ-
sāro pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ
taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ ||
5 Evaṃ dīgharattaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhaṃ paccanu-
bhūtaṃ tibbam paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ
kaṭasi vaḍḍhitā || ||
6 Yāvañcidam bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu
nibbinditum alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitunti Duti-
yam || ||
SN_2,15(4).3 (3) Assu
1 Sāvatthi || || pe|| ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na
paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānam taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ
sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ ||4 ||
3 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho
bahutaraṃ || yaṃ vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāva-
taṃ saṃsarataṃ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā
kandantānaṃ rodantānaṃ5 assupasanaṃ paggharitaṃ
yaṃ vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
4 Yathā kho mayam bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ
desitam ājānāma || etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yaṃ no
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthi --pe-- tatrakhovoca--
2 S1-3 omit mattikā
3 S1-3 -ādiṇṇo
4 S1-3 add dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave dukkhaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ
5 S1 rūdantānam always
[page 180]
180 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 3. 5
iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ amanā-
pasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṃ rodantānaṃ
assupasannam paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamud-
desu udakanti || ||
5 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave sādhu kho me1 tumhe bhik-
khave evam dhammaṃ desitam ājānātha || ||
6 Etad eva bhikkhave bahutaraṃ yaṃ vo2 iminā
dīghena adhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsārataṃ amanāpasam-
payogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṃ rodantānam assu-
pasannaṃ paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu
udakam ||3 ||
7 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave mātumaraṇam paccānu-
bhūtam ||
8 Puttamaraṇaṃ paccanubhūtam || ||
9 Dhītumaraṇam paccanubhūtaṃ || ||
10 Ñātivyasanam paccanubhūtaṃ || ||
11 Bhogavyasanam paccanubhūtam || ||
12 Dīgharattam vo bhikkhave rogavyasanam paccanu-
bhūtaṃ || tesaṃ vo rogavyasanam paccanubhontānam
amanāpasaṃyogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṃ rodan-
tānam assupasannaṃ paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahā-
samuddesu udakaṃ || ||
13 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave
saṃsāro || pe|| ||
14 Yāvañcidam bhikkhave alam eva saṅkhāresu nibbin-
dituṃ alaṃ virajjitum alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).4 (4) Khīram
1 Sāvatthi ||4 ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na
paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ
sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
3 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Katamaṃ nu kho
bahutaraṃ || yaṃ vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāva-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit kho me
2 S1-3 kho instead of yaṃ vo
3 These last words from na tveva- are omitted in B
4 S1-3 add -yaṃ viharati --pe--
[page 181]
XV. 5. 7] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 181
taṃ saṃsarataṃ mātuthaññam pītam yaṃ vā catūsu
mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
4 Yathā kho mayam bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ
desitam ājānāma || etad eva bhante bahutaram yaṃ no
iminā dīghena addhunāsandhāvatam saṃsarataṃ mātuthañ-
ñaṃ pītam || na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
5 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave sādhu kho me tumhe bhik-
khave evaṃ dhammaṃ desitam ājānātha || ||
6 Etad eva bhikkhave bahutaram yaṃ vo iminā dīghena
addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ mātuthaññam pītam ||
na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ || ||
7 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggam bhikkhave saṃsāro ||
pe || alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).5 (5) Pabbata
1 Sāvatthi || pe||1 ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā || pe||2 ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kiṃva dīgho nu kho bhante kappoti || ||
4 Dīgho kho bhikkhu kappo || so na sukaro saṅkhātum ||
ettakāni vassāni iti3 vā ettakāni vassasatāni iti vā ettakāni
vassasahassāni iti vā ettakāni vassasata sahassāni iti vā ti || ||
5 Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā bhikkhū ti Bhagava avoca || || Seyyathāpi
bhikkhu mahāselo pabbato yojanam āyāmena yojanaṃ
vitthārena yojanam ubbedhena acchiddo4 asusiro eka-
ghano ||5 tam enam6 puriso vassasatassa vassasatassa
accayena kāsikena vatthena sakiṃ sakiṃ parimajjeyya7 ||
khippataraṃ kho so bhikkhu mahāselo pabbato iminā upa-
kkamena parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya na tveva
kappo || ||
7 Evam dīgho8 bhikkhu kappo || evaṃ dīghānam kho
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -yaṃ viharati --pe--
2 More developed in B
3 S1-3 -ānīti always
4 B acchinno
5 B ekagghano
6 S1-3 tamena
7 S1-3 -maddeyya
8 S1-3 add kho
[page 182]
182 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 5. 8
bhikkhu kappānam neko kappo saṃsito nekaṃ1 kappasataṃ
saṃsitam nekaṃ kappasahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ nekaṃ kap-
pasata-sahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ || ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhu saṃsāro
pe || alaṃ vimuccitunti || ||2 Pañcamaṃ ||3 ||
SN_2,15(4).6 (6) Sāsapā
1 Sāvatthi ||4 ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || pe|| ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kiṃ va dīgho nu kho bhante kappoti || ||
4 Dīgho kho bhikkhu kappo || so na sukaro saṅkhātuṃ ||
ettakāni vassāni iti vā || pe|| ettakāni vassasatasahassāni iti
vā ti ||
5 Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā bhikkhūti Bhagavā avoca || Seyyathāpi bhikkhu5
āyasaṃ6 nagaraṃ yojanam āyāmena yojanaṃ vitthārena
yojanam ubbedhena puṇṇaṃ sāsapānaṃ cuḷikābaddhaṃ7 ||
tato puriso vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena ekam ekaṃ
sāsapam uddhāreyya || khippataraṃ kho so8 bhikkhu mahā
sāsaparāsi iminā upakkamena parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ
gaccheyya na tveva kappo || ||
7 Evaṃ dīgho kho bhikkhu kappo || evaṃ dīghānaṃ kho
bhikkhu kappānaṃ neko kappo saṃsito nekaṃ kappasataṃ
saṃsitaṃ nekaṃ kappasahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ nekaṃ kap-
pasatasahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ || ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhu saṃsāro ||
pe || alaṃ9 vimuccitunti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ ||10 ||
SN_2,15(4).7 (7) Sāvakā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati11 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 neka always
2 More developed in S1-3
3 Missing in S1-3
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 bhikkhave
6 B asayaṃ
7 B gucuḷikābandhaṃ
8 Missing in S1-3
9 S1 alameva S3 alañceva
10 S1 dva
11 S1-3 Sāvatthi --pe-- ārāme
[page 183]
XV. 8. 4] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 183
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā || pe|| ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Kiṃva bahukā nu kho bhante kappā
abbhatītā atikkantāti || ||
4 Bahukā kho bhikkhave kappā abbhatītā atikkantā || te
na sukarā saṅkhātuṃ || ettakā kappā iti vā || ettakāni kap-
pasatāni iti vā ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā ettakāni
kappasatasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
5 Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā bhikkhave ti Bhagavā avoca || Idhassu1 bhik-
khave cattāro sāvakā vassasatāyukā vassasatajīvino || te
divase divase kappasatasahassam2 anussareyyuṃ || anus-
saritā va bhikkhave tehi kappā assu || || Atha3 te cattāro
sāvakā vassasatāyukā vassasatajīvino vassasatassa accayena
kālaṃ kareyyuṃ || ||
7 Evaṃ bahukā kho bhikkhave kappā abbhatītā atik-
kantā || te na sukarā saṅkhātum || ettakā kappā iti vā
ettakāni kappasatāni iti va ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā
ettakāni kappasatasahassāni iti vā ||4 ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃ-
sāro || pe|| alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Sattamaṃ ||5 ||
SN_2,15(4).8 (8) Gaṅgā
1 Rājagahe Veḷuvane ||6 ||
2 Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || pe||7 ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kiṃ va bahukā nu kho bho Gotama kappā
abbhatītā atikkantā ti || ||
4 Bahukā kho brāhmaṇa kappā abbhatītā atikkantā ||
te na sukarā saṅkhātum || ettakā kappā iti vā ettakāni kap-
pasatāni iti vā ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā ettakāni
kappasatasahassāni iti vā ti ||8 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B idhamassu
2 Repeated in B
3 B adds me
4 B adds ti
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 Complete in S1-3
7 Complete in B
8 S1-3 omit ti
[page 184]
184 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 8. 5
5 Sakkā pana bho Gotama upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā brāhmaṇāti Bhagavā avoca || || Seyyathāpi brāh-
maṇa yato cāyaṃ Gaṅgā nadī pahoti || yattha ca makāsa-
muddam appeti || yā ca tasmiṃ1 antare vālikā2 sā na
sukarā saṅkhātuṃ ettakā vālikā iti vā ettakāni vālikasatāni
iti vā ettakāni vālikāsahassāni iti vā ettakāni vālikasatasa-
hassāni iti vā || ||
7 Ato bahutarā kho brāhmaṇa kappā abbhatītā atik-
kantā || te na sukarā saṅkhātuṃ ettakā kappā iti vā ettakāni
kappasatāni iti vā ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā ettakāni
kappasatasahassāni iti vā || ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetuṃ || || Anamataggāyam brāhmaṇa {saṃ-
sāro} pubbakoṭi3 na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattā-
naṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānam sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
9 Evam dīgharattaṃ kho brāhmaṇa dukkham paccanu-
bhūtam tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ
kaṭasi vaḍḍhitā || yāvañcidam brāhmaṇa alam eva sabba-
saṅkhāresu nibbinditum alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuc-
citunti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama ||
pe || Upāsakam mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu4 ajjatagge
pāṇupeṭaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ ||5 ||
SN_2,15(4).9 (9) Daṇḍo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||6 ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na
paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānam taṇhāsamyojanānam
sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || pe||
3 Seyyathapi bhikkhave daṇḍo upari vehāsaṃ khitto
sakimpi mūlena nipatati sakim pi majjhena nipatati sakim
pi aggena7 nipatati || evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjānī-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yāetasmiṃ
2 S1-3 vālukā (S3-ḷu) here only
3 S1-3 --pe-- abbreviated till -virajjituṃ
4 Missing in S1-3 from upāsakaṃ
5 Missing in S1-3
6 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca--
7 B antena
[page 185]
XV. 10. 6] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 185
varaṇā1 sattā1 taṇhāsaṃyojanā1 sandhāvantā saṃsarantā
sakim pi asmā lokā paraṃ2 lokam gacchanti || sakim pi
parasmā lokā imaṃ lokam āgacchanti || ||
4 Taṃ kissa hetu || Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave {saṃ-
sāro} || la ||3 alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Navamaṃ ||4 ||
SN_2,15(4).10 (10) Puggala
1 Bhagavā Rājagahe Gijjhakūṭe pabbate ||5 ||
2 Tatra || || voca ||6 ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| ||
4 Ekapuggalassa bhikkhave kappaṃ sandhāvato saṃ-
sarato7 siyā evam mahā aṭṭhikaṅkalo8 aṭṭhipuñjo aṭṭhi-
rāsi || yathāyam Vepullo pabbato sace saṃhārako assa sam-
bhatañca na vinasseyya || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃ-
sāro || pe|| || alaṃ vimuccitunti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna9 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Ekassekena kappena || puggalassaṭṭhisañcayo ||
siyā pabbatasamo rāsi || iti vuttam mahesinā6 ||1||
So kho panāyam akkhāto || Vepullo pabbato mahā ||
uttaro Gijjhakūṭassa || Magadhānam giribbajo10 ||2||
Yato11 ariyasaccāni || sammappaññāya passati ||
dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ || dukkhassaca atikkamaṃ ||3||
Ariyaṭṭhaṅgikam12 maggaṃ || dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ ||
sasattakkhattuṃ13 paramaṃ || sandhāvitvāna puggalo ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add naṃ at the end
2 S3 parasmā instead of pi- || imaṃ instead of paraṃ
3 Missing in S1-3
4 Missing in S1-3
5 More complete in B
6 Complete in B
7 S1-3 saṃsarataṃ
8 So B S1; S3 -saṃkalo; C aṭṭhikalo; B omits mahā
9 S1-3 vatvā
10 So S1-3; B -bbaje; C -pabbaje
11 S1-3 add ca
12 S1-3 ariyañcaṭṭha-
13 S1-3 sattakkhattu
[page 186]
186 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 11.
dukkhassantakaro hoti || sabbasaṃyojanakkhayā ti ||4||
Dasamaṃ ||1 ||
Pathamo vaggo ||2 ||
Tassa uddānaṃ ||3 ||
Tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ4 ca Pathavī ||
Assa Khīraṃ ca Pabbataṃ5 ||
Sāsapā Sāvakā Gaṅgā ||
Daṇḍo ca6 Puggalenā ti || ||
DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,15(4).11 (1) Duggataṃ
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tatra kho ||7 ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na-
paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ
sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Yaṃ bhikkhave passeyyātha duggataṃ durūpetaṃ
niṭṭham ettha gantabbam Amhehi pi evarūpaṃ paccanu-
bhūtaṃ iminā dīghena addhunā ti || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave {saṃ-
sāro} || pe|| || alaṃ vimuccitunti ||8 ||
Pathamaṃ ||9 ||
SN_2,15(4).12 (2) Sukhitam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||10 ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| ||
3 Yam bhikkhave passeyyātha sukhitaṃ sajjitaṃ11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dasa
2 S1-3 vaggo paṭhamo
3 S1-3 tassu-
4 B tinaṃkaṭṭhaṃ
5 S1-3 pabbatā
6 S1-3 Daṇḍena
7 Omitted by S1-3 who have only -pe-
8 Differently abbreviated in B and in S1-3
9 S1-3 ekaṃ
10 Omitted in S1-3
11 Instead of sukhitaṃ sajjitaṃ confirmed by C, S1-3 have duggatam
durūpetaṃ of the preceding sutta
[page 187]
XV. 13. 7] DUTIYO VAGGO 187
niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ Amhehi pi evarūpam paccanu-
bhūtaṃ iminā dīghena addhunāti || ||
4 Tam kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃ-
sāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati ||1 pe || || alām vimuccitunti || ||
Dutiyaṃ ||2 ||
SN_2,15(4).13 (3) Tiṃsamattā
1 Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane || ||
2 Atha kho tiṃsamattā Paveyyakā3 bhikkhū sabbe
araññakā sabbe piṇḍapātikā sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe
tecīvarikā sabbe sasaṃyojanā4 yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Ime kho tiṃsamattā
Pāveyyakā5 bhikkhū sabbe araññakā sabbe piṇḍapātika
sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā sabbe sasaṃyojanā ||
yaṃ nūnāham imesaṃ tathādhammaṃ deseyyaṃ yathā
nesaṃ6 imasmiṃ yeva āsane anupādāya āsavehi cittāni
vimucceyyanti ||7 ||
4 Atha ko Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
5 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave
saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattā-
naṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
6 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Katamaṃ nu kho
bahutaraṃ || Yam vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhā-
vataṃ saṃsarataṃ sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitam pasannam8
paggharitam || yam vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
7 Yathā kho mayam bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ
desitaṃ ājānāma || etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yaṃ no
iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsaratam sīsacchin-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 na- is missing in S1-3
2 Missing in B
3 So B and C; S1-3 pāṭheyyakā
4 So B and C; S1-3 saṃyojanā always
5 S3 as above; S1 paṭṭheyyakā
6 S1-5 imesaṃ
7 S1-3 cittaṃ vimucceyyāti
8 S1-3 passannaṃ always
[page 188]
188 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 13. 8
nānaṃ lohitam pasannam paggharitaṃ || na tveva catūsu
mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave sādhu kho me tumhe bhik-
khave evaṃ dhammaṃ desitam ājānātha || ||
9 Etad eva bhikkhave bahutaraṃ yaṃ vo iminā dīghena
addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ
pasannaṃ paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu
udakaṃ || ||1 pe || ||
10 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave gunnaṃ sataṃ gobhūtānam
sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ pasannam paggharitaṃ na tveva
catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ || la ||
11 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave mahisānaṃ sataṃ mahi-
sabhūtānaṃ2 sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ pasannam pagghari-
taṃ || pe||
12 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave urabbhānam sataṃ
urabbhabhūtānam || pe||
13 ajānaṃ sataṃ ajabhūtanam || pe||3 ||
14 migānaṃ sataṃ migabhūtānam || pe|| ||
15 kukkuṭānaṃ sataṃ kukkuṭabhūtānam || pe|| ||
16 sūkarāṇaṃ sataṃ sūkarabhūtānaṃ || pe||4 ||
17 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave corā gāmaghātā ti gahetvā
sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitam pasannam paggharitaṃ || pe|| ||
18 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave corā pāripantakā5 ti
gahetvā sīsacchinnānam lohitaṃ pasannam paggharitaṃ ||
pe || ||
19 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave corā paradārikā ti gahetvā
sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ pasannaṃ paggharitaṃ || na tveva
catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ ||6 ||
20 Tam kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃ-
sāro || pe|| alaṃ vimuccitunti || ||
21 Idam avoca Bhagava || attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato
bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 udakanti
2 Here S1-3 stop adding tīṇi
3 S1-3 put ajānaṃ before, urabbhānaṃ afterwards
4 S1-3 put still sūkarānam before, kukkuṭānam afterwards
5 So B and C; S1-3 pāripanthikā
6 11-19 are less developed in S1-3
[page 189]
XV. 17. 2] DUTIYO VAGGO 189
22 Imasmim ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne
tiṃsamattānam Pāveyyakānam1 bhikkhūnam anupādāya
āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsūti || ||
Tatiyaṃ ||2 ||
SN_2,15(4).14 (4) Mātā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||3 ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe||4 ||
3 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo || yo na mātābhū-
tapubbo iminā dīghena addhunā || ||
4 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃ-
sāro || pe|| alam vimuccitunti || || Catutthaṃ ||5 ||
SN_2,15(4).15 (5) Pitā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||6 ||
2 Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave saṃsāro || [Sabbesam evam
peyyālo] ||7 ||
3 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na pitābhūta-
pubbo || la ||8 ||
Pañcamaṃ ||9 ||
SN_2,15(4).16 (6) Bhātā
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati ||10 ||
2 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na bhātābhūta-
pubbo || pe|| ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ ||11 ||
SN_2,15(4).17 (7) Bhagini
1 Savatthi || ||
2 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na bhaginibhū-
tapubbo || pe|| ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pāṭhe-
2 S1-3 tīṇi
3 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca
4 B gha
5 S1-3 Cattāri
6 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca
7 Missing in S1-3 who have only -pe-
8 In B only
9 S1-3 pañca
10 S1-3 evam peyyālo
11 S1 seem to have dva
[page 190]
190 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 18. 1
SN_2,15(4).18 (8) Putto
1 Sāvatthi ||1 ||
2 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na puttabhūta-
pubbo || pe|| ||
Aṭṭhamam ||2 ||
SN_2,15(4).19 (9) Dhītā
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||3 ||
Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na paññā-
yati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ san-
dhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ ||
Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na dhītābhūta-
pubbo iminā dīghena addhunā || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||4 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro
pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattāhaṃ taṇhā-
saṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvatam saṃsarataṃ || ||
Evaṃ dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave dukkham paccanubhū-
taṃ tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ5
kaṭasivaḍḍhitā || Yavaṃ cidam bhikkhave alam eva sabba-
saṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alam virajjituṃ alam vimucci-
tunti || || Navamaṃ ||6 ||
SN_2,15(4).20 (10) Vepullapabbatam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe
pabbate || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || pe||7 ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave
saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānam sattā-
nam taṇhāsamyojanānaṃ sandhāvatam saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave imassa Vepulassa pabbatassa
Pācīnavaṃso tveva8 samaññā udapādi || || Tena kho pana
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3 till satto
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Missing in S1-3
4 Here S1-3 insert -na-
5 S1-3 add kiṃpaccanubhūtaṃ omitting tibbaṃ pacca- (as before)
6 Missing in S1-3
7 Complete in B
8 B pācina- always; S1-3 teva always
[page 191]
XV. 20. 10] DUTIYO VAGGO 191
bhikkhave samayena manussānaṃ Tivarā1 tveva samaññā
udapādi || || Tivarānam bhikkhave manussānam cattārisaṃ2
vassasahassāni3 āyuppamāṇam ahosi || || Tivarā bhikkhave
manussā Pācīnavaṃsaṃ pabbataṃ catuhena ārohanti catu-
hena orohanti || ||
5 Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena4 Kakusandho
bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti || ||
Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsam-
buddhassa Vidhura-Sajīvaṃ nāma sāvakayugam ahosi
aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ || ||
6 Passatha bhikkhave sā cevimassa5 pabbatassa sam-
aññā antarahitā || te ca manussā kālaṃkatā ||6 so ca Bhagavā
parinibbuto || ||
7 Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam addhuvā
bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam anassāsikā bhikkhave saṅkhārā ||
yāvaṃ cidaṃ bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nib-
bindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
8 Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave imassa Vepulassa pabbatassa
Vaṅkako tveva samaññā udapādi || || Tena kho pana bhik-
khave samayena manussānaṃ Rohitassā tveva samaññā
udapādi || || Rohitassānam bhikkhave manussānam tiṃsa-
vassasahassāni āyuppamāṇam ahosi || || Rohitassā bhik-
khave manussā Vaṅkakam7 pabbatam tīhena arohanti
tīhena orohanti || ||
9 Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Koṇāgamano8
bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti ||9 ||
Koṇāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsam-
buddhassa Bhiyyo-Suttaraṃ nāma sāvakayugam ahosi
aggam bhaddayugaṃ || ||
10 Passatha bhikkhave || sā cevimassa pabbatassa sam-
aññā antarahitā te ca manussā kālaṃkatā so ca Bhagavā
parinibbuto ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 tīvara always, S3 sometimes
2 S1-3 -līsaṃ
3 S1 vassasatasahassāni
4 S1-3 samayena bhi-
5 S1-3 sace imassa always
6 So B; S1-3 kālakato always
7 S1-3 Vaṅkaṃ here only
8 B Konā-
9 S1-3 ahosi
[page 192]
192 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 20. 11
Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || pe|| alaṃ vimucci-
tuṃ ||1 ||
11 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave imassa Vepullassa pabba-
tassa Supasso2 tveva samaññā udapādi || || Tena kho pana
bhikkhave samayena manussānaṃ Suppiyā3 tveva samaññā
udapādi || Suppiyānam bhikkhave manussānaṃ vīsati4
vassasahassani āyuppamāṇam ahosi || || Suppiyā bhikkhave
manussā Supassaṃ5 pabbataṃ dvīhena ārohanti dvīhena
orohanti || ||
12 Tena kho pana samayena Kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti || Kassapassa bhik-
khave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Tissa-
Bhāradvājaṃ nāma sāvakayugam ahosi aggam bhaddayu-
gaṃ || ||
13 Passatha bhikkhave || Sā cevimassa pabbatassa sam-
aññā antarahitā te ca manussā kālaṃkatā so ca Bhagavā
parinibbuto || ||
14 Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam addhuvā bhik-
khave saṅkhārā ||6 pe || alaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
15 Etarahi kho pana bhikkhave imassa Vepullassa pab-
batassa Vepullo tveva samaññā udapādi || ||7 Etarahi kho
pana bhikkhave imesam manussānaṃ Māgadhakā tveva
samaññā udapādi || ||7 Māgadhakānam bhikkhave manus-
sānam appakam āyuppamāṇam parittaṃ lahukaṃ ||8 yo
ciraṃ jīvati so vassasatam appaṃ vā bhiyyo || || Māgadha-
kā bhikkhave manussā Vepullam pabbatam muhuttena āro-
hanti muhuttena orohanti || ||
16 Etarahi kho panāham bhikkhave arahaṃ sammā-
sambuddho loke uppanno || mayham kho9 pana bhikkhave
Sāriputta-Moggallānaṃ nāma sāvakayugam10 aggam bhad-
dayugaṃ || ||
17 Bhavissati bhikkhave so samayo || yā ayañ cevimassa11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -tunti
2 S1-3 Suphasso always
3 S1-3 appiyā always
4 S1-3 vīsatiṃ
5 S1-3 omit ṃ
6 Little more developed in B
7 udapādi is missing in S1-3
8 Omitted by S1-3
9 B -moggalānāsāvakayugaṃ
10 S1-3 ayamevimassa
[page 193]
XV. 20. 19] DUTIYO VAGGO 193
pabbatassa samaññā antaradhāyissati || ime ca manussā
kālaṃ karissanti ahañ ca parinibbāyissāmi || ||
18 Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam addhuvā
bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam anassāsikā bhikkhave saṅkhārā ||
Yāvaṃ cidaṃ bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbin-
dituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitun ti || ||
19 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna1 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Pācīnavaṃso Tivarānaṃ ||
Rohitassānaṃ Vaṅkako ||
Suppiyānam Supassā ti2 ||
Māgadhānaṃ ca Vepullo3 ||1||
Aniccāvata saṅkhārā ||
Uppāda-vayadhammino4 ||
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti ||
Tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti ||2||
|| Dasamaṃ ||5 ||
Dutiyo vaggo ||
Tassa uddānaṃ ||6 ||
Duggataṃ Sukhitaṃ ceva || ||
Tiṃsa7 Mātā Pitena ca ||
Bhāta Bhaginī Putto ca ||
Dhītā Vepullapabbataṃ || ||
Anamatagga-saṃyuttaṃ catuttham ||8 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit na
2 S1-3 appiyānaṃ supassāsi (S1 sī)
3 S1-3 --llaṃ
4 S1-3 uppādā
5 Omitted by S1-3; S1 puts yya
6 S1-3 tassud-
7 B tīsa
8 B tatiyaṃ
[page 194]
194 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 1. 1
BOOK V KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_2,16(5).1 Santuṭṭhaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||1 ||
2 Santuṭṭhāyam2 bhikkhave3 Kassapo itarītarena cīva-
ḥrena || Itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā4 ca vaṇṇavādī || na ca
cīvarahetu anesanam appatirūpam5 āpajjati || Aladdhā
cīvaram na paritassati laddhā ca cīvaram agadhito6 amuc-
chito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño pari-
bhuñjati || ||
3 Santuṭṭhāyam bhikkhave Kassapo itarītarena piṇḍa-
pātena || || Itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī ||
na ca piṇḍapātahetu anesanam appaṭirūpaṃ āpajjati || ||
Aladdhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ na paritassati laddhā ca piṇḍapā-
taṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nis-
saraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||
4 Santuṭṭhāyam bhikkhave Kassapo itarītarena senā-
sanena || || Itarītarena senāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī ||
na ca senāsanahetu anesanam appatirūpam āpajjati || ||
Aladdhā ca senāsanaṃ na paritassati laddhā ca senāsanam
agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissa-
raṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||
5 Santuṭṭhāyam bhikkhave Kassapo itarītarena gilāna-
paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena || || Itarītaragilāna-paccaya-
bhesajja-parikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī || na ca gilāna-
paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārahetu anesanam appatirūpam
āpajjati || || Aladdhā ca gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parik-
khāraṃ7 na paritassati || laddhā ca gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-
parikkhāram agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnava-
dassāvi nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||
6 Tasmā tiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Santuṭṭhā
bhavissāma itarītarena cīvarena itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca
2 S1-3 santuṭṭho yaṃ always
3 S1-3 insert mahā
4 B itari- always
5 B -paṭi- always
6 S1-3 agathito always
7 S1-3 -parikkhārānaṃ
[page 195]
XVI. 2. 4] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 195
ca vaṇṇavādino || na ca cīvarahetu anesanam appaṭirūpam
āpajjissāma || || Aladdhā ca cīvaraṃ na1 paritassissāma ||
laddhā ca cīvaram agadhitā amucchitā anajjhāpannā
ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇa-paññā paribhuñjissāma || ||
Evaṃ sabbaṃ kātabbaṃ || ||2 Santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarī-
tarena piṇḍapātena || pe|| || Santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarī-
tarena senāsanena || pe|| || Santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarītarena
gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena || itarītara-gilāna-
paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇa-
vādino || na ca gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkārahetu ane-
sanam appaṭirūpam āpajjissāma || || Aladdhā ca gilāna-pac-
caya-bhesajja-parikkhāram na paritassissāma || laddhā ca
gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāram agadhitā amucchitā
anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñ-
jissāma ti || || Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
7 Kassapena vā hi vo bhikkhave ovadissāmi yo vā Kassa-
pasadiso || ovāditehi ca pana vo tathattāya paṭipajjitab-
banti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).2 Anottāpi
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ3 āyasmā ca Mahā-
kassapo āyasmā ca Sāriputto Bārāṇasīyam viharanti Isipa-
tane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayam patisal-
lānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tenupasaṅkami ||
pe || ||4 vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasman-
tam Mahā-Kassapam etad avoca || ||
4 Vuccati hidam āvuso Kassapa anātāpī5 anottāpī6
abhabbo sambodhāya7 abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anut-
tarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || || Ātāpī ca kho8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B insert ca.
2 S1-3 sabbam evaṃ kātabbaṃ
3 S1 insert here Bhagavā
4 Complete in B
5 So B and C; S1-3 anatāpi
6 B anottappi always
7 S1-3 add ṃ
8 Omitted by S1-3
[page 196]
196 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 2. 5
ottāpī bhabbo sambodhāya bhabbo1 nibbānāya bhabbo1
anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāyāti ||2 ||
5 Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso anātāpī hoti anottāpī
abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anut-
tarassa yogakkhemassa adhigāmāya || ||3 Kittāvatā ca
pana4 ātāpī hoti ottāpī bhabbo sambodhāya bhabbo nib-
bānāya bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigāmāyā ti || ||
I
6 Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā
dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti || na ātap-
paṃ karoti || || Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā
appahīyamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ātappaṃ
karoti || || Anuppannā me kusalā5 dhammā nuppajjamānā
anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ātappaṃ karoti || || Uppannā
me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti
na ātappaṃ karoti || ||
Evam kho āvuso anātāpī hoti || ||
II
7 Kathañcāvuso anottāpi hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā
dhammā uppajjamānā6 anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na
ottappati || Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahī-
yamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ottappati || || Anup-
pannā me kusalā dhammā nuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃ-
vatteyyunti na ottappati || ||7 Uppannā me kusalā dhammā
nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ottappati ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1-3 -gamāya
3 S1 adds here between the lines ātāpi ca otāpi ca abhabbo
sambodhāya nibbānāya anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya
kittāvatā nu kho āvuso anāgatāpi (sic) hoti anottāpī ababbho
sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa
adhigamāya
4 B panāvuso
5 S1-3 akusalā preceded by pāpakā in S3
6 Missing in S1-3; represented in S1 by nā; S3 na
7 S1-3 ottapati
[page 197]
XVI. 3. 2] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 197
Evam kho āvuso anottāpī hoti || ||
8 Evam kho āvuso anātāpī anottappī abhabbo sambod-
hāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhe-
massa adhigamāya || ||
III
9 Kathañ ca āvuso ātāpī hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā
uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ātappaṃ karoti || ||
Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā1 anat-
thāya saṃvatteyyunti ātappaṃ karoti || || Anuppannā me
kusalā dhammā || pe|| ||2 ātappaṃ karoti || ||
Evaṃ kho āvuso ātāpī hoti || ||
IV
10 Kathañcāvuso ottāpī hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā3 dham-
mā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ottappati || ||
Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā
anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ottappati || || Anuppannā me
kusalā dhammā nuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti
ottappati || || Uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā
anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ottappati || ||
Evam kho āvuso ottāpī hoti || ||
11 Evaṃ kho āvuso ātāpī ottāpī bhabbo sambodhāya
bhabbo nibbānāya bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa
adhigamāyā ti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).3 Candupamam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||4 ||
2 Candupamā bhikkhave kulāni upasaṅkamatha || apa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3; B -hiyya- always; C -hiya-
2 Complete in S1-3
3 S1-3 me kusalā; S1 adds pāpakā a between the lines;
S1 adds nu, S1 an after dhammā
4 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca--
[page 198]
198 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 3. 3
kasseva kāyam apakassa1 cittaṃ niccanavakā2 kulesu
appagabbhā3 ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso jarūdapānaṃ4 vā olo-
keyya pabbatavisamaṃ vā nadīviduggaṃ5 vā apakasseva
kāyam apakassa cittaṃ || Evam eva kho bhikkhave candu-
pamā kulāni upasaṅkamatha apakasseva kāyam apakassa
cittaṃ niccanavakā kulesu appagabbhā || ||
Kassapo bhikkhave candupamo kulāni upasaṅkamati
apakasseva kāyam apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu
appagabbho || ||
4 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave kathaṃrūpo bhikkhu
arahati kulāni upasaṅkamitunti || ||
5 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā bhagavan-
nettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā || || Sādhu vata bhante Bhaga-
vantaṃ yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhaga-
vato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā ākāse pāṇiṃ cālesi || || Seyyathāpi
bhikkhave ayaṃ6 ākāse pāṇi na sajjati na gayhati na baj-
jhati || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno
kulāni upasaṅkamato kulesu cittaṃ na sajjati na gayhati na
bajjhati || labhantu lābhakāmā puññakāmā karontu puññā-
nīti || ||
7 Yathā sakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano || evam
paresaṃ lābhena attamano hoti sumano || || Evarūpo kho
bhikkhave bhikkhu arahati kulāni upasaṅkamituṃ || ||
Kassapassa bhikkhave kulāni upasaṅkamato kulesu cittaṃ
na sajjati na gayhati na bajjhati || labhantu lābhakāmā
puññakāmā karontu puññāñīti || ||
8 Yathā sakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano || Evaṃ
paresaṃ lābhena attamano hoti sumano || ||
[9 Evarūpo kho bhikkhave bhikkhu arahati kulāni upa-
saṅkamituṃ] 7 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B adds va; further on appakasseva
2 So B and C; S1-3 niccaṃ naviyā
3 B -gabbā- always
4 S1 omits ja, S3 jarū
5 S1-3 nadīduggaṃ
6 B apāyaṃ
7 In S1-3 only.
[page 199]
XVI. 3. 15] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 199
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Kathaṃrūpassa
bhikkhuno aparisuddhā dhammadesanā hoti || || Kathaṃrū-
passa bhikkhuno parisuddhā dhammadesanā hotīti || ||
11 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā bhagavan-
nettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā || Sādhu vata bhante Bhaga-
vantaṃ yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato
sutvā bhikkhū dharessantīti || ||
12 Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha
bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccasso-
suṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
13 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃcitto paresaṃ
dhammaṃ deseti || Aho vata me dhammaṃ suṇeyyuṃ ||
sutvā ca dhammaṃ pasīdeyyuṃ1 || pasannā ca me pasannā
kāram kareyyunti || || Evarūpassa kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno
aparisuddhā dhammadesanā hoti ||
14 Yo ca2 kho bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ citto paresaṃ
dhammaṃ deseti || Svākhyāto3 Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭ-
ṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko4 paccattam veditabbo
viññūhīti || aho vata me dhammaṃ suṇeyyaṃ || sutvāca
dhammam ājāneyyuṃ || ājānitvā5 ca pana tathattāya paṭi-
pajjeyyunti || || Iti dhammasudhammataṃ paṭicca paresaṃ
dhammaṃ deseti || || Kāruññaṃ paṭicca6 anudayam
paticca7 anukampam upādāya paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Evarūpassa kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno parisuddhā dhamma-
desanā hoti || ||
15 Kassapo bhikkhave evaṃcitto paresaṃ dhammaṃ
deseti || || Svākhyāto7 Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko ehi-
passiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo viññūhīti || || Aho
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B pasideyyuṃ
2 B omits ca
3 So B; S1-3 svākkhāto, as usual
4 B opaneyyiko as elsewhere
5 B ājānetvā always
6 S1-3 insert paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti
7 S1-3 insert paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti once more
8 As above (Note 3)
[page 200]
200 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 3. 16
vata me dhammaṃ suṇeyyuṃ || sutvā ca pana1 dhammam
ājāneyyuṃ || ājānitvā ca pana tatthattāya paṭipajjeyyunti || ||
Iti dhammasudhammatam paṭicca2 anudayam paṭicca2
anukampam upādāya paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || ||
16 Kassapena vā hi vo bhikkhave ovadissāmi yo vā
panassa kassapasadiso || ovāditehi ca pana vo tathattāya
paṭipajjitabbanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ ||3 ||
SN_2,16(5).4 Kulupagam
1 Sāvatthi ||4 ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Kathaṃrūpo bhik-
khu arahati kulūpako5 hotuṃ || Kathaṃrūpo bhikkhu na
arahati kulūpako hotunti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe|| || Bhagavā
etad avoca || ||
4 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃcitto kulāni upasaṅ-
kamati || || Dentu yeva6 me mā7 adaṃsu || bahukañ-
ñeva me dentu mā thokam || paṇītaññeva me dentu mā
lukhaṃ || sīghaññeva me dentu mā dandham || sakkaccañ-
ñeva me dentu mā asakkaccanti ||
5 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃcittassa kulāni
upasaṅkamato na denti tena bhikkhu sandiyyati ||8 so tato
nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyati || thokaṃ
denti no bahukaṃ || pe|| ||9 lukhaṃ denti no paṇītaṃ || pe||9 ||
dandham denti no sīghaṃ || tena bhikkhu sandiyyati || so
tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyati} ||
asakaccaṃ denti no sakkaccaṃ || tena bhikkhu sandiyyati ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 omits pana; S3 capana
2 S1-3 insert paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti
3 S1 c instead of tatiyam omitted by S3
4 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca
5 So C; B kulupako always; S1-3 kulū (or-lū) pago
6 S1-3 dentuññeva
7 S1-3 repeat me mā
8 So B; C. sandiyati; S1-3 sandīyyati
9 Complete in S1-3
[page 201]
XVI. 4. 9] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 201
so tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyati} || ||
Evarūpo kho bhikkhave bhikkhu na arahati kudūpako
hotuṃ || ||
6 Yo ca kho1 bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃcitto kulāni upasaṅ-
kamati || Taṃ kutettha labbhā parakulesu dentu yeva me
mā2 adaṃsu || bahukaññeva me3 dentu mā thokaṃ ||
paṇītaññeva me dentu mā lukhaṃ || sīghaññeva me dentu
mā dandhaṃ || sakkaccaññeva me dentu mā asakkaccan ti || ||
7 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃcittassa kulāni
upasaṅkamato na denti || tena bhikkhu na sandiyyati || so
na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
thokam denti no bahukaṃ-4 || lukhaṃ denti no paṇītaṃ-4 ||
dandhaṃ denti no sīghaṃ-4 || asakkaccaṃ denti no sakkac-
caṃ || tena bhikkhu na sandiyyati || so na tato nidānaṃ duk-
khaṃ domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyati} || ||
Evarūpo kho bhikkhave bhikkhu arahati kulūpako
hotuṃ || ||
8 Kassapo bhikkhave evaṃcitto5 kulāni upasaṅkamati ||
Taṃ kutettha labbhā parakulesu dentu yeva me mā6
adaṃsu || bahukaññeva7 me dentu mā thokaṃ || paṇī-
taññeva me dentu mā lukhaṃ || sīghaññeva me dentu mā
dandhaṃ || sakkacaññeva me dentu mā asakkaccanti || ||
9 Tassa ce bhikkhave Kassapassa evaṃ cittassa kulāni
upasaṅkamato na denti || tena Kassapo pi na sandiyyati || so
na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
thokaṃ denti no bahukaṃ || tena Kassapo na sandiyyati || so
na tato nidānam dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
lukham denti no paṇītaṃ || tena Kassapo na sandiyyati || so
na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
dandhaṃ denti no sīghaṃ || tena Kassapo na sandiyyati || so
na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati || ||
asakkaccaṃ denti no sakkaccaṃ || tena Kassapo no sandiy-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yova (or ca?) hamo
2 S1-3 dentaññeva mā me mā
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 Complete in all the MSS.
5 S1-3 omits citto
6 S1-3 have here me mā one time only as well as B
7 S1-3 bahuññeva here and above
[page 202]
202 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 4. 10
yati || so na tato nidānam dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃ-
vediyati || ||
10 Kassapena vā hi bhikkhave ovadissāmi yo vā panassa
kassapasadiso || ovāditehi ca pana vo tathattāya paṭipajji-
tabbanti || || Catutthaṃ ||1 ||
SN_2,16(5).5 Jiṇṇaṃ
1 Evaṃ me sutam ||2 Rājāgahe Veḷuvane ||3 ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||4 ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Kassa-
paṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Jiṇṇo si tvaṃ Kassapa garu-
kāni ca5 te imāni sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanāni || tasmā
ti ha tvaṃ Kassapa gahapatāni ceva cīvarāni dhārehi
nimantanāni6 ca bhuñjāhi mama ca7 santike viharāhīti || ||
4 Ahaṃ kho bhante dīgharattam araññako8 ceva arañ-
ñakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || piṇḍapātiko ceva9 piṇḍapāti-
kattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || paṃsukūliko ceva paṃsukūlikat-
tassa vaṇṇavādī || tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇ-
ṇavādī || appiccho ceva appicchatāya vaṇṇavādī || santuṭṭho
ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī || pavivitto ceva pavivekassa
ca vaṇṇavādī || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇa-
vādī || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādīti ||
5 Kimpana tvaṃ Kassapa atthavasaṃ sampassamāno
dīgharattaṃ araññako ceva araññakattassa vaṇṇavādi || ||
Evam peyyālo || || piṇḍapātiko ceva9 || paṃsukūliko ceva ||
tecīvariko ceva || appiccho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || pavivitto
ceva || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyāram-
bhassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
6 Dve kvāham bhante atthavase sampassamāno dīgharat-
tam araññako ceva araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cattāri
2 Missing in S1-3
3 More complete in S1-3
4 S1-3 -pe- instead of ekaṃ-
5 S1-3 kho
6 S1-3 nimantaṇāsu
7 S1-3 mamañca
8 S1-3 ārañ-
9 S1-3 ca (or va) always
[page 203]
XVI. 6.3] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 203
piṇḍapātiko ceva || paṃsukūliko ceva || tecīvariko ceva || apic-
cho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || paviviṭṭo ceva || asaṃsaṭṭho
ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambassa1 ca vaṇṇavādī || ||
7 Attano ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ sampassa-
māno pacchimaṃ ca janatam anukampamāno appevanāma
pacchimā janatā diṭṭhanugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ || Ye kira te
ahesuṃ buddhānubuddhasāvakā te dīgharattaṃ araññakā
ceva ahesuṃ araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādino || pe|| piṇḍa-
pātikā ceva ahesuṃ || paṃsukūlikā ceva ahesuṃ || tecīvarikā
ceva ahesuṃ || appicchā ceva ahesuṃ || santuṭṭhā ceva ahe-
suṃ || pavivittā ceva ahesuṃ || asaṃsaṭṭhā ceva ahesuṃ ||
āraddhaviriyā ceva ahesuṃ || viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavā-
dino ti || te tathattāya paṭipajjissanti || tesaṃ tam bhavissati
dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya || ||
8 Ime khvāham bhante dve atthavase sampassamāno
dīgharattam araññako ceva araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī ||
piṇḍapātiko ceva || paṃsukūliko ceva || tecīvariko ceva ||
appiccho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || pavivitto ceva asaṃsattho
ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
9 Sādhu sādhu Kassapa || bahujanahitāya kira tvaṃ
Kassapa paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya
atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ || ||
10 Tasmātiha tvaṃ Kassapa sāṇāni ceva paṃsukūlikāni
dhārehi nibbasanāni || piṇḍapatāya ca carāhi araññe ca viha-
rāhīti || ||
Pañcamaṃ2 || ||
SN_2,16(5).6 Orādo (1)
1 Rājagahe3 Veḷuvane || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe4 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Kas-
sapaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Ovada5 Kassapa bhikkhū ||
karohi Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ6 ahaṃ vā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B viriyārabbha- always
2 S1-3 pañca
3 S1-3 insert viharati
4 Complete in B
5 S1-3 Ovadi
6 S1-3 dhammikaṃ (further on dhammiṃ)kathaṃ
[page 204]
204 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 6. 4
Kassapa bhikkhū ovadeyyaṃ1 tvaṃ vā ahaṃ vā bhikkhū-
naṃ dhammikathaṃ kareyyaṃ tvaṃ vāti || ||
4 Dubbacā kho bhante etarahi bhikkhū dovacassaka-
raṇehi2 dhammehi samannāgatā akkhamā apadakkhiṇag-
gāhino3 anusāsaniṃ4 || Idhāhaṃ bhante addasaṃ Bhaṇ-
ḍaṃ5 ca nāma bhikkhuṃ Ānandassa saddhivihāriṃ
Abhiñjikaṃ6 ca nāma bhikkhuṃ Anuruddhassa saddhivi-
hāriṃ aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadante || Ehi bhikkhu
ko bahutaraṃ bhāsissati || ko sundarataram bhāsissati || ko
cirataram bhāsissatīti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu || mama vacanena Bhaṇḍaṃ ca bhikkhum
Ānandassa saddhivihāriṃ Abhijikaṃ ca bhikkhum Anurud-
dhassa saddhivihārim āmantehi Satthā āyasmante āman-
tetī ti7 || ||
6 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato patissutvā
yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā te bhik-
khū etad avoca || Satthā āyasmante āmantetīti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhum paṭissutvā yena
Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinne8 kho te bhikkhū Bhagavā etad
avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave aññamaññaṃsu
tena accāvadatha || Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaram bhāsis-
sati ko sundarataram bhāsissati ko cirataram bhāsissatīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
9 Kiṃ nu kho9 me tumhe bhikkhave evaṃ dhammaṃ
desitaṃ ājānātha || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave aññamaññaṃ-
su tena accāvadatha || Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaram bhā-
sissati ko sundarataram bhāsissati ko cirataram bhāsissa-
tīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ovadeyyuṃ
2 S1-3 insert ca before karaṇehi; C kāraṇehi
3 So B and C; S1-3 appa-
4 B anusāsanī; S1 -sani
5 S1-3 bhaṇḍum
6 B abhijika; S1-3 ābhiñjika always
7 S1-3 omit āmantehi and āyasmante, and have āmantesīti
8 S1-3 nisinnā
9 S1-3 omit kho
[page 205]
XVI. 7. 3] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 205
No hetam bhante || ||
10 No ce kira me tumhe bhikkhave evaṃ dhammaṃ
desitam ājānātha || atha kiñcarahi tumhe moghapurisā kiṃ
jānantā kiṃ passantā evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabba-
jitā samānā aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadatha || || Ehi
bhikkhu || ko bahutaraṃ bhāsissati ko sundarataram bhā-
sissati ko cirataraṃ bhāsissatīti || ||
11 Atha kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipa-
titvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
Accayo no bhante accayamā yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe
yathā akusale || ye mayam evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye
pabbajitā samānā aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadimha ||
Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaram bhāsissati ko sundarataram
bhāsissati ko cirataraṃ bhāsissatīti || || Tesanno bhante
Bhagavā accayam accayato paṭigaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā
ti || ||
12 Taggha tumhe bhikkhave accayo accayamā yathā bāle
yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale || ye tumhe evaṃ svākhāte dham-
mavinaye pabbajitā samānā aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadit-
tha || Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaraṃ bhāsissati ko sunda-
rataram bhāsissati ko cirataraṃ bhāsissatīti || || Yato ca
kho tumhe bhikkhave accayam accayato disvā yathādham-
maṃ paṭikarotha || taṃ vo mayaṃ paṭigaṇhāma || ||
13 Vuddhi hesā bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ
accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ ca saṃ-
varam āpajjatīti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ1 || ||
SN_2,16(5).7 Ovādo (2)
1 Rajagahe viharati Veḷuvane2 || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Mahā-Kassa-
pam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Ovada Kassapa bhikkhū ||
karohi Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ3 ahaṃ vā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dva
2 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca--
3 S1-3 dhammiṃ- always
[page 206]
206 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 7. 4
Kassapa bhikkhū ovadeyyaṃ tvaṃ vā || ahaṃ vā bhikkhū-
naṃ dhammikathaṃ kareyyaṃ tvaṃ vāti || ||
4 Dubbacā kho1 bhante etarahi bhikkhū dovacassakara-
ṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā akkhamā apadakkhinaggā-
hino2 anusāsaniṃ3 || ||
5 Yassa kassaci bhante4 saddhā natthi kusalesu dham-
mesu || hiri natthi kusalesu dhammesu || ottappaṃ natthi
kusalesu dhammesu || viriyaṃ natthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
paññā natthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso
vā āgacchati hāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no
vuddhi || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhante kāḷapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā
divaso vā āgacchati hāyateva vaṇṇena hāyati maṇḍalena
hāyati ābhāya hāyati ārohapariṇāhena || evam eva kho
bhante yassa kassaci saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
pe || hiri natthi || ottappaṃ natthi || viriyaṃ natthi || paññā
natthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā
āgacchati hāni yeva pātikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no
vuddhi || ||
7 Asaddho purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ ||
ahiriko purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānaṃ etaṃ || anottāpi
purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ || kusīto purisa-
puggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ || duppañño purisapug-
galo ti bhante || pe5 || kodhano || purisapuggalo ti || pe5 || ||
upanāhī purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ || Na
santi bhikkhū ovādakāti bhante parihānam etaṃ || ||
8 Yassa kassaci bhante saddhā atthi kusalesu dham-
mesu || hiri atthi kusalesu dhammesu || ottappam atthi kusa-
lesu dhammesu || viriyam atthi kusalesu dhammesu || paññā
atthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgac-
chati vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no pari-
hāni6 || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhante juṇhapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā
divaso vā āgacchati || vaḍḍhateva vaṇṇena vaḍḍhati maṇḍa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 B S1-3 appa- ; S1 -ggāhīno
3 B anusāsanī; S1-3 nim
4 S1-3 insert bhikkhuno
5 Complete in B
6 B parihānaṃ
[page 207]
XVI. 7. 14] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 207
lena vaḍḍhati ābhāya vaḍḍhati ārohapariṇāhena || evaṃ eva
kho bhante yassa kassaci saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
pe || hiri atthi || la || ottappam atthi || viriyam atthi || paññā
atthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā
āgacchati || vuddhi yeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no
parihāni || ||
10 Saddho purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ ||
Hirimā purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || ottāpī
purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānaṃ etaṃ || āraddhaviriyo
purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || paññavā puri-
sapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || akkodhano puri-
sapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || anupanāhī puri-
sapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || Santi bhikkhū
ovādakāti bhante aparihānam etan ti || ||
11 Sādhu sādhu Kassapa || yassa kassaci Kassapa saddhā
natthi kusalesu dhammesu || pe|| || hiri natthi || la || ottappaṃ
natthi || viriyam natthi || paññā natthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati || hāni yeva paṭikaṅkhā
kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
12 Seyyathāpi Kassapa kālapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā
divaso vā āgacchati || hāyateva vaṇṇena || pe1 || || hāyati
ārohapariṇāhena || Evam eva kho Kassapa yassa kassaci
saddhā natthi || kusalesu dhammesu || pe|| hiri natthi || ottap-
paṃ natthi || viriyaṃ natthi || paññā natthi kusalesu dham-
mesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati || hāni yeva
pātikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
13 Asaddho purisapuggalo ti Kassapa parihānam etaṃ ||
ahiriko || pe|| anottāpi || kusīto || duppañño || kodhano ||
upanāhī purisapuggalo ti Kassapa parihānam etaṃ || Na
santi bhikkhū ovādakāti Kassapa parihānam etaṃ || ||
13 Yassa kassaci Kassapa saddhā atthi kusalesu dham-
mesu || la ||2 hiri atthi || ottappaṃ atthi || viriyaṃ atthi ||
paññā atthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā
āgacchati vuddhi yeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammessu ||3 ||
14 Seyyathāpi Kassapa juṇhapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 add pe
[page 208]
208 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 7. 15
divaso vā āgacchati || vaḍḍhateva vaṇṇena vaḍḍhati maṇḍa-
lena vaḍḍhati ābhāya vaḍḍhati ārohapariṇāhena || evam eva
kho Kassapa kassaci saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
hiri atthi || ottappam atthi || viriyam atthi || paññā atthi
kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati ||
vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no parihāni ||
15 Saddho purisapuggaloti Kassapa aparihānam etaṃ ||
hirimā || pe|| || ottāpī || āraddhaviriyo || paññavā || akkodhano ||
anupanāhī purisapuggalo ti Kassapa aparihānam etaṃ ||
Santi bhikkhū ovādakāti Kassapa parihānam etan ti || ||
Sattamaṃ ||1 ||
SN_2,16(5).8 Ovādo (3)
1 Rājagahe Kalandakanivāpe ||2 ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || pe||3 ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Kas-
sapam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Ovada Kassapa bhikkhū
karohi Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ ||4 ahaṃ vā.
Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ ovadeyyaṃ tvaṃ vā || ahaṃ vā bhik-
khūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ5 kareyyaṃ tvaṃ vāti || ||
4 Dubbacā kho bhante etarahi bhikkhū dovacassaka-
raṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā akkhamā apadakkhiṇaggā-
hino anusāsananti || ||
5 Tathā hi pana Kassapa pubbe therā bhikkhū araññākā
ceva6 ahesuṃ || araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādino || piṇḍapā-
tikā ceva ahesuṃ piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādino || paṃsu-
kūlikā ceva ahesuṃ paṃsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādino ||
tecīvarikā ceva ahesuṃ tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādino ||
appicchā ceva ahesuṃ appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādino || san-
tuṭṭhā ceva ahesuṃ santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādino || pavivittā
ceva ahesuṃ pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādino || asaṃsaṭṭhā ceva
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
3 Complete in B
4 See the preceding sutta
5 See preceding sutta
6 S1-3 ca always as in the preceding
[page 209]
XVI. 8. 8] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 209
ahesuṃ asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādino || āraddhaviriyā ceva
ahesuṃ viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādīno || ||
6 Tatra1 yo hoti bhikkhu araññako ceva araññakat-
tassa ca vaṇṇavādī || piṇḍapātiko ceva piṇḍapātikassa
ca vaṇṇavādī || paṃsukūliko ceva paṃsukūlikattassa
ca vaṇṇavādī || tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇ-
ṇavādī || appiccho ceva appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī || san-
tuṭṭho ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī || pavivitto ceva
pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva asaṃsaggassa
ca vaṇṇavādī || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca
vaṇṇavādī || taṃ therā bhikkhū āsanena nimantenti || || Ehi
bhikkhu ko nāmayaṃ2 bhikkhu bhaddako vatāyaṃ bhik-
khu sikkhākāmo vatāyaṃ bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu idam
āsanaṃ nisīdāhīti || ||
7 Tatra Kassapa navānaṃ bhikkhūnam evaṃ3 hoti || ||
Yo kira so hoti bhikkhu āraññako ceva āraññakattassa ca
vaṇṇavādī || pe|| || piṇḍapātiko ceva || paṃsukūliko ceva || te-
cīvariko ceva || appiccho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || pavivitto
ceva || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyāram-
bhassa ca vaṇṇavādī || taṃ therā bhikkhū āsanena niman-
tenti || Ehi bhikkhu || ko nāmāyaṃ bhikkhu bhaddako vatā-
yam bhikkhu sikkhākāmo vatāyam bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu
idam āsanam nisīdāhī ti || || Te tathattāya paṭipajjanti ||
tesan taṃ hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya || ||
8 Etarahi pana Kassapa therā bhikkhū na ceva āraññakā
na ca āraññakattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva piṇḍapātikā na
ca piṇḍapātikattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva paṃsukūlikā na
ca paṃsukūlikattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva tecīvarikā na ca
tecīvarikattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva4 appicchā na ca
appicchatāya vaṇṇavādino || na ceva santuṭṭhā na ca san-
tuṭṭhiyā vaṇṇavādino || na ceva pavivittā na ca pavivekassa
vaṇṇavādino || na ceva asaṃsaṭṭhā na ca asaṃsaggassa vaṇ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tatrā
2 S1-3 nāmo ayam always
3 Missing in S1-3
4 Instead of na ceva S1-3 insert here hoti bhikkhu ñāto yassassī
lābhī civarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccaya bhesajjānañ ca
[page 210]
210 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 8. 9
ṇavādino || na ceva āraddhaviriyā na ca viriyārambhassa
vaṇṇavādino || ||
9 Tatra yo hoti bhikkhu ñāto yasassī lābhī cīvara-piṇ-
ḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānam ||
taṃ therā bhikkhū āsanena nimantenti || || Ehi bhikkhu ||
ko nāmāyaṃ bhikkhu bhaddako vatāyaṃ bhikkhu sabrah-
macārikāmo vatāyaṃ bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu idaṃ āsanaṃ
nisīdāhīti || ||
10 Tatra Kassapa navānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti || ||
Yo1 kira so hoti bhikkhu ñāto yasassī lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-
senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || taṃ
therā bhikkhū nimantenti || || Ehi bhikkhu || ko nāmāyaṃ
bhikkhu bhaddako vatāyaṃ bhikkhu sabrahmacārikāmo
vatāyam bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu idam āsanaṃ nisīdāhīti || ||
Te tathattāya paṭipajjanti || tesan taṃ hoti dīgharattaṃ
ahitāya dukkhāya || ||
Yañhi taṃ2 Kassapa sammāvadamāno vadeyya Upad-
dutā brahmacārī3 brahmacārūpaddavena abhibhavanā4
brahmacārī brahmacārabhibhavanenāti ||5 evaṃhi taṃ
Kassapa sammā vadamāno vadeyya Upaddutā brahmacārī
brahmacārūpaddavena abhibhavanā brahmacārī brah-
macārabhibhavanenāti || ||6 Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).9 Jhānābhiññā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||7 ||
2 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva8 ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savecāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja
viharāmi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 so
2 S1-3 sañhitaṃ
3 S1-3 prefix sa here only
4 C abhivanā; B abhipatthanā; S1 adds va
5 B abhippatthanenāti; brahmacābhibhavanenāti
6 Same varieties of reading as in the first part of the phrase
7 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra voca
8 So C and S1-3; B yāvade always
[page 211]
XVI. 9. 7] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 211
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca1 akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savica-
raṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja
viharati || ||
3 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vitakkavicā-
rānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodi-
bhāvaṃ avitakkam avicāram samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati vitakkavicā-
rānaṃ vūpasamā || pe|| dutiyam jhānam upasampajja
viharati ||
4 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi pītiyā ca virāgā
upekkhako2 ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañ ca
kāyena {paṭisaṃvedemi} || yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti Upek-
khako satimā sukhavihārīti || tatiyaṃ jhānam upāsampajja
viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati pītiyā ca
virāgā upekkhako ca viharati || pe|| ||3 tatiyajjhānaṃ upa-
sampajja viharati || ||
5 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sukhassa ca
pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadoma-
nassānam atthagamā adukkham asukham upekkhā sati
parisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam4 upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati sukhassa ca
pahānā || pe|| || catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || ||
6 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso rūpa-
saññānaṃ samatikkamā patighasaññānam atthagamā nā-
nattasaññānam amanasikārā ananto ākāso ti ākāsanañcāya-
tanam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati sabbaso rūpa-
saññānaṃ samatikkamā || pe|| || Ākāsānāñcāyatanam upa-
sampajja viharati || ||
7 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || sabbaso ākāsā-
nañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantam viññāṇanti viññā-
ṇañcāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vivicceva
2 S1-3 upekha- always
3 Complete in S1-3
4 S1-3 catutthajjhānam
[page 212]
212 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 9. 8
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati || pe|| ||1 viññā-
ṇañ cāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati || ||
8 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || sabbaso viññā-
ṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāya-
tanam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati || pe|| ākiñcañ-
ñāyātanam upasampajja viharati || ||
9 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso ākiñ-
caññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam
upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati || pe|| || neva-
saññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || ||
10 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || sabbaso
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayita-
nirodham upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave ||2 pe|| || saññāvedayitanirodham
upasampajja viharati || ||
11 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi anekavidham
iddhividham paccanubhomi || || Eko pi hutvā bahudhāhomi ||
bahudhā pi hutvā eko homi || āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ
tirokuḍḍaṃ3 tiropākāraṃ tiropabbatam asajjamāno gac-
chāmi seyyathāpi ākāse || pathaviyāpi ummujja nimujjaṃ
kāromi seyyathāpi udake || udake pi abhijjamāne gacchāmi
seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ || ākāse pi pallaṅkena caṅkamāni4
seyyathāpi pakkhisakuṇo || || Ime pi candimasūriye evam
mahiddhike evam mahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasāmi pari-
majjāmi || yāva brahmalokā pi kāyena vasaṃ vattemi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati anekavidham
iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti || pe|| || Yāva brahmalokā pi
kāyena vasaṃ vatteti || ||
12 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmidibbāya sotadhā-
tuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusakena5 ubho sadde suṇāmi
dibbe ca mānuse6 ca ye dūre santike ca || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati dibbāya sota-
dhātuyā || pe|| || dūre santike ca || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 B -kuṭaṃ
4 S1 pallaṅkenañcaṅ-; B omits caṅ-
5 B mānussikāya
6 B mānusse
[page 213]
XVI. 9. 16] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 213
14 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi parasattānam
parapuggalānam cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi || sarāgaṃ vā
cittam sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāmi || vītarāgam vā cittaṃ
vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāmi || sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| ||
vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || samohaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || vīta-
mohaṃ vā cittam || pe|| || saṅkhittam vā cittam || pe|| ||
vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || mahaggatam vā cittaṃ || pe|| ||
amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || sa-uttaraṃ vā cittam ||
pe || || anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ||
pe || || asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ||
pe || || avimuttaṃ va cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāmi ||1 ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati parasattānaṃ
parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti || sarāgaṃ vā
cittaṃ sarāgacittanti pajānāti || pe|| || avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ
avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāti || ||
15 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi anekavihitam
pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi || seyyathīdaṃ || ekam pi jātiṃ
dve pi jātiyo tisso pi jātiyo catasso pi jātiyo pañca pi jātiyo
dasa pi jātiyo vīsam2 pi jātiyo tiṃsam pi jātiyo cattārīsam
pi jātiyo paññāsam pi jātiyo jātisatam pi jātisahassam
pi jātisatasahassam pi || aneke pi saṃvaṭṭakappe aneke
pi vivaṭṭakappe aneke pi saṃvattavivaṭṭakappe || amutrā-
sim evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃ-
sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto || so tato cuto
amutra udapādi || tatrāvāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃ-
vaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃ-sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamā-
yupariyanto so tato cuto idhupapanno ti || iti sākāraṃ
sa-uddesam anekavihitam pubbenivāsam anussarāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati anekavihitam
pubbenivāsam anussarati || seyyathīdaṃ || ekam pi jātiṃ ||
pe || || iti sākāraṃ sa-uddesam anekavihitam pubbenivāsam
anussarati || ||
16 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi dibbena cak-
khunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena3 satte passāmi ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 intervert here as before the affirmation and the negation
2 S1-3 vīsati
3 S1-3 mānussakena
[page 214]
214 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 9. 17
cavamāne uppajjamāne1 hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe
sugate duggate yathākammupage satte pajānāmi || || Ime
vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacī duc-
caritena2 samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā
ariyānam upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikamma-
samādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ dug-
gatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapannā || ||3 Ime vā pana
bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena
samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anu-
pavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā ||
te kāyassa bhedā paraṃmaraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapannāti || || Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta-
mānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne uppajjamāne hīne
paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammupage
satte pajānāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati dibbena cak-
khunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati
cavamāne || pe|| ||4 yathākammupage satte pajānāti || ||
17 Ahañca bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavam ceto-
vimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ ceto-
vimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || || Navamaṃ ||5 ||
SN_2,16(5).10 Upassayam
1 Evam me sutam ||6 ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasamā Kassapo
Savatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
I
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando pubbaṇhasamayam nivā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B upapajjamāne always
2 S1-3 have vacīmano duccaritena- and omit manoduccaritena-
here and further on
3 S1-3 uppannā
4 More complete in S1-3
5 Missing in S1-3
6 Missing in S1-3
[page 215]
XVI. 10. 10] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 215
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo
tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Kassapam etad
avoca || || Āyāma bhante Kassapa yena aññataro1 bhikkhu-
nupassayo2 tenupasaṅkissāmāti || ||
Gaccha tvam āvuso Ānanda bahukicco tvam bahukaraṇī-
yoti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantam Mahā-
Kassapam etad avoca || || Āyāma bhante Kassapa yena
aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkissāmā ti || ||
Gaccha tvaṃ āvuso Ānanda bahukicco tvaṃ bahukaraṇī-
yo ti || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Mahā-
Kassapam etad avoca || || Āyāma bhante Kassapa yena
aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkissāmā ti || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ
nivasetvā pattacīvaram ādāya āyasmatā Ānandena pacchā
samaṇena yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅ-
kami || || Upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
II
7 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmā Mahā-
Kassapo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Mahā-Kassapaṃ abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā
Mahā-Kassapo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi
samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tā bhikkhuniyo
dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā
sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi || ||
10 Atha kho Thullatissā3 bhikkhunī anattamanā anatta-
manavācaṃ nicchāresi || || Kim pana ayyo4 Mahā-Kassapo
ayyassa Ānandassa vedehamunino sammukhā dhammam
bhāsitabbam maññati || seyyathāpi nāma sūcivānijako
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yenañña- always
2 B bhikkhū- always
3 So B; C thūla- ; S1 phulla-; S3 pulla- here only
4 S1 panayyo; S3 paneyyo
[page 216]
216 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 10. 11
sūcikārassa santike sūcim vikketabbam maññeyya || evam
eva ayyo Mahā-Kassapo ayyassa Ānandassa vedehamunino
sammukhā dhammam bhāsitabbam maññātīti || ||
11 Assosi kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Thullatissāya bhik-
khuniyā imaṃ vācam bhāsamānāya || ||
III
12 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo āyasmantam Ānan-
dam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Ānanda || ahaṃ
sucivāṇijako tvam sucikāro udāhu ahaṃ sucikāro tvaṃ
sucivāṇijakoti || ||
Khamatha1 bhante Kassapa bālo mātugāmo ti || ||
13 Āgamehi tvam āvuso Ānanda mā te saṃgho uttari-
upaparikkhi ||2 ||
Tam kim maññasi āvuso Ānanda || ||
14 Api nu tvam Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṃghe
upanīto || ||3 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivic-
ceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savi-
cāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasam-
pajja viharāmi || || Ānando pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅ-
khati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savi-
takkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamam jhānam
upasampajja viharatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Ahaṃ kho āvuso Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhu-
saṃghe upanīto || || Ahaṃ bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ
savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || || Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅ-
khati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi || pe|| ||
pathamam jhānam4 upasampajja viharatī ti || ||
16-29 Navannam anupubbavihārasamāpattinaṃ5 pañ-
cannam abhiññānam evam peyyālo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B khama
2 So B and C who adds pi; S1-3 uttariṃ upaparikkhantaṃ kim maññasi-
3 B upanito always; S1-3 upanīte here only
4 S1-3 pathamajjhānam
5 B omits -vihāra-
[page 217]
XVI. 11. 3] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 217
30 Taṃ kim maññasi āvuso1 Ānanda api nu tvaṃ
Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto || || Aham
bhikkhave āsavānam khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttim paññā-
vimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharāmi || || Ānando pi bhikkhave āsavānaṃ
khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva
dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihara-
tīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
31 Aham kho āvuso Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhu-
saṅghe upanīto || || Aham bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā
anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme
sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ ceto-
vimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
32 Sattaratanaṃ vā2 āvuso nāgam aḍḍhaṭṭharatanaṃ
vā tālapattikāya3 chādetabbam maññeyya yo me cha
abhiññā chādetabbaṃ maññeyyāti || ||
IV
33 Cavittha pana Thullatissā bhikkhunī brahmacāriyam-
hā ti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).11 Cīvaram
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
I
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando Dakkhiṇā-
girismiṃ cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena sad-
dhim || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa tiṃ-
samattā saddhivihārino bhikkhū4 sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattā bhavanti yebhuyyena kumārabhūtā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1-3 insert yo
3 S1-3 omit ya
4 Omitted by S1-3
[page 218]
218 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 11. 4
II
4 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathā-
bhirantam cārikaṃ caritvā yena Rājagahaṃ1 Veḷu
vanaṃ kalandakanivāpo yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Mahākassapam abhivā-
datvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandam
āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo etad avoca || || Kati2 nu kho āvuso
Ānanda atthavase paṭicca Bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanaṃ
paññattanti || ||
6 Tayo kho bhante Kassapa atthavase paṭicca Bhagavatā
kulesu tikabhojanam paññattaṃ || dummaṅkūnam3 pug-
galānaṃ niggahāya pesalānam bhikkhūnam phāsuviharāya4
mā papicchā pakkhaṃ nissāya saṅgham bhindeyyuṃ ku-
lānuddayatāya cā || || Ime kho bhante Kassapa tayo atthavase
paṭicca Bhagavatā kulesu ti tikabhojanam paññattan-
ti || ||
7 Atha kiñcarahi tvam5 āvuso Ānanda imehi navehi5
bhikkhūhi indriyesu aguttadvārehi bhojane6 amattaññūhi
jāgariyam ananuyuttehi saddhiṃ cārikaṃ carasi || sassa-
ghātam maññe carasi kulupaghātam7 maññe carasi || ||
Olujjati8 kho te āvuso Ānanda parisā palujjanti9 kho te
āvuso10 navappāyā || navāyaṃ kumārako mattam aññā-
sīti || ||
8 Api me bhante Kassapa sirasmiṃ phalitāni jātāni ||
atha ca pana mayam ajjāpi āyasmato Mahā-Kassapassa
kumārakavādā na muñcamāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ṃ is omitted in S1; afterwards added in B
2 S1-3 Kinnu
3 So C; B dumaṅkunaṃ; S1-3 dummaññūnaṃ.
4 phāsu- and phāsukā-
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 bhojanehi
7 So B; S1-3 kulupagghātaṃ; C kulappaghātaṃ
8 So B; S1-3 olujjasi; C ullujjasi
9 S1-3 pallujjati; C pallajjanti
10 S1-3 insert here Ānanda parisā
[page 219]
XVI. 11. 5] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 219
9 Tathā hi pana tvam āvuso Ānanda imehi navehi
bhikkhūhi indriyesu aguttadvārehi bhojāne amataññūhi
jāgariyam ananuyuttehi saddhiṃ cārikaṃ carasi || sas-
saghātam maññe carasi kulupaghātam maññe carasi ||
Olujjati kho te āvuso Ānanda parisā palujjanti kho te āvuso
navappāyā || || Na vāyaṃ1 kumārako mattam aññāsīti.
III
10 Assosi kho Thullanandā bhikkhunī || ayyena kira
Mahā-Kassapena ayyo Ānando vedehamuni kumārakavā-
dena apasādito ti ||
11 Atha kho Thullanandā bhikkhunī anattamanā anat-
tamanavācaṃ nicchāresi || || Kimpana ayyo2 Mahā-Kassapo
aññatitthiyapubbo samāno ayyam Ānandaṃ vedehamuniṃ
kumārakavādena apasādetabbam maññatīti || ||
12 Assosi kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Thullanandāya
bhikkhuniyā imaṃ vācam bhāsamānāya || ||
13 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo āyasmantam Ānan-
dam etad avoca || || Tagghāvuso Ānanda Thullanandāya
bhikkhuniyā sahasā appaṭisaṅkhā3 vācā bhāsitā || yato
ham4 āvuso kesamassum ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni
acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito nābhijānāmi
aññaṃ satthāram uddisitum5 aññatra tena Bhagavatā
arahatā sammāsambuddhena || ||
14 Pubbe me āvuso agārikabhūtassa sato etad ahosi || ||
Sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho abbhokāso6 pabbajjā || na
yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāram ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇam
ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ cari-
tuṃ || || Yaṃ nunāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni
vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjey-
yanti || ||
15 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena paṭapiloti-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nacāyam; for the rest, same remarks as in 7
2 S1-3 panayyo
3 B apaṭi- always
4 So C; S1-3 yato kho ham, B yatvāhaṃ
5 So B; C uddisatum and uddissituṃ; S1 uddisita (S3-taṃ)
6 S1-3 ajjho; C abbokāso
[page 220]
220 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 11. 16
kānaṃ1 saṅghāṭiṃ karitvā ||2 ye loke arahanto te uddissa
kesamassum ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agā-
rasmā anagāriyam pabbaji ||3 ||
16 So evam pabbajito samāno addhānamaggapaṭipanno
addasaṃ Bhagavantam antarā ca Rājagaham antarā ca
Nāḷandam Bahuputte4 cetiye nisinnam || disvāna me5 etad
ahosi || || Satthāraṃ ca vatāham passeyyaṃ Bhagavantam
eva passeyyaṃ || Sugataṃ ca vatāham passeyyaṃ Bhaga-
vantam eva passeyyaṃ || Sammāsambuddhaṃ ca vatāham
passeyyam Bhagavantam eva passeyyan ti || ||
17 So khvāham āvuso tattheva Bhagavato pādesu sirasā
nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ || || Satthā me bhante
Bhagavā || sāvako ham asmīti || ||
18 Evaṃ vutte maṃ āvuso Bhagavā etad avoca || || Yo
kho Kassapa evaṃ sabbaṃ6 cetasā samannāgatam sāva-
kam ajānaññeva vadeyya Jānāmīti || apasaññeva vadeyya
Passāmīti || muddhā pi tassa vipateyya || || Aham kho pana
Kassapa jānaññeva vadāmi Jānāmīti || passaññeva vadāmi
Passamīti || ||
19 Tasmā ti ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Tib-
baṃ7 hirottappam paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati theresu
navesu majjhimesūti || evañhi te Kassapa sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
20 Tasmā ti ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Yaṃ
kiñci dhammaṃ sussāmi kusalūpasañhitam sabbaṃ tam
aṭṭhikatvā8 manasi karitvā sabbaṃ cetasā9 samannāharitvā
ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇissamīti || Evañhi te Kassapa sikkhi-
tabbaṃ || ||
21 Tasmā ti ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Sāta-
sahagatā ca me kāyagatā sati na vijahissatīti || Evañhi te
Kassapa sikkhitabbanti || ||
22 Atha kho maṃ āvuso Bhagavā iminā ovādena ovaditvā
uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B and C; S1 pilotītaṃ; S3 -pilotikaṃ
2 B kāretvā
3 So S1-3; B
4 S1-3 -putta-
5 S1-3 kho
6 S1-3 omit ṃ
7 B omit ṃ: S3 puts me instead of tibbaṃ
8 B aṭṭhiṃ
9 S1-3 sabbacetaso
[page 221]
XVI. 11. 31] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 221
23 Satthāhaṃ eva khvāham āvuso sāṇo1 raṭṭhapiṇḍam
bhuñjiṃ ||2 aṭṭhamiyā aññā3 udapādi || ||
24 Atha kho āvuso Bhagavā maggā okkamma yena
aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami || ||
25 Atha khvāham āvuso paṭapilotikānaṃ4 saṅghātiṃ
catugguṇaṃ paññāpetvā Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ || ||
Idha bhante Bhagavā nisīdatu yam mamassa dīgharattaṃ
hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
26 Nisīdi kho āvuso Bhagavā paññatte āsane || ||
27 Nisajja kho5 mam āvuso Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Mudukā kho tyāyaṃ Kassapa6 paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghā-
ṭīti || ||
Paṭigaṇhātu me bhante Bhagavā paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghā-
ṭiṃ anukampaṃ upādāyāti || ||
28 Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ Kassapa sāṇāni paṃsukū-
lāni nibbasanānīti || ||
Dhāressāmāham7 bhante Bhagavato sāṇāni paṃsukulāni
nibbasanānīti || ||
29 So khvāham āvuso paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghātiṃ Bha-
gavato pādāsi8 || aham pana Bhagavato sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni
nibbasanāni paṭipajjiṃ || ||
30 Yañhi taṃ āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya Bhaga-
vato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito
dhammadāyādo patiggahitāni9 sānāni paṃsukūlāni nibba-
sanānīti || mamantaṃ sammāvadamaño vadeyya Bhagavato
putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito
dhammadāyādo paṭiggahitāni sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibba-
sanānīti || ||
31 Ahaṃ kho āvuso yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kā-
mehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāram
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1 and C; S3 sā; B saraṇo
2 S1-3 insert atha
3 S1-3 aññaṃ
4 S1-3 paṭa (S1-ṭi) piloti (S1 tī) nam always
5 S3 nisīditvā; S1 nisajjetvā, both omitting kho
6 S1 has tyāthāyam; S1-3 omit Kassapa
7 S1-3 dhāreyyāmāhaṃ
8 So B; S1-3
9 S1-3 paṭiggahīto
[page 222]
222 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 11. 32
vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja
viharāmi ||
32-46 Aham kho āvuso yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || pe|| ||
navannam anupubbavihārasamāpattinaṃ1 pañcannam
abhiññānam evam peyyālo ||2 ||
47 Ahaṃ kho āvuso āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ ceto-
vimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā3
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi || ||
48 Sattaratanaṃ vā4 āvuso nāgam aḍḍhaṭṭharatanaṃ
vā tālapattikāya chādetabbam maññeyya yo me cha abhiññā
chādetabbaṃ maññeyyāti || ||
IV
49 Cavittha5 pana Thullanandā bhikkhunī brahmacari-
yamhāti || || Ekādasamaṃ ||6 ||
SN_2,16(5).12 {Paraṃmaraṇaṃ}
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo āyasmā ca
Sāriputto Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisal-
lāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tenupasaṅkami ||
pe || ||7 vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam
Mahā-Kassapam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Kassapa
hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho8 āvuso Bhagavatā hoti tathāgato param-
maraṇāti || ||
4 Kim panāvuso na9 hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti || ||
Evam pi kho āvuso avyākataṃ Bhagavatā na hoti tathā-
gato parammaraṇā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vihārānam; omitted by B (see p. 216 n. 5)
2 S1-3 vitthāretabbaṃ
3 S1-3 abhiññāya here and further on
4 S1-3 insert so
5 S1-3 insert ca
6 Missing in S1-3
7 Complete in B
8 S1-3 add evaṃ
9 S1-3 neva always
[page 223]
XVI. 13. 2] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 223
5 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso hoti ca na hoti ca1 tathāgato paraṃ-
maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho evam āvuso Bhagavatā hoti ca na hoti ca
tathāgato paraṃmaraṇā ti || ||
6 Kim panāvuso neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ-
maraṇā ti || ||
Evam pi kho āvuso avyākataṃ Bhagavatā neva hoti na
na hoti tathāgato paraṃmaraṇā ti ||2 ||
7 Kasmā cetam āvuso avyākataṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
Na hetam āvuso atthasañhitam nādibrahmacāriyakaṃ3
na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na
abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbāṇāya {saṃvattati} || tasmā
tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti ||4 ||
8 Atha kiṃ carahāvuso5 vyākataṃ Bhagavatāti || ||
Idaṃ dukkhanti kho āvuso vyākataṃ Bhagavatā ayaṃ
dukkhasamudayo ti vyākataṃ Bhagavatā ayaṃ dukkhani-
rodha ti vyākātam Bhagavatā ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī
paṭipadā ti6 vyākataṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
9 Kasmā cetaṃ āvuso byākataṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
Etañhi āvuso atthasañhitam7 ādibrahmacariyakam etaṃ
nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sam-
bodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati || tasmā taṃ vyākataṃ
Bhagavatā ti8 || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).13 Saddhammapatirūpakam
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvat-
thiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo9 yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam adhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi10 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 na ca hoti always
2 6 is repeated in S1 without any correction
3 S1-3 -brāhma- ; B cāriyakaṃ; both here only
4 S1-3 omit ti
5 S3 carahi āvuso; S1 cara āvuso
6 B -gāmini
7 B inserts here etaṃ
8 S1-3 Bhagavatā vyākatanti
9 B omits Mahā
10 1, 2 are abbreviated in S1-3
[page 224]
224 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 13. 3
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yena pubbe appatarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni ahesuṃ ||
bahutarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahiṃsu || || Ko pana
bhante hetu ko paccayo yenetarahi bahutarāni ceva sikkhā-
padāni appatarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahantīti || ||
4 Evañhetaṃ1 Kassapa hoti || sattesu hāyamānesu sad-
dhamme antaradhāyamāne bahutarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni
honti || appatarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahanti || ||
5 Na tāva Kassapa saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti
yāva na saddhammapaṭirūpakaṃ loke uppajjati || yato ca
kho Kassapa saddhammapaṭirūpakaṃ loke uppajjati atha
saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi Kassapa na tāva jātarūpassa antaradhānaṃ
hoti yāva na jātarūpapatirūpakaṃ loke uppajjati || yato ca
kho Kassapa jātarūpapaṭirūpakam2 loke uppajjati atha
jātarūpassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
7 Evam eva kho Kassapa na tāva saddhammassa antara-
dhānaṃ hoti yāva na saddhammapatirūpakaṃ loke uppaj-
jati || yato ca kho Kassapa saddhammapatirūpakam loke
uppajjati atha saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
8-11 Na kho Kassapa pathavīdhātu saddhammam anta-
radhāpeti || nā āpodhātu || pe|| na tejodhātu || pe|| || na vayo-
dhātu saddhammam antaradhāpeti || ||
12 Atha kho idheva te uppajjanti moghapurisā ye imaṃ
saddhammaṃ antaradhāpenti || ||
13 Seyyathāpi Kassapa nāvā ādikeneva opilavati3 na
kho Kassapa evaṃ saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
14 Pañca kho me Kassapa okkamaniyā dhammā sadd-
hammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya {saṃvattanti} || ||
Katame pañca || ||
15 Idha Kassapa bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsi-
kāyo satthari agāravā viharanti appaṭissā || dhamme agāravā
viharanti appaṭissā ||4 saṅghe agāravā viharanti appaṭissā ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B evañcetaṃ
2 S1-3 -paṭi- always
3 So C; B S1 opilāvati; S3 opalavati (ā being erased in -la-)
4 S1-3 -tissā always
[page 225]
XVII. 1. 2] LĀBHASAKKĀRA 225
sikkhāya agāravā viharanti appaṭissā || samādhismiṃ
agāravā viharanti appaṭissā || ||
Ime kho Kassapa pañca okkamaniyā dhammā saddham-
massa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti || ||
16 Pañca kho me Kassapa dhammā saddhammassa1
ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti || ||
Katame pañca || ||
17 Idha Kassapa bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā2 upāsi-
kāyo satthari sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || dhamme sagā-
ravā viharanti sappaṭissā || saṅghe sagāravā viharanti sappa-
ṭissā || sikkhāya sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || samādhis-
miṃ sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || ||
18 Ime kho Kassapa pañca dhammā saddhammassa
ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī ti || ||
Terasamaṃ || ||
Kassapa-samyuttaṃ samattaṃ ||3 ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Santuṭṭhañ ca Anottāpi4 ||
Candopamam5 Kulupagaṃ ||
Jiṇṇam tayo ca Ovādā6
Jhānabhiññā Upassayaṃ ||
Cīvaram7 Parammaraṇaṃ ||
Saddhammapaṭirūpakanti || ||
BOOK VI LĀBHASAKKĀRA
CHAPTER I PATHAMO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).1 (1) Dāruno
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati || pe|| ārāme ||8 ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || pe||9 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit -ssa
2 S1-3 upāsaka
3 B -yutto niṭṭhito
4 B anu-
5 B candu-
6 B ovādaṃ
7 S1-3 Civara
8 More abridged in S1-3
9 More developed in B
[page 226]
226 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 1. 3
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso
antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Uppan-
naṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissāma na ca no1 uppanno
lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
6 Evaṃhi vo bhikkhave {sikkhitabbanti} || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).2 (2) Baḷisam
1 Sāvatthi ||2 ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso
antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave baḷisiko āmisagatam baḷisaṃ
gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam aññataro
āmisacakkhumaccho gileyya || Evañhi so bhikkhave maccho
gilitabaḷiso3 bāḷisikassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno
yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāḷisikassa || ||
4 Bāḷisiko ti kho bhikkhave Mārassetaṃ4 pāpimato adhi-
vacanaṃ || baḷisanti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokassetam
adhivacanaṃ || ||
5 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannam lābhasakkāra-
silokam assādeti nikāmeti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhik-
khu gilitabaḷiso Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno
yathākāma karaṇīyo pāpimato || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ka-
ṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhi-
gamāya || ||
7 Tasmāti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbam || || Uppan-
naṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissama || na ca no uppanno
lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
8 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
SN_2,17(6).3 (3) Kumma
1 Sāvatthi5 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 nacavatano; S1 navatamando
2 S1-3 add --tatra--voca--
3 B omits gilita
4 B mārassataṃ
5 Missing in S1-3 here and further on
[page 227]
XVII. 3. 12] PATHAMO VAGGO 227
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhiga-
māya || ||
3 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ udakarahade
mahākummakulaṃ ciranivāsi ahosi || ||
4 Atha kho bhikkhave aññataro kummo aññataraṃ
kummam etad avoca || || Mā kho tvaṃ tāta kumma etaṃ
padesam agamāsīti || ||
5 Agamāsi kho bhikkhave so kummo tam padesam ||
tam enaṃ1 luddo2 papatāya vijjhi || ||
6 Atha kho bhikkhave so kummo yena so kummo tenu-
pasaṅkami || ||
7 Addasā kho bhikkhave so kummo taṃ kummaṃ
dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || || Disvāna taṃ kummam etad
avoca || || Kacci tvaṃ tāta kumma na tam padesam āgamā-
sīti || ||
Agamāsiṃ3 khvāhaṃ tāta kumma tam padesanti || ||
8 Kacci panāsi tāta kumma akkhato anupahato ti || ||
Akkhato kho4 mhi tāta kumma anupahato || atthi ca5
me idaṃ suttakaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanti || ||
9 Tagghasi tāta kumma khato taggha upahato || Etena
hi te tāta kumma luddakena6 pitaro ca pitāmahā ca
anayam āpannā vyasanam āpannā || || Gaccha dāni tvaṃ
tāta kumma na dāni tvam amhākanti || ||
10 Luddo ti kho bhikkhave Mārassetam pāpimato ādhi-
vacanaṃ || papatāti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokas-
setam adhivacanam || suttakanti kho bhikkhave nandirā-
gassetam adhivacanam || ||
11 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannaṃ lābhasak-
kārasilokam assādeti nikāmeti || ayam vuccati bhikkhave
bhikkhu giddho papatāya anayam āpanno vyasanam
āpanno yathākāmakaranīyo pāpimato7 || ||
12 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ṃ
2 S1-3 insert kummo
3 B agamāpi (or -mi)
4 S1-3 omit kho
5 S1-3 pana
6 B suttakena
7 Abridged in S1-3
[page 228]
228 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 3. 13
13 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).4 (4) Dīghalomi
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruno bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhiga-
māya || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dīghalomikā eḷakā1 kaṇṭakaga-
hanam paviseyya2 sā tatra tatra sajjeyya3 tatra tatra gaṇ-
heyya4 tatra tatra bajjheyya5 tatra tatra anayavyasanaṃ
āpajjeyya ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhulābhasak-
kārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasama-
yaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
piṇḍāya pavisati6 || so tatra tatra sajjati tatra tatra gay-
hati7 tatra tatra bajjhati tatra tatra anayavyasanam
āpajjati || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).5 (5) Piḷhika (or Miḷhaka? )
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| || adhiga-
māya || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave piḷhakā8 gūthādī9 gūthapurā
puṇṇā gūthassa || pūrato cassa mahā gūthapuñjo || ||
4 Sā10 tena aññā piḷhakā11 atimaññeyya Ahaṃ hi gū-
thādī12 gūthapūrā puṇṇā gūthassa || pūrato ca myāyam13
mahā gūthapuñjo ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 elakā
2 S1-3 passeya
3 S1-3 sajjati
4 S1-3 gacchati
5 S1-3 bajjhati
6 S1-3 paṭipayati
7 S1-3 gacchati
8 So B; S1-3 e (or -pha?) ḷakā; C kaṃsalakāti gūthapāṇakā . . .
9 B gūdha- always; S1-3 -ādi
10 B so
11 B miḷhakā, here
12 B gūdhādi; S1-3 gūthādiṃ
13 S1-3 khvāhaṃ
[page 229]
XVII. 7. 1] PATHAMO VAGGO 229
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasak-
kārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasama-
yaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
piṇḍāya pavisati || So1 tattha2 bhuttāvī ca hoti yāvad attho
nimantito ca svātanāya || piṇḍapāto cassa pūro3 || ||
6 So ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe vikatthati4
Bhuttāvī camhi yāvad attho nimantito camhi svātanāya ||
piṇḍapāto ca myāyam pūro || lābhī camhi cīvara-piṇḍapāta-
senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || || Ime
pana aññe bhikkhū appapuññā appesakkhā na lābhino
cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccaya bhesajjaparikkhārā-
nanti || ||
7 So tena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇa-
citto aññe pesale5 bhikkhū atimaññati || || Tañhi tassa
bhikkhave moghapurisassa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya duk-
khāya || ||
8 Evaṃ dāruno kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
9 Evañhi kho bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).6 (6) Asani
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhiga-
māya || ||
3 Kim bhikkhave asanivicakkaṃ taṃ6 sekham appatta-
mānasam lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇāti7 ||
4 Asanivicakkanti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokas-
setam adhivacanaṃ || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).7 (7) Diṭṭhaṃ
1 Sāvatthi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yo
2 S1-3 repeat tattha
3 B S1 puro always
4 S1-3 -kattheti
5 S1-3 pesalā
6 Missing in S1-3
7 S1-3 anupāpuṇā (S3-panā) tu
[page 230]
230 LABHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 7. 2
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhiga-
māyā || ||
3 Kam bhikkhave diṭṭhagatena1 [visallena] 2 sallena vij-
jhanti taṃ3 sekkham appattamānasaṃ lābhasakkāra-
siloko4 anupāpuṇāti || ||
4 Sallanti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokassetam adha-
vacanaṃ || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).8 (8) Siṅgālo
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhiga-
māya || ||
3 Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccusasama-
yaṃ siṅgālassa5 vassamānassāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
4 Eso kho bhikkhave jarasiṅgālo6 ukkaṇṇakena7 nāma
rogajātena puṭṭho neva suññāgāragato8 ramati || na ruk-
khamūlagato ramati na ajjhokāsagato ramati || yena
yena gacchati yattha yattha tiṭṭhati yattha yattha nisī-
dati yattha nipajjati9 tattha tattha anayavyasanam
āpajjati || ||
5 Evam eva10 kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu lābha-
sakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto neva suññāgā-
ragato ramati || na rukkhamūlagato ramati na ajjhokāsagato
ramati || yena yena gacchati yattha yattha tiṭṭhati yattha
yattha nisīdati yattha yattha nipajjati tattha tattha anaya-
vyasanam āpajjati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B and C; S1-3 -gadena
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 vijjhituṃ and omit taṃ
4 S1-3 -silokaṃ and omit the sequel from anu- to -siloko --pe--
5 S1-3 sigālo- ; B siṅāla-
6 So C S1-3; B omits jara-
7 So C S1-3; B ukkaṇḍakena
8 S1-3 bi (S1-khi-) lagato
9 B nippajjati always
10 S3 omits evaṃ; S3 omits eva and puts dāruno under the line
[page 231]
XVII. 10. 3] PATHAMO VAGGO 231
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti1 || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).9 (9) Verambā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhiga-
māya || ||
3 Upari bhikkhave ākāse verambā2 nāma vātā vā-
yanti || || Tattha yo pakkhī gacchati tam enaṃ verambā
vātā khipanti || tassa verambavātakhittassa3 aññeneva
pādā gacchanti aññena pakkhā gacchanti || aññena sisaṃ
gacchati aññena kāyo gacchati || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasak-
kārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayam
nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ nigamam vā piṇḍāya
pavisati arakkhitena kāyena arakkhitena vācāya arakkhi-
tena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi || ||
5 So tattha passati mātugāmam dunnivatthaṃ vā
duppārutaṃ vā || tassa mātugāmam disvā dunnivattham vā
duppārutam vā rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || || So rāgānud-
dhaṃsitena4 cittena sikkham paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati5 ||
tassa aññe cīvaraṃ haranti aññe pattaṃ haranti aññe
nisīdanaṃ haranti aññe sucigharaṃ haranti || veramba-
vātakhittassa va sakuṇassa || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Navāmaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).10 (10) Sagāthakam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| || adhiga-
māya || ||
3 Idhāham6 bhikkhave ekaccaṃ puggalam passāmi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omits ti
2 So S1-3 and C; B verambhā; both always
3 S1-3 -vāte oalways
4 -B -dhaṃsena
5 B hi- S1-3 hīnāya
6 S1-3 idha ahaṃ
[page 232]
232 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 10. 4
sakkārena abhibhūtaṃ pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ kāyassa bhedā
parammaraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upa-
pannaṃ1 || ||
4 Idha panāham bhikkhave ekaccam puggalaṃ passāmi
asakkārena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ kāyassa bhedā
parammaraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam
upapannam || ||
5 Idha panāham bhikkhave ekaccaṃ puggalam passāmi
sakkārena ca āsakkārena ca tadubhayena abhibhūtam
pariyādiṇṇacittam kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā apāyam
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapannaṃ || ||
6 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
8 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna2 Sugato athā-
param avoca satthā || ||
Yassa sakkariyamānassa ||
Asakkārena cūbhayam ||
Samādhi na vikampati ||
Appamādaviharino3 ||1||
Taṃ jhāyinaṃ sātatikaṃ4 ||
Sukhumaṃ diṭṭhivipassakaṃ ||
Upādānakkhayārāmam ||
Āhu sappuriso itīti ||2|| Dasamaṃ || ||
Vaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Dāruṇo Bālisaṃ Kummaṃ5 ||
Dīghalomi ca Miḷhakaṃ6 ||
Asani Diṭṭhaṃ Siṅgālaṃ7 ||
Verambena Sagāthakanti8 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 uppannam always
2 S1-3 omit na
3 S1-3 appamāṇa (S3 -na)-
4 S3 sāsatikaṃ
5 S1-3 suddhakaṃ bālasim kummo
6 S1-3 dīghalomi (S1 -miṃ) puneḷakaṃ
7 S1-3 diṭṭhi (di- missing in S1) singālañca
8 B verambhena; S1-3 saṃgayhakanti
[page 233]
XVII. 13. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 233
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).11 (1) Pāti (1)
1 Sāvatthi1 ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| || adhiga-
māya ||2 ||
3 Idhāham bhikkhave ekaccam puggalam evaṃ cetasā
ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā suvaṇṇapatiyā
pi3 rūpiyacuṇṇa-paripuṇṇāya4 hetu sampajānamusā
bhāseyyā ti || ||
4 Tam enam passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkārasi-
lokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānamusā
bhāsantaṃ || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Pathamam ||5 ||
SN_2,17(6).12 (2) Pāti (2)
1 Sāvatthi ||6 ||
2 Dāruṇo7 bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Idāham bhikkhave ekaccam puggalam evaṃ cetasā
ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā rūpiyapātiyāpi
suvaṇṇacuṇṇaparipūrāya hetu sampajānamusā bhāseyyā-
ti || ||
4 Tam enaṃ passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkā-
rasilokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānamusā
bhāsantaṃ || ||
5 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Dutiyaṃ ||8 ||
SN_2,17(6).13-20 (3-10) Suvaṇṇanikkha -- Janapadakalyāṇī
1 Sāvatthi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add tatra--voca--
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 S1-3 -cuṇṇe (or -o) paripurāya
5 S1-3 Ekaṃ
6 Missing in S1-3 always
7 S1-3 add kho
8 S1-3 cipher
[page 234]
234 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 13. 2
2 Idhāham bhikkhave ekaccaṃ puggalam evam cetasā
ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā ||
13 (3) Suvaṇṇanikkhassa pi hetu || tīṇi pe ||
14 (4) Suvaṇṇanikkhasatassa pi hetu || cattāri pe ||
15 (5) Siṅginikkhassa pi hetu || pañca || pe||
16 (6) Siṅginikkhasatassa pi hetu || cha ||
17 (7) Pathaviyā1 pi jātarūpaparipurāya hetu || satta ||
18 (8) Āmisa kiñcikkha hetu pi || aṭṭha2 ||
19 (9) Jīvita hetu pi ||
20 (10) Janapadakalyāṇiyā pi hetu bhaseyyāti sampa-
jānamusā bhāseyyāti || ||
3 Tam enam3 passāmi aparena samayena lābhasak-
kārasilokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajāna-
musā bhāsantam || ||
4 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Dve Pāti dve Suvaṇṇā ca4 ||
Siṅgīhi apare duve5 ||
Pathavī6 Kiñcikkha Jīvitaṃ7 ||
Janapadakalyāṇiyā dasā ti || ||
CHAPTER III TATIYO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).21 (1) Mātugāmo
1 Sāvatthi ||8 ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 puthuviyā
2 All these numbers are in S1-3 only
3 S1-3 ena
4 S1-3 dve
5 S1-3 due
6 puthavī
7 S1-3 omit ṃ
8 S1-3 add tatra--voca--
[page 235]
XVII. 23. 7] TATIYO VAGGO 235
3 Na tassa bhikkhave mātugāmo eko ekassa cittam
pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yassa lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pari-
yādāya tiṭṭhati || pe||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe ||1 ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).22 (2) Kalyāṇī
1 Sāvatthi ||2 ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Na tassa bhikkhave janapadakalyāṇi ekā ekassa cittam
pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || yassa lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pari-
yādāya tiṭṭhati || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave3 sikkhitabbanti || || Dutiyaṃ ||
SN_2,17(6).23 (3) Putto
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Saddhā bhikkhave upāsikā ekaputtakaṃ4 piyam
manāpaṃ evam sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya || || Tādiso
tāta bhavāhi yādiso Citto ca gahapati Hatthako ca āḷavako
ti || ||
4 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamāṇaṃ mama sāvakānaṃ
upāsakānaṃ yad idam Citto gahapati Hatthako ca
āḷavako || ||
5 Sace kho tvam tāta agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajasi ||
tādiso tāta bhavāhi yādiso Sāriputta-Moggalānā ti || ||
6 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamānaṃ mama sāvakānam
bhikkhūnaṃ yadidaṃ Sāriputta-Moggalānā || ||
7 Mā ca kho tvaṃ tāta sekham appamattamānasam
lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātūti || ||5 Taṃ ce bhikkhave
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 4 is omitted in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3 always
3 Missing in S1-3 from Evañhi
4 S1-3 ekaputta
5 S1-3 -punātīti always
[page 236]
236 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 23. 8
bhikkhuṃ sekham appattamānasaṃ lābhasakkārāsiloko
anupāpuṇāti || so1 tassa hoti antarāyāya || ||
8 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
9 Evañhi vo bhikkhave2 sikkhitabbanti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).24 (4) Ekadhītu
Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Saddhā bhikkhave upāsikā ekam dhītaraṃ piyaṃ
manāpam evaṃ sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya || || Tādisā
āyye bhavāhi yādisā Khujjuttarā ca upāsikā Veḷukaṇḍakiyā
ca Nandamātāti || ||
4 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānam
upāsikānam yadidam Khujjuttarā ca upāsikā Veḷukaṇḍakiyā
ca Nandamātā ||3 ||
5 Sa ce kho tvam ayye agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajasi ||
tādisā āyye bhavāhi yādisā Khemā ca4 bhikkhunī Uppa-
lavaṇṇā cāti ||4 ||
6 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānaṃ
bhikkhunīnaṃ yadidaṃ Khemā ca bhikkhunī Uppala-
vaṇṇā ca ||
7 Mā ca kho tvam ayye sekham appamattamānasam
lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātūti || ||
8 Taṃ ce bhikkhave bhikkhuniṃ sekham appattamāna-
saṃ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇāti || so tassā hoti anta-
rāyāya5 ||
9 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
10 Evañhi vo bhikkhave6 sikkhitabbanti || || Catut-
thaṃ ||7 ||
SN_2,17(6).25 (5) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yo
2 Omitted from Evañhi in S1-3
3 B adds ti
4 Omitted by S1-3
5 S1-3 adds ti
6 Missing in S1-3 from Evañhi
7 Cipher in S1
[page 237]
XVII. 28. 2] TATIYO VAGGO 237
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasak-
khārasilokassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtaṃ na pajānanti || evaṃ kātabbam ||1 ||
3 Pajānanti || sayam abhiññā2 sacchi katvā upasampajja
viharantīti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).26 (6) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā lābha-
sakkārasilokassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca
ādīnavañcanissaraṇañca yāthābhūtaṃ napajānanti || || Evam
kātabbam ||3 ||
3 Ye4 ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
lābhasakkārasilokassa samudayañca atthagamañca assā-
dañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānanti ||
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja5 viharantīti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).27 (7) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (3)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā6 lābha-
sakkārasilokasamudayaṃ na pajānanti || lābhasakkārasiloka
nirodham na pajananti || lābhasakkārasilokanirodhagāminiṃ7
paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || Evam kātabbam ||
3 Pajānanti || sayam abhiññā sacchikātvā upasampajja
viharantīti || ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).28 (8) Chavi
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kātabbanti
2 S1-3 add ya
3 Complete in S1-3
4 S1-3 insert hi
5 S1-3 have--evam vitthāroti-- instead of sayaṃ- upasampajja
6 S1-3 insert lābhasakkārasilokaṃ nappajānanti
7 B -gāmini; and omit the word siloka always in this sutta
[page 238]
238 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 28. 3
3 Lābhasakkārasiloko bhikkhave chaviṃ chindati || cha-
viṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati || cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ
chindati || maṃsaṃ chetvā nahāruṃ1 chindati || nahāruṃ
chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ2
āhacca tiṭṭhati || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruno kho bhikkhave lābhasakkarāsiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).29 (9) Rajin
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
3 Lābhasakkārasiloko bhikkhave chaviṃ chindati || cha-
viṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati || cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ
chindati || maṃsaṃ chetvā-nahāruṃ chindati || nahāruṃ
chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjam āhacca
tiṭṭhati || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave balavā puriso daḷhāya vālaraj-
juyā jaṅghaṃ veṭhetvā3 ghaṃseyya || sā chaviṃ chindeyya ||
chaviṃ chetvā cammam chindeyya || cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ
nahārum chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindeyya || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhim-
iñjam āhacca tiṭṭheyya || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko chaviṃ
chindati || chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati || cammaṃ
chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati || maṃsaṃ chetvā nahāruṃ
chindati || nahāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati || aṭṭhiṃ chin-
dati || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā atthimiñjam āhacca tiṭṭhati || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).30 (10) Bhikkhu
1 Sāvatthi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 nahārū always; B nhāruṃ
2 B aṭṭhimiñcam always
3 B vedhetvā
4 S1 nahārūṃ here only
[page 239]
XVII. 31. 2] CATUTTHO VAGGO 239
2 Yo1 bhikkhave bhikkhu arahaṃ khīnāsavo tassa
pāhaṃ2 lābhasakkārasilokam antarāyāya vadāmīti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kissa pana bhante khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno
lābhasakkārasiloko antarāyāyāti || ||
4 Yā hissa sā3 Ānanda akuppā cetovimutti nāhaṃ tassa
lābhasakkārasilokam antarāyāya vadāmi ||4 ||
5 Ye ca khvāssa5 Ānanda appamattassa ātāpino pahitat-
tassa viharato diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārādhigatā6 tesāhaṃ
assa lābhasakkārasilokam antarāyāya vadāmi || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo7 kho Ānanda lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko
pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhiga-
māya || ||
7 Tasmā ti hānanda8 evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || uppannaṃ
lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissāma na ca no uppanno lābha-
sakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
8 Evañ hi vo Ānanda sikkhitabbanti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Tatiyo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Mātugāmo ca Kalyāṇī9 ||
Putto ca Ekadhītu ca10 ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇā11 tīṇi ||
Chavi Rajjuca12 Bhikkhunāti || ||
CHAPTER IV CATUTTHO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).31 (1) Chindi
1 Sāvatthi13 ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloso || pe|| ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert piso
2 S1-3 pahaṃ
3 B si
4 S3 vadāmīti
5 B khvassa
6 S1-3 -vihārāya (S1 yā) gatā
7 S1-3 insert hi
8 S1-3 ha ānanda
9 S1-3 -ṇi
10 S1-3 -dhītiyā
11 S1-3 insert ceva
12 S1-3 cīvi (or vīci) rajjuñca
13 S1-3 add--tatra--voca
[page 240]
240 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 31. 3
3 Lābhasakkārasiloko abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto
bhikkhave Devadatto saṅghaṃ bhindati ||1 ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 oSikkhitabbanti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).32 (2) Mūla
1 Sāvatthi ||
2 Dāruno kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtassa pariyādiṇṇa-cit-
tassa bhikkhave Devadattassa kusalamūla samucchedam2
agamā || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Sikkhitabbanti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).33 (3) Dhammo
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtassa pariyādiṇṇa-cit-
tassa bhikkhave Devadattassa kusalo dhammo samuc-
chedam agamā || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 oSikkhitabbanti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).34 (4) Sukko
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruno bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtassa pariyādiṇṇa-cit-
tassa bhikkhave Devadattassa sukko dhammo samucchedam
agamā || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
5 Sikkhitabbanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 bhindi
2 S1-3 kusalamūlaṃ
[page 241]
XVII. 35. 10] CATUTTHO VAGGO 241
SN_2,17(6).35 (5) Pakkanta
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe
pabbate acirapakkante Devadatte || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā Devadattam ārabbha bhikkhū
āmantesi || ||
3 Attavadhāya bhikkhave Devadattassa lābhasakkāra-
siloko udapādi || parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkāra-
siloko udapādi || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kadalī attavadhāya phalaṃ deti
parābhavāya phalaṃ deti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave atta-
vadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || parā-
bhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave veḷu attavadhāya phalaṃ deti
parābhavāya phalaṃ deti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave atta-
vadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi, parā-
bhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave naḷo attavadhāya phalaṃ deti
pārabhavāya phalaṃ deti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave
attavadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi ||
parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave assatarī attavadhāya gabbhaṃ
gaṇhāti parābhavāya gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti || Evam eva kho
bhikkhave attavadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko
udapādi || parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko
udapādi || ||
8 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe||
9 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna1 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Phalaṃ ve kadaliṃ hanti ||
Phalaṃ veluṃ phalaṃ naḷam ||
Sakkāro kāpurisaṃ hanti ||
gabbho assatariṃ2 yathāti || || Pañcamam || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vatvā.
2 B -tari; S1 -tarī; S3 -tarīṃ
[page 242]
242 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 36. 1
SN_2,17(6).36 (6) Ratha
1 Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Devadattassa Ajātasattu-
kumāro pañcahi rathasatehi sāyampātam upaṭṭhānaṃ
gacchati || pañca ca thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāro abhiha-
riyati || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Devadattassa bhante Ajātasattukumāro
pañcahi rathasatehi sāyaṃpātam upaṭṭhānaṃ gacchati1 ||
pañca ca thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāro abhihariyatīti || ||
5 Mā bhikkhave Devadattassa lābhasakkārasilokam
pihāyittha || yāva kīvañca bhikkhave Devadattassa Ajātasat-
tukumāro pañcahi rathasatehi sāyaṃpātam upaṭṭhānaṃ
gamissati || pañca ca thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāro āhari-
yissati || hāni yeva bhikkhave Devadattassa paṭikaṅkhā
kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave caṇḍassa2 kukkurassa nāsāya
pittam bhindeyyuṃ || evañhi so kukkuro bhiyyosomattāya
caṇḍataro assa || Evam eva3 bhikkhave yāva kīvañca
Devadattassa Ajātasattukumāro pañcahi rathasatehi sāyaṃ
pātam upaṭṭhānaṃ gamissati || pañca ca4 thālipākasatāni
bhattābhihāro āhariyissati ||5 hāni yeva bhikkhave Devadat-
tassa pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
7 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
8 Evānhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).37 (7) Mātari
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso
antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 gamissati
2 S1-3 omit ssa
3 S2-3 add kho Omitted by S1-3
5 S1-3 abhiharīyati
[page 243]
XVII. 43. 6] CATUTTHO VAGGO 243
3 Idhāhaṃ bhikkhave ekaccam puggalam evaṃ cetasā
ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā mātu pi hetu
sampajānamusā bhāseyyāti || || Tam enam passāmi aparena
samayena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇa-
cittaṃ1 sampajānamusā bhāsantaṃ || ||
4 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko
kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa
adhigamāya || ||
5 Tasma ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Up-
pannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissāma2 na ca no up-
panno lābhasakkāra siloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
6 Evañ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Sattamam || ||
SN_2,17(6).38-43 (8) Pitā (9) Bhātā (10) Bhagini (11) Puttā (12) Dhītā (13) Pajāpati
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso
antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
3 Idhāham bhikkhave ekaccam3 puggalam evaṃ cetasā
ceto paricca pajānāmi || nacāyam āyasmā ||
38 (8) pitu pi4 hetu || vitthāretabbaṃ || pe|| ||
39 (9) bhātu pi hetu || pe|| ||
40 (10) bhaginiyā pi hetu || pe|| ||
41 (11) puttassa pi hetu || pe|| ||
42 (12) dhītuyā pi hetu || pe|| ||
43 (13) pajāpatiyā pi hetu sampajānamusā bhāseyyāti || ||
Tam enam5 passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkārasilo-
kena abhibhūtaṃ pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānāmusā bhā-
santaṃ || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko
pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhiga-
māya || ||
5 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbam || || Uppan-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omit ṃ
2 S1-3 -issāmi
3 S1-3 omit ṃ
4 Omitted by S1-3
5 S1-3 ena (as usual)
[page 244]
244 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVII. 43. 7
naṃ lābhasakkārasilokam pajahissāma || na ca no uppanno
lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhittabbanti || ||
Catuttho vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Chindi Mūlam Dhammo Sukko1
Pakkanta Ratha Mātari2 ||
Pitā Bhātā ca Bhaginī ||
Puttā Dhītā3 Pajāpatīti ||4 ||
Lābhasakkāra saṃyuttaṃ ||5 ||
BOOK VII RĀHULA SAṂYUTTAṂ
CHAPTER I PATHAMO VAGGO
SN_2,18(7).1 (1) Cakkhu
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||6 ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekaṃ antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā dhammaṃ
desetu yam ahaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā anic-
cam vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti ||
Dukkham bhante ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Bhindi mūlāca dhammañca (sukko being omitted)
2 S1 -rapathamāttari; S3 rapathantari
3 B dhitā
4 S1-3 omit ti
5 S1-3 add pañcamaṃsamattaṃ
6 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārāme
[page 245]
XVIII. 2. 2] PATHAMO VAGGO 245
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kal-
laṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi
eto me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante ||
Evam peyyālo ||1 ||
5 Sotaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
6 Ghānaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
7 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8 Kāyo nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
9 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā āriyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi nibbindati || ghānasmim pi
nibbindati || jivhāya pi nibbindati || kāyasmim pi nibbindati ||
manasmim pi nibbindati || ||
11 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmim
vimuttam iti2 ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātī-
ti || ||
12 Etena peyyālena dasasuttantā kātabbā || || Patha-
maṃ ||3 ||
SN_2,18(7).2 (2) Rūpam
1 Sāvatthi ||4 ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpā niccā vā5 aniccā
vāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B vimuttamhiti
3 All the numbers are missing in S1-3
4 Missing in S1-3 always
5 Omitted by S1-3
[page 246]
246 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 2. 3
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-6 Saddā || pe|| || Gandhā || pe|| || Rasā || pe|| Poṭṭhabbā ||
pe || ||
7 Dhammā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpesu pi
nibbindati || Saddesu pi1 || Gandhesu pi || Rasesu pi ||
Phoṭṭhabbesu pi || Dhammesu pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe|| || pajānātīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).3 (3) Viññāṇaṃ
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Rāhula || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
3-6 Sotaviññāṇam || Ghānaviññāṇam || Jivhāviññāṇam ||
Kāyaviññāṇaṃ ||
7 Manoviññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhu-
viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || Sotaviññāṇasmim pi nibbin-
dati || Ghānaviññāṇasmim pi || || Jivhāviññāṇasmim pi || ||
Kāyaviññāṇasmim pi || || Manoviññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe|| pajānātīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).4 (4) Samphasso
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññasī Rāhula || || Cakkhusamphasso nicco
vā anicco vāti ||
Anicco bhante || ||
3-7 Sotasamphasso || Ghānasamphasso || Jivhāsamphasso ||
kāyasamphasso || Manosamphasso nicco vā anicco vāti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhu-
samphassasmim pi nibbindati || sotasamphassasmim pi ||
ghānasamphassasmim pi || jivhāsamphassasmiṃ pi || kāya-
samphassasmim pi || manosamphassasmim pi nibbindati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B repeats nibbindati every time here and further on
[page 247]
XVIII. 7. 3] PATHAMO VAGGO 247
9 Nibbindaṃ virajati || pe|| || pajānātīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).5 (5) Vedanā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Cakkhusamphassajā
vedanā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-6 Sotasamphassajā vedanā || Ghānasamphassajā ve-
danā || Jivhāsamphassajā vedanā || Manosamphassajā vedā
niccā vā aniccāvāti ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
7-8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhu-
samphassajāya vedanāya pi nibbindati || sota || ghāna || jivhā ||
kāya || manosamphassajāya vedanāya nibbindati || pe|| pajā-
nātīti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).6 (6) Saññā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpasaññā niccā vā aniccā
vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Saddasaññā || Gandhasaññā || Rasasaññā || Poṭṭhabba-
saññā || Dhammasaññā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpa-
saññāya pi nibbindati || saddasaññāya pi || gandhasaññāya
pi || rasasaññāya pi || poṭṭhabbasaññāya pi || dhammasaññāya
pi nibbindati || pe|| pajānātīti1 || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).7 (7) Sañcetanā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpasañcetanā niccā vā
aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Saddasañcetanā2 || Gandhasañcetanā || Rasasañce-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More abridged in S1-3
2 S1-3 add niccā vā aniccā vāti aniccā bhante
[page 248]
248 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 8. 8
tanā || Poṭṭhabbasañcetanā || Dhammasañcetanā niccā vā
aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā āriyasāvako rūpasañ-
cetanāya pi1 nibbindati || saddasañcetanāya pi2 || gandha-
sañcetanāya pi3 || rasasañcetanāya pi4 poṭṭhabbasañce-
tanāya pi nibbindati || dhammasañcetanāya pi nibbindati ||
pe || pajānātīti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).8 (8) Taṇhā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpataṇhā niccā vā
aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Saddataṇhā || Gandhataṇhā || Rasataṇhā || Poṭṭhab-
bataṇha || Dhammataṇhā ṇiccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpataṇ-
hāya pi nibbindati || saddataṇhāya pi || gandhataṇhāya pi ||
rasataṇhāya pi || phoṭṭhabbataṇhāya pi || dhammataṇhāya
pi nibbindati || pe|| pajānātīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).9 (9) Dhātu
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Pathavīdhātu niccā vā
aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Āpodhātu || Tejodhātu || Vāyodhātu || Ākāsadhātu ||
Viññāṇadhātu niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā || bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passam Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako pathavī-
dhātuyā pi nibbindati || āpodhātuyā pi || tejodhātuyā pi ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S-3 saddarasa--
3 S1-3 gandharasa-- the sequel being omitted
4 Omitted by S1-3
[page 249]
XVIII. 11. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 249
vāyodhātuyā pi || ākāsadhātuyā pi || viññāṇadhātuyā pi nib-
bindati || pe|| || pajānātīti ||1 ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).10 (10) Khandha
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpam niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
3-6 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante ||2 ||
7 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ
pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || saṅkhāresu pi nib-
bindati || viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || ||
8 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ
vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti || vusitaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ || kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānā-
tīti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Cakkhu Rūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Samphasso3 Vedanāya ca || ||
Saññā Sañcetanā4 Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasāti || ||
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,18(7).11 (1) Cakkhu
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati ||5 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Here more there less abridged in S1-3
2 S1-3 insert here: Yam panāniccam- eso me attāti no hetam bhante
3 S1-3 phasso
4 S1-3 omit Sañ
5 S1-3 Sāvatthi--Jetavane--
[page 250]
250 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 11. 2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi ||1 ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Rāhulaṃ
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
4 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukham vāti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
5 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ
kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham
asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6-17 Sotaṃ || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
18 Mano nicco va anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante ||
19 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā tam sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
20 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ
kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham
asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim
pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi ||2 ghānasmim pi || jivhāya pi ||
kāyasmim pi ||3 manasmim pi nibbindati || ||
22 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ
vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānā-
tīti || ||
Etena peyyālena dasasuttantā kātabbā || ||
Pathamaṃ ||
SN_2,18(7).12-20 (2-10)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More abridged in S1-3
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 B repeats nibbindati
[page 251]
XVIII. 19. 20] DUTIYO VAGGO 251
(2) Rūpam
Rūpā niccā va aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
6-20 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā || Dhammā || ||
SN_2,18(7).13 (3) Viññānaṃ
3-20 Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || sotaviññāṇaṃ || ghānaviññāṇaṃ ||
jivhāviññāṇaṃ || kāyaviññaṃ || manoviññāṇaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).14 (4) Samphasso
3-30 Cakkhusamphasso || sotasamphasso || ghānasamphas-
so || jivhāsamphasso || kāyasamphasso || manosamphasso || ||
SN_2,18(7).15 (5) Vedanā
3-20 Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || sotasamphassajā ve-
danā || ghānasamphassajā vedanā || jivhāsamphassajā vedanā ||
kāyasamphassajā vedanā || manosamphassajā vedanā ||
SN_2,18(7).16 (6) Saññā
3-20 Rūpasaññā || saddasaññā || gandhasaññā || rasasaññā ||
poṭṭhabbasaññā || dhammasaññā || ||
SN_2,18(7).17 (7) Sañcetanā
3-20 Rūpasañcetanā ||1 saddasañcetanā || gandhasañcetanā ||
rasasañcetanā || poṭṭhabbasañcetanā || dhammasañcetanā ||
SN_2,18(7).18 (8) Taṇhā
3-20 Rūpataṇhā || saddataṇhā || gandhataṇhā || rasataṇ-
hā || poṭṭhabbataṇhā || dhammataṇhā || ||
SN_2,18(7).19 (9) Dhātu
3-20 Pathavīdhātu || || āpodhātu || tejodhātu || vāyodhātu ||
ākāsadhātu || viññāṇadhātu || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -cetanā (without sañ) always
[page 252]
252 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 20. 3
SN_2,18(7).20 (10) Khandha
3-17 Rūpaṃ || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam
niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe|| ||
21-22 Evam passaṃ Rāhula || pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).21 (11) Anusaya
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imas-
miñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃ-
kāra-mamaṅkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rāhula rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā || sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ
mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || || Evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || || Yā kāci vedanā ||
yā kāci saññā || ye keci saṅkhārā || yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ
atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ
vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītam vā yam dūre santike
vā || sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama nesoham asmi na me
so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
passati || ||
5 Evam kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiñca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāra-
mamaṅkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti ||1 ||
Ekādasamaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 -mamaṃkāra [mānāpagatamānasam hoti vidhāsam atikkantaṃ
suvimutta] ntīti-- the part between [] being between the lines
[page 253]
XVIII. 22. 9] DUTIYO VAGGO 253
SN_2,18(7).22 (12) Apagatam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi ||1 ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imas-
miñca viññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅ-
kara-mamaṅkāra-mānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsama-
tikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rāhula rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷarikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ
mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || ||
Evam etam yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā
vimutto hoti || ||
Pañcannam khandhānam evam kāttabbam2 ||
5 Yā kāci vedanā ||
6 Yā kāci saññā ||
7 Ye keci saṅkhārā ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ ātītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhat-
taṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā
paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā || sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam
mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || ||
Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā
anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiñca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāra-
mamaṅkāra-mānāpagataṃ mānasam hoti vidhāsamatik-
kantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttanti || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
Rāhula-Saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Dutiyo vaggo ||
Tassuddānam || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Abbreviated in S1-3
2 B kātabbaṃ
[page 254]
254 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 1. 1
Cakkhu Rūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Samphasso1 Vedanāya ca ||
Saññā Sañcetanā2 Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasa ||
Anusayāpagatañ ceva3 ||
Vaggo tena vuccatīti4 || ||
BOOK VIII LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO
SN_2,19(8).1 (1) Aṭṭhīpesi
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo
āyasmā ca Mahā-Moggallāno5 Gijjhakūṭe pabbate
viharanti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ
nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yenāyasmā Lakkhaṇo tenu-
pasaṅkami || ||
4 Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Lakkhaṇam etad avoca || ||
āyāmāvuso6 Lakkhaṇa Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmāti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmato Mahā-
Moggallānassa paccassosi ||
5 Atha kho Āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā
orohanto aññatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṃ Mahā-
Moggallānam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho āvuso Moggalāna
hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyāti || ||
Akālo kho āvuso Lakkhaṇa etassa pañhassa || Bhagavato
maṃ santike etam pañham pucchāti7 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 phasso
2 S1-3 cetanā
3 S1-3 asaṃyaṃ anupagataṃ vedana
4 S1-3 pavuccati
5 B Moggalā- always
6 B ehi āvuso
7 S3 puccha; S1 pucchā
[page 255]
XIX. 1. 13] VAGGO PATHAMO 255
7 Atha kho āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca Mahā-
Moggalāno Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam
piṇḍapātapatikkantā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdiṃsu ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyas-
mantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Idhāyasmā
Mahā-Moggalāno Gijjhakūtā pabbatā orohanto añña-
tarasmim padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi || || Ko nu kho āvuso
Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyāti || ||
9 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tam enaṃ1
gijjhāpi kākā pi kulalā pi anupatitvā anupatitvā phāsuḷan-
tarikāhi vitacchenti2 vibhajenti3 sāssudam aṭṭassaraṃ
karoti ||
10 Tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi || || Acchariyaṃ vata
bho abbhutaṃ vata bho || evarūpo pi nāma satto bhavissati
[evarupo pi nāma yakkho bhavissati] 4 evarūpo pi nāma
attabhāvapaṭilābho5 bhavissatīti ||
11 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Cakkhubhūtā
bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti || ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave
sāvakā viharanti || yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṃ ñassati6
vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati || ||
12 Pubbe pi7 me so bhikkhave satto diṭṭho ahosi ||
apicāham na vyākāsiṃ || || Ahañcetaṃ8 vyākareyyam pare
ca9 me na saddaheyyuṃ || ye me na saddaheyyuṃ || tesaṃ
tam assa dīgharattam ahitāya dukkhāya || ||
13 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe goghā-
ṭako ahosi || so tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni
bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassa-
satasahassāni niraye pacitvā10 tasseva kammassa vipākā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ṃ
2 S1-3 vitudenti
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 Missing in S3
5 S1-3 omit -bhāva-
6 S3 passati; S1 ssati
7 S1-3 va
8 S1-3 ahamevetaṃ
9 Omitted by S1-3
10 S3 paccitva; S1 paccittha
[page 256]
256 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 2. 1
vasesena evarūpam attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ1 {paṭisaṃvedi-
yatīti}2 || ||
Pathamaṃ3 || ||
Sabbesaṃ suttantānam eseva4 peyyālo || ||
SN_2,19(8).2 (2) Gāvaghāṭaka
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
maṃsapesiṃ5 vehāsam gacchantaṃ || tam enaṃ gijjhā pi
dhaṅkā6 pi kulalā pi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti
vibhajenti7 || sāssudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe goghāṭako ||
pe || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).3 (3) Piṇḍasakuṇiyam
1 Idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
maṃsapiṇḍam vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tam enaṃ || pe8 ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sākuṇiko
ahosi || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).4 (4) Nicchavorabbhi
1 Idhāham āvuso || la || addasaṃ nicchaviṃ9 purisaṃ ||
pe || vitacchenti vibhajenti || so sudaṃ10 aṭṭassaram karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe orabbhi-
ko11 ahosi || ||
Catutthaṃ ||12 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -bhāvam-
2 -vedaya- (as usual)
3 All the numbers are missing in S1-3 (in the whole saṃyutta)
4 S1-3 sabbesattānam esevahi-
5 S1-3 -piṇḍaṃ
6 S1-3 kākā always
7 S1-3 virājenti always
8 S1-3 repeats the same words as before
9 B vinicchaviṃ
10 B sāssudaṃ always
11 S1-3 orabdhiko
12 3 and 4 are more complete in S1-3
[page 257]
XIX. 9. 1] VAGGO PATHAMO 257
SN_2,19(8).5 Asi-sūkariko
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
asilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || Tassa te asi
uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so suḍam
aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sūkariko
ahosi || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).6 Satti-māgavi
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
sattilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tassa tā sattiyo
uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so sudam
aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe māgaviko
ahosi || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).7 Usu-kāraṇiyo
1 Idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam
usulomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tassa te usū1
uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ
karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe kāraṇiko
ahosi || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).8 Sūci-sārathi
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam
sūcilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tassa tā sūciyo
uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so sudaṃ
aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sūcako
ahosi || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).9 Sūcako
1 Idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
sūcilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
[page 258]
258 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 9. 2
2 Tassa tā sūciyo sīse pavisitvā mukhato nikkhamanti ||
mukhe1 pavisitvā urato nikkhamanti || ure2 pavisitvā
udarato nikkhamanti || udare3 pavisitvā urūhi4 nikkha-
manti || urūsu pavisitvā jaṅghāhi nikkhamanti || jaṅghāsu
pavisitvā pādehi nikkhamanti || || So sudam aṭṭassaraṃ
karoti || ||
3 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sūcako
ahosi || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).10 (10) Aṇḍabharī-Gāmakuṭako
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūtā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
kumbhaṇḍam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || ||
2 So gacchanto pi teva aṇḍe khandhe āropetvā gacchati ||
nisīdanto pi tesveva aṇḍesu nisīdati ||
3 Tam enam gijjha pi dhaṅkā pi kulalā pi anupatitvā
anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || || So sudam aṭṭassaram
karoti || ||
4 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe gāmakūṭo
ahosi || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Vaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Aṭṭhipesi ubho Gāvaghātakā5 ||
Piṇḍasākuniyaṃ6 Nicchavorabbhi ||
Asica7 sūkariko Satti-māgavi ||
Usu ca kāraṇiyo Suci-sārathi8 ||
Yo ca Sabbiyati9-sūcako hi so10 ||
Aṇḍabhārī ahu gāmakuṭako cāti ||11 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 mukhato
2 S1-3 urena
3 S1-3 udarena
4 S1-3 urumhi
5 B -ghātakā; S1-3 ghātikā
6 S1-3 omit ṃ
7 S1-3 asiñca
8 S1-3 usubbe kāraṇeko suciyānurathi
9 S1-3 kocesiviya (S3 -ya)vi
10 S1-3 omit so
11 S1-3 -bhāri- -kuṭako ti
[page 259]
XIX. 13. 2] DUTIYO VAGGO 259
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,19(8).11 (1) Kupe nimuggo paradāriko
1 Evam me sutaṃ || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Rājagahe Veḷu-
vane ||1 ||
2 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
purisaṃ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ2 nimuggaṃ || ||
3 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe pāra-
dāriko3 ahosi || ||
Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).12 (2) Gūthakhādi -- Duṭṭhabrāhmaṇo
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
purisaṃ gūthakūpe nimuggaṃ ubhohi hatthehi gūtham
khādantaṃ || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe brāhmaṇo
ahosi || so Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhik-
khusaṅghaṃ bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyā gūthassa pūrā-
petvā4 etad avoca || || Aho5 bhonto yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjantu
ceva harantu cāti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).13 (3) Nicchavitthi-aticārini
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
nicchaviṃ itthiṃ6 vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ || tam enaṃ7 gij-
jhā pi dhaṅkā7 pi kulalā pi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitac-
chenti vibhajenti7 || || Sāsudaṃ8 aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Esā bhikkhave itthi imasmiññeva Rājagahe aticārinī
ahosi || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Rājagahe nidānaṃ
2 S1-3 -sīsakā, S1 omitting sa-
3 So C; B S3 para- ; S1 pārā-
4 S1-3 insert kālaṃ ārocāpetvā
5 S1-3 ato
6 S1-3 insert duggandham paṃguliṃ
7 S1-3 have, as before, tamena kākā- virājenti here and further on
8 B sāssudaṃ always
[page 260]
260 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 14. 1
SN_2,19(8).14 (4) Maṃgulitthi ikkhanitthi
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam
itthiṃ duggandhim1 maṅguliṃ2 vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ ||
Tam enaṃ gijjhāpi dharikāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anu-
patitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || || Sāsudam aṭṭassaram
karoti || ||
2 Esā bhikkhave itthi imasmiññeva Rājagahe ikkhanikā
ahosi || ||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).15 (5) Okilini-Sapattaṅgārakokiri
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam
itthim uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ okiriṇiṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantim || ||
Sāsudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Esā bhikkhave itthi Kaliṅgarañño3 aggamahesī ahosi ||
sā issāpakatā sapattim aṅgārakaṭāhena okiri || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).16 (6) Sīsachinno-coraghātako
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam
asīsakaṃ4 kavandhaṃ vehāsam gacchantaṃ || tassa ure
akkhīni ceva honti mukhañ ca || ||
2 Tam enaṃ gijjhāpi dhaṅkā pi kulalāpi anupatitvā anu-
patitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || So sudam aṭṭassaraṃ
karoti ||
3 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe Hāriko
nāma coraghātako5 ahosi || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).17 (7) Bhikkhu
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
bhikkhuṃ {vehāsaṃ} gacchantaṃ || ||
2 Tassa saṅghāṭī pi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā ||
patto pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto || Kāyabandhanam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -dhaṃ
2 C maguḷim
3 B kaliṅka-, S1-3 kaliṅgassa
4 S1-3 omit ṃ
5 S1 -ghātā; S3 ghato
[page 261]
XIX. 21. 4] DUTIYO VAGGO 261
pi ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ || Kāyo pi āditto
sampajjalito sajotibhūto || || So sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
3 Eso bhikkhave bhikkhu Kassapassa sammāsambud-
dhassa pāvacane pāpabhikkhu ahosi || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).18 (8) Bhikkhunī
1 Addasaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ ||
2 Tassā saṅghāṭi pi ādittā || pe||
3 pāpabhikkhunī ahosi || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).19 (9) Sikkhamānā
1 Addasaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ ||
2 Tassā saṅghaṭi pi ādittā || pe|| ||
3 pāpasikkhamānā ahosi || ||
Navamaṃ ||
SN_2,19(8).20 (10) Sāmaṇera
1 Addasaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || ||
2-3 Tassa saṅghāti pi ādittā || pe|| || pāpasāmaṇero ahosi || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).21 (11) Sāmaṇeriyo
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ
sāmaṇeriṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ || ||
2 Tassā saṅghāṭi pi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā ||
patto pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto || kāyabandhanaṃ
pi ādittaṃ sampajjalitam sajotibhūtaṃ || kāyo pi āditto
sampajjalito sajotibhūto || || Sāsudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
3 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Acchariyaṃ vata
bho abbhutaṃ vata bho || evarūpo pi1 nāma satto bhavis-
sati2 || evarūpo pi nāma yakkho bhavissati || evarūpo pi
nāma attabhāvapaṭilābho bhavissatīti || ||
4 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Cakkhubhūtā
vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti || ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave
sāvakā viharanti || yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṃ ñassati
vā dakkhati vā3 sakkhiṃ vā karissati ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit pi
2 S1-3 bhavissatīti
3 S1-3 insert ti.
[page 262]
262 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 21.5
5 Pubbe pi me sā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī diṭṭhā1 ahosi || api-
cāhaṃ na vyākasiṃ || ahañce taṃ vyākareyyaṃ pare ca
me na saddaheyyuṃ || ye me na saddaheyyuṃ tesaṃ tam
assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya || ||
6 Esā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī Kassapassa sammāsambud-
dhassa pāvacane pāpasāmanerī ahosi || sā tassa kammassa
vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassa-
sahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye pacitvā2 tas-
seva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṃ attabhāvapaṭi-
lābhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyatīti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Kūpe nimuggo hi so3 pāradāriko ||
Guthakhādi ahu4 duṭṭhabrāhmano ||
Nicchavitthi aticārinī āhu ||
Maṅgulitthi5 ahu ikkhinitthi yā5 || ||
Okilinī sapattaṅgārokirī6 ||
Sīsacchinno7 ahu coraghātako ||
Bhikkhu Bhikkhunī Sikkhamānā Sāmaṇero ||
Atha Sāmaṇeriyo Kassapassa vinayasmiṃ pabbajjuṃ8 ||
Pāpakammaṃ kariṃsu tāvadeti9 || ||
Lakkhaṇa-saṃyuttaṃ10 || ||
BOOK IX OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_2,20(9).1 Kūṭam
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -so bhikkhave satto diṭṭho
2 S1-3 paccittha
3 S1-3 hosi
4 S1-3 atha
5 S1-3 maṅguḷitthiṃ ahukkhiṇiyā
6 B -lini -kiri
7 S1 sapacchinno
8 S1-3 vinayassa; B pabbajjam
9 S1-3 vācākammaṃ akariṃsu tāvade
10 S1-3 add samattaṃ (instead of sattamaṃ?)
[page 263]
XX. 3. 1] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 263
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā etad avoca1 || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo
sabbā tā kūṭaṅgamā kūṭasamosaraṇā || kūṭasamugghātā ||
sabbā tā samugghātaṃ gacchanti || ||
4 Evam eva bhikkhave ye keci akusalā dhammā2 sabbe te
avijjāmūlakā3 avijjāsamosaraṇā || avijjāsamugghātā || sabbe
te samugghātaṃ gacchanti || ||
5 Tasmāti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appa-
mattā viharissāmāti || || Pathamaṃ4 || ||
SN_2,20(9).2 Nakhasikhaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati5 || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ nakhasikhāyam paṃsum
āropetvā bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
3 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Katamaṃ nu kho
bahutaraṃ yo cāyaṃ mayā paritto nakhasikhāyam paṃsu6
āropito || yā cāyam7 mahāpathavīti || ||
4 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idam mahā pathavī ||
appamattako yam Bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyam
paṃsu8 āropito || saṅkham pi na upeti upanidhim9 pi na
upeti kalabhāgam pi na upeti mahāpathavim upanidhāya
Bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyam paṃsu āropito ti ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave appakā te sattā ye manussesu
paccājāyanti || atha kho ete yeva bahutarā sattā ye aññatra
manussehi paccājāyanti || ||
6 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appa-
mattā viharissāmāti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).3 Kulam
1 Sāvatthi ||10 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra voca--
2 S1-3 akusalamūlā
3 Missing in S1-3
4 All the numbers are missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca
6 S1-3 paṃsuṃ always
7 S1-3 ayaṃvā
8 S3 has paṃsu here
9 B -nidhaṃ
10 Missing in S1-3, here and in the following suttas
[page 264]
264 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 3. 2
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni
appapurisāni tāni suppadhaṃsiyāni1 honti corehi kum-
bhatthenakehi ||
3 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno
mettā cetovimutti abhāvitā abahulikatā || so suppadhaṃsiyo
hoti amanussehi || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yāni kānici kulāni appitthikāni2
bahupurisāni tāni duppadhaṃsiyāni honti corehi kum-
bhatthenakehi ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno
mettā cetovimutti bhavitā bahulikatā || so duppadhaṃsiyo
hoti amanussehi || ||
6 Tasmā tiha bhikkhave evam sikkhitabbaṃ || || Met-
tā no cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati || bahulikatā3 yānikatā
vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || ||
Evaṃ vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).4 Ukkā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Yo bhikkhave pubbaṇhasamayam ukkhāsatam4 dānaṃ
dadeyya || yo majjhantikasamayam5 ukkhāsataṃ dānaṃ
dadeyya || yo vā6 sāyaṇhasamayam ukkhāsataṃ dānam
dadeyya || yo vā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ antamaso gadduhana-
mattam pi mettacittam7 bhāveyya || yo vā majjhantika-
samayam antamaso gadduhanamattam pi mettacittaṃ
bhāveyya || yo vā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ antamaso gadduhana-
mattam pi mettacittaṃ bhāveyya || idaṃ tato mahapphala-
taraṃ || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Mettā
no cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati || bahulikatā yānikatā
vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B supa- always
2 S1-3 appatthikāni
3 S1-3 bahulī- always
4 C ukkhāsataṃ and ukkāsataṃ (two readings); B -kkhāsa- always.
5 S1-3 majjhantikaṃ always
6 S1-3 omit vā
7 S1-3 mettaṃ- always
[page 265]
XX. 6. 2] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 265
SN_2,20(9).5 Satti
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave satti1 tiṇhaphalā || atha puriso
āgaccheyya || || Aham imaṃ sattiṃ2 tiṇhaphalaṃ pāṇinā vā
muṭṭhinā vā patileṇissāmi3 patikoṭṭissāmi pativaṭṭessā-
mīti4 ||
3 Tam kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || bhabbo nu kho so
puriso amuṃ sattiṃ tiṇhaphalaṃ pāṇinā vā muṭṭhinā vā
patileṇetuṃ patikoṭṭetum pativaṭṭetunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
4 Tam kissa hetu || ||
Asu5 hi bhante satti tiṇhaphalā6 na sukarā pāṇinā vā
muṭṭhinā vā patileṇetum patikoṭṭetuṃ pativaṭṭetuṃ || yāvad
eva ca pana so7 puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī
assāti || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci [bhikkhuno] 8
mettā cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulikatā yānikatā vatthukatā
anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā || || Tassa ce amanusso
cittam khipitabbam maññeyya || atha kho svedha9 ama-
nusso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assa || ||
6 Tasmātiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Mettā no
cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati bahulikatā yānikatā
vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || || Evaṃ hi
kho bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).6 Dhanuggaho
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave cattāro daḷhadhammā dhanug-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sattiṃ
2 B satti
3 B paṭi- always; C -lenissāmi
4 B paṭi- always; S1-3 -koṭṭhi- -vaṭṭhi- always
5 B assu
6 S1-3 sattiṃo phalaṃ
7 B omits so, S1 ca, S3 pana
8 Missing in S1-3
9 S1 sveva; S3 suveva
[page 266]
266 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 6. 3
gahā sikkhitā1 katahatthā katupāsanā catuddisā ṭhitā
assu || ||
3 Atha puriso āgaccheyya || || Ahaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ
daḷhadhammānaṃ dhanuggahānaṃ sikkhitānaṃ katahat-
thānaṃ katupāsanānaṃ catuddisā kaṇḍe khitte appatiṭṭhite
pathaviyaṃ gahetvā āharissāmīti || ||
4 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || javano puriso para-
mena javena samannāgato ti alam vacanāyā ti || ||
5 Ekassa ce pi bhante daḷhadhammassa dhanuggahassa
sikkhitassa katahatthassa katupāsanassa kaṇḍaṃ khittam
appatiṭṭhitaṃ pathaviyaṃ gahetvā āhareyya || javano puriso
paramena javena samannāgato ti alaṃ vacanāya || || Ko
pana vādo catunnaṃ daḷhadhammānam dhanuggahānaṃ
sikkhitānaṃ katahatthānaṃ katupāsanānanti || ||
6 Yathā ca bhikkhave tassa purisassa javo ||2 yathā ca3
candimasūriyānaṃ javo tato sīghataro || || yathā ca bhik-
khave tassa purisassa javo yathā ca candimasuriyānaṃ javo
yathā ca yā devatā4 candimasuriyānam purato dhāvanti
tāsaṃ devatānaṃ javo ||5 tato sīghataraṃ āyusaṅkhārā
khīyanti6 ||
7 Tasmāti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appa-
mattā viharissāmāti || || Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitab-
banti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).7 Aṇi
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Dasārahānam Ānako7 nāma
mudiṅgo ahosi || ||
3 Tassa Dasārahā Ānake8 ghaṭite aññaṃ āṇiṃ odahiṃsu ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3 and C; B susikkhitā always
2 S1-3 add yo
3 S1-3 omit ca
4 S1-3 devatānaṃ
5 S1-3 insert here: tato sī(S3 dī-)ghataro yathāca bhikkhave tassa
purisassa javo yathāca candimasuriyānaṃ
javo yathā ca yā devatā candimasuriyānaṃ (S1
canāmapurisānam-) purato dhavanti tāsam devatānaṃ javo
6 B diyyanti
7 C Āṇako
8 S1-3 dasārahānaṃ phāḷito phāḷito
[page 267]
XX. 8. 3] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 267
ahu kho so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ Ānakassa mudiṅgassa
porāṇaṃ pokkharaphalakam antaradhāyi ||1 āṇisaṅghāṭo va
avasissi || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhavissanti bhikkhū anā-
gatam addhānaṃ || ||
5 Ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhī-
ratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā || tesu bhaññamānesu
na sussusissanti ||2 na sotaṃ odahissanti || na aññācittaṃ
upaṭṭhāpessanti || na ca te dhamme uggahetabbam pariyā-
puṇitabbaṃ maññissanti || ||
6 Ye pana te suttantā kavikatā kāveyyā cittakkharā citta-
vyañjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā || tesu bhaññamānesu
sussusissanti sotaṃ odahissanti aññācittam upaṭṭhāpes-
santi || te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññi-
ssanti || || Evam eva tesam bhikkhave suttantānaṃ tathā-
gatabhāsitānaṃ gambhīrānaṃ gambhīratthānaṃ lokutta-
rānaṃ3 suññatapaṭisaññuttānam antaradhānaṃ bhavis-
sati || ||
7 Tasmātiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
Ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā
lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaññuttā || tesu bhaññamānesu sussu-
sissāma sotam odahissāma aññācittam upaṭṭhāpessāma || te
ca dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññissā-
māti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).8 Kaliṅgaro
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ
viharati Mahāvane Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassossuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca ||4 ||
3 Kaliṅgarūpadhānā5 bhikkhave etarahi Licchavī viha-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -dhāyati
2 B sussissanti always
3 S1-3 lokuttara here and further on
4 S1-3 2 Tatra--voca--
5 B kaliṅka-
[page 268]
268 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 8. 4
ranti appamattā ātāpino upāsanasmiṃ || ||1 Tesam rājā
Māgadho Ajātasattu vedehiputto na labhati otāraṃ na
labhati ārammaṇam || ||
4 Bhavissanti bhikkhave anāgatam addhānaṃ Licchavī
sukhumālā mudutaluṇahatthapādā || te mudukā suseyyā
sutulabimbohanāsu2 yāva sūriyuggamanā3 seyyaṃ kap-
pessanti || ||4 Tesaṃ rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu vedehiputto
lacchati otāraṃ lacchati ārammaṇaṃ || ||
5 Kaliṅgarūpadhānā bhikkhave etarahi bhikkhū viha-
ranti appamattā ātāpino padhānasmiṃ || || Tesam Māro
pāpimā na labhati otāraṃ na labhati ārammanaṃ || ||
6 Bhavissanti bhikkhave anāgatam addhānam bhikkhū
sukhumālā mudutaluṇahatthapādā || te mudukā suseyyā
sutūlabimbohanāsu yāva sūriyuggamanā seyyaṃ kappes-
santi || || Tesam Māro pāpimā lacchati otāram lacchati
ārammaṇam || ||
7 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Kaliṅga-
rūpadhānā viharissāma appamattā ātāpino padhānasminti || ||
Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Aṭṭhāmaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).9 Nāgo
1 Sāvatthiyam ārāme ||5 ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro navo bhikkhu ative-
laṃ kulāni upasaṅkamati || tam enaṃ6 bhikkhū evam
āhaṃsu || || Māyasmā7 ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamīti || ||
3 So bhikkhu vuccamāno evam āha || || Ime hi nāma
therā bhikkhū kulāni upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññissanti ||
kim aṅgaṃ panāhanti ||8 ||
4 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || pe|| || nisīdiṃsu9 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 padhāsmiṃ
2 S1-3 -hanādisu
3 S1-3 suriyassugg- always
4 B kappissanti always
5 Complete in B
6 S1-3 ena
7 S1-3 māvāyasmā always
8 S1-3 and C anga- (without ṃ) always
9 Complete in B
[page 269]
XX. 9. 10] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 269
5 Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante aññataro navo bhikkhu ative-
laṃ kulāni upasaṅkamati || tam enaṃ bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu
Māyasmā ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamīti || || So bhikkhu1
bhikkhūhi vucamāno evam āha || Ime hi nāma therā bhik-
khū kulāni upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññissanti || kim aṅgaṃ
panāhan ti || ||
6 Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave araññāyatane mahāsarasi
taṃ nāgā upanissāya viharanti || te taṃ sarasiṃ ogāhetvā
soṇḍāya bhisamulālaṃ2 abbhuggahetvā3 suvikkhālitaṃ
vikkhāletvā akaddamaṃ saṃkharitvā4 ajjhoharanti || ||
Tesan taṃ vaṇṇāya ceva hoti balāya ca || na ca tato-
nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchanti maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ || ||
7. Tesaññeva kho pana bhikkhave mahānāgānaṃ anu-
sikkhamānā taruṇā bhiṅkacchāpā taṃ5 sarasim ogāhetvā
bhisamulālam abbhuggahetvā na suvikkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā
sakaddamaṃ saṃkharitvā ajjhoharanti || || Tesaṃ taṃ
neva vaṇṇāya ceva hoti na balāya || tato nidānaṃ mara-
ṇaṃ vā nigacchanti maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ || ||
8 Evam eva kho6 bhikkhave idha therā bhikkhū pub-
baṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ vā
nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisanti || || Te tattha dhammaṃ
bhāsanti || tesam gihī pasannā kāraṃ karonti || te taṃ
lābham agadhitā7 amucchitā anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassā-
vino nissaraṇapaññā paribbhuñjanti || || Tesaṃ taṃ vaṇ-
ṇāya ceva hoti balāya ca || na ca tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ
vā nigacchatali maraṇattam vā dukkhaṃ || ||
9 Tesaññeva kho pana bhikkhave therānaṃ bhikkhūnam
anusikkhamānā navā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivā-
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmam vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya
pavisanti || ||
10 Te tattha dhammaṃ bhāsanti || tesam gihī pasannā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by B
2 S1-3 -muḷālam
3 So C, B abbuhetvā, S1-3 adhohetvā; both always
4 S1-3 -khāditvā
5 S1-3 te naṃ
6 B vo
7 S1-3 -gathitā always
[page 270]
270 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 9. 11
kāraṃ karonti || te taṃ lābhaṃ gadhitā mucchitā ajjhā-
pannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti || ||
Tesaṃ taṃ neva vaṇṇāya hoti na balāya || te1 tatonidā-
naṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchanti maraṇamattaṃ va duk-
kaṃ || ||
11 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbam || || Aga-
dhitā amucchitā anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇa-
paññā lābhaṃ2 paribhuñjissāmā ti || || Evañhi vo bhikkhave
sikkhitabbanti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).10 Bilāro
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||3 ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ativelaṃ
kulesu cārittam āpajjati || tam enaṃ bhikkhū evam
āhaṃsu || || Māyasmā ativelaṃ kulesu cārittam āpajjīti || ||
3 So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno na viramati ||4 ||
4 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || pe|| Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ ||5 ||
5 Idha bhante aññataro bhikkhu ativelaṃ kulesu cārit-
tam āpajjati || tam enaṃ bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu Māyasmā
ativelaṃ kulesu cārittam āpajjīti || || So bhikkhūhi vucca-
māno na viramatīti || ||
6 Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅ-
kaṭīre6 ṭhito ahosi mudumūsiṃ7 maggayamāno || ||8 Ya-
dāyam mudumūsī gocarāya pakkamissati9 tattheva naṃ
gahetvā khādissāmīti || ||
7 Atha kho so bhikkhave mudumūsī gocarāya pakkami10 ||
tam enaṃ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṃkharitvā11 ajjhohari || ||
Tassa mudumūsī antam pi khādi antaguṇam pi khādi || so
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B taṃ
3 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
4 S1-3 na ramati always
5 Complete in B
6 SO C; B -tire; S1-3 -ḷīre
7 S1 -musiṃ; S3 -musi; C muduṃ-
8 S1 yaga (or ha?)māno; S3 gayhamāno
9 B patikkam-
10 S1-3 pakkāmi
11 S1-3 asaṃkhāditvā
[page 271]
XX. 11. 3] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 271
tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ pi nigacchati maraṇamattam pi
dukkhaṃ || ||
8 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu pubbaṇ-
hasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ va
nigamam va piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arak-
khitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā
asaṃvutehi indriyehi || ||
9 So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā
duppārutaṃ vā || tassa mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā
duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti || so rāgānud-
dhaṃsena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigacchati maraṇamattaṃ
vā dukkhaṃ || ||
10 Maraṇañhetam bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye1 yo sik-
kham paccakkhāya hināyāvattati || maraṇamattañhetaṃ
bhikkhave dukkhaṃ yadidam aññataraṃ saṅkiliṭṭham
āpattim āpajjati || yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññā-
yati || ||
11 Tasmātiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
Rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena
cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi gāmaṃ vā
nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisissāmāti || ||
Evañ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).11 Siṅgālaka (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||2 ||
2 Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccusasam-
ayaṃ siṅgālassa vassamānassāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Eso kho bhikkhave jarasiṅgālo3 ukkaṇṇakena4
nāma rogajātena phuṭṭho ||5 So yena yena icchati tena tena
gacchati || yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha tiṭṭhati ||
yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nisīdati || yattha yattha
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert ca
2 S1-3 Sāvatthi--tatra--voca
3 B omits jara- always
4 B ukkaṇḍakena; S1 okkaṇṇakena; S3 ogakkaṇṇakena
(See Lābhasakkāra sutta 8)
5 S1-3 puṭṭho
[page 272]
272 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 11. 4
icchati attha tattha nippajjati || sītako pi naṃ vāto upa-
vāyati || ||
4 Sādhu khvassa1 bhikkhave yam idhekacco sakyaput-
tiyapatiñño evarūpaṃ pi attabhāvapatilābhaṃ2 paṭisaṃve-
diyetha ||3 ||
5 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appa-
mattā viharissāmāti || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Ekādasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).12 Siṅgālaka (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccusasamayam
siṅgālassa vassamānassāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Siyā kho bhikkhave tasmiṃ jarasiṅgāle yā kāci
kataññutā kataveditā || na tveva idhekacce sakyaputtiya-
paṭiññe4 pi yā5 kāci kataññutā kataveditā || ||
4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || ||6 Ka-
taññuno bhavissāma katavedino || amhesu appakam pi
kataṃ mā nassisatīti || ||7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitab-
banti || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
Opamma saṃyuttam ||8 ||
Tassa uddānaṃ ||9 ||
Kūṭaṃ Nakhasikhaṃ Kulaṃ ||
Ukkā Satti10 Danuggaho ||
Aṇi11 Kaliṅgaro Nāgo ||
Biḷāro12 dve Siṅgālakā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kho tassa
2 B attabhāvaṃ-; S1-3 -patilābho
3 B -vediyeva
4 S1-3 -kacco -patiñño
5 S1-3 siyā
6 S3 inserts here appamattā viharissāmāti evaṃ bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ
7 B na ca no amhesu appakam pi katam panasissattīti
8 B opama-; S1-3 add aṭṭhamaṃ
9 S1-3 tassud-
10 B Ukkāsatam S1-3 -santi
11 S1 aṇi; S3 ani
12 S1-3 biḷā(S3 -lā-)ram
[page 273]
XXI. 1. 7] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 273
BOOK X BHIKKHU SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_2,21(10).1 Kolito
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||1 ||
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhū āman-
tesi || || Āvuso bhikkhaveti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa
paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Āyasmā Maha-Moggallāno etad avoca || || Idha may-
haṃ āvuso rahogatassa patisallīnassa evaṃ2 cetaso
parivitakko udapādi || || Ariyo tuṇhībhāvo ariyo tuṇhībhāvo
ti vuccati || || Katamo nu kho ariyo tuṇhībhāvo ti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaṃ
cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam
pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati ariyo tuṇhībhāvoti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā
ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam
avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasam-
pajja viharāmi ||3 tassa mayhaṃ āvuso iminā vihārena
viharato vitakkasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudā-
caranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso4 Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅka-
mitvā etad avoca || || Moggallāna Moggallāna mā brāhmaṇa
ariyaṃ tuṇhībhāvam pamādo || Ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṃ
saṇṭhāpehi || ariye tuṇhibhāve cittaṃ ekodiṃ karohi5 ||
ariye tuṇhibhāve cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vitakkavi-
cārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso
ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi ||6 Yaṃ hi taṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ekam- sāvatthiyaṃ only
2 S1-3 etaṃ
3 B vihariṃ
4 S1-3 āvuso maṃ
5 So C; S1-3 ekodi; B ekodibhāvaṃ
6 S1-3 vihāsiṃ
[page 274]
274 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 2. 1
āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || || Satthārā anuggahito1
sāvako mahābhiññatam2 patto ti || mamantaṃ sam-
māvadamāno vadeyya satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahā-
bhiññataṃ patto ti || || Pathamaṃ ||3 ||
SN_2,21(10).2 Upatisso
1 Sāvatthi nidānaṃ ||4 ||
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi || Āvuso
bhikkhave ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Sāriputtassa pac-
cassosuṃ || ||
3 Āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || || Idha5 mayham
āvuso rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa etaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi || || Atthi nu kho taṃ kiñci lokasmiṃ || yassa me
vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkha-
domanassupāyāsāti || ||
3 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Natthi kho taṃ
kiñci lokasmiṃ || yassa me vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppaj-
jeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam
etad avoca || || Satthu pi te6 āvuso Sāriputta vipariṇamañ-
ñathābhāvā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanas-
supāyāsāti || ||
5 Satthu pi kho me7 āvuso Sāriputta vipariṇāmaññathā-
bhavā nuppajjeyyuṃ8 sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā || Api ca me evam assa mā9 mahesakkho10 vata
bho satthā antarahito mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo || Sa ce
hi Bhagavā ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya tad assa
bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya
hitāya sukhāya devamanussānanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 satthāranug-
2 So B and C; S1-3 -bhiññātaṃ
3 All the numbers are missing in S1-3
4 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 C inserts kho
7 Omitted by B
8 S1-3 na up-
9 Omitted by B
10 S1-3 mahe(S1 -ho-)sakko
[page 275]
XXI. 3. 6] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 275
6 Tathā hi panāyasmato Sāriputtassa1 dīgharattaṃ
ahaṅkāra-mamaṅkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || ||
7 Tasmā āyasmato Sāriputtassa satthu pi vipariṇāmañ-
ñathābhāvā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsāti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).3 Ghaṭo
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvat-
thiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||2 ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca3 Sāriputto
āyasmā ca Mahā-Moggalāno Rājagahe viharanti Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe ekavihāre || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ4
paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Moggallānena
saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ
vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||5 ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasman-
taṃ Mahā-Moggallānam etad avoca || || Vippasannāni kho
te āvuso Moggalāna indriyāni || parisuddho mukhaveṇṇo
pariyodāto || santena nunāyasmā6 Mahā-Moggallāno ajja7
vihārena vihāsiti || ||
Oḷārikena khvāhaṃ āvuso ajja vihārena8 vihāsiṃ || api ca
me ahosi dhammikathāti || ||
5 Kena saddhiṃ panāyasmato9 Mahā-Moggalānassa ahosi
dhammikathāti || ||
Bhagavatā kho me āvuso saddhim ahosi dhammi-
kathāti || ||
6 Dūre10 kho āvuso Bhagavā etarahi Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || || Kiṃ nu kho
āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno Bhagavantam iddhiyā upasaṅ-
kami || udāhu Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Moggallānaṃ
iddhiyā upasaṅkamīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit -ssa
2 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārāme
3 S1-3 omit ca
4 S1-3 add nivāsetvā
5 Abbreviated in S1-3
6 S1-3 nuna āy-
7 S1-3 avijjā
8 S1-3 omit vihārena
9 S1-3 panāvuso
10 S1-3 add na
[page 276]
276 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 3. 7
7 Na khvāham āvuso Bhagavantam iddhiyā upasaṅ-
kamiṃ || na pi maṃ Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkami || || Api ca
me yāvatā Bhagavā ettāvatā dibbacakkhu visujjhi1 dibbā
ca sotadhātu ||2 Bhagavato pi yāvatāhaṃ ettavatā dib-
bacakkhu3 visujjhi dibbā ca sotadhātūti ||4 ||
8 Yathā katham panāyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa
Bhagavatā saddhiṃ ahosi dhammikathāti || ||
9 Idhāham āvuso Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ || || Ārad-
dhaviriyo āraddhaviriyoti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho
bhante āraddhaviriyo hotīti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte āvuso mam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Idha
Moggallāna bhikkhu āraddhaviriyo viharati ||5 kāmaṃ taco
ca nahāru6 ca aṭṭhi ca avasussatu ||7 sarīre upasussatu
maṃsalohitaṃ || || Yaṃ tam purisathāmena purisaviriyena
purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ || na taṃ apāpuṇitvā viri-
yassa saṇṭhānam8 bhavissatīti || || Evaṃ kho Moggallāna
āraddhaviriyo hotīti || ||
11 Evam eva9 kho me10 āvuso Bhagavatā saddhim ahosi
dhammikathāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi āvuso Himavato pabbatarājassa parittā
pāsāṇasakkharā yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya ||11 evam
eva kho12 mayaṃ āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa yāvad eva
upanikkhepanamattāya ||13 Āyasmā hi Mahā-Moggallāno
mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ tiṭṭhey-
yāti || ||
13 Seyyathāpi āvuso mahatiyā loṇaghaṭāya parittā
loṇasakkharā yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya ||14 evam eva
mayaṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa yāvad eva upanikkhepana-
mattāya || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -cakkhuṃ; S1-3 visuddhi, or (S3) visucci
2 S1-3 -dhātuyā
3 S1-3 dibbaṃ cakkhuṃ
4 S1-3 dibbāca(S3 -kkhu-)sotadhātuhi
5 S1-3 -tīti
6 B nhāru
7 B avasissatu; S1 avassatu
8 S1-3 santhānaṃ
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B omits kho me
11 So B and C; S1-3 upanikkhepaṃnamattatāya
12 Missing in S1-3
13 S1-3 as before without ṃ
14 S1-3 as B and C here and further on
[page 277]
XXI. 4. 7] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 277
14 Āyasmā hi1 Sariputto Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena
thomito vaṇṇito2 pasaṭṭho || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlenupasamena ca ||
So pi pāraṅgato bhikkhu || eso3 paramo siyāti || ||
15 Iti hete4 ubho mahānāgā aññamaññaṃ5 subhāsitaṃ
sulapitaṃ6 samanumodiṃsūti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).4 Navo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati7 || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro navo bhikkhu
pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vihāram pavisitvā8
appossukko tunhībhūto saṅkāsāyati9 || na bhikkhūnaṃ
veyyāvaccam karoti cīvarakārasamaye || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante aññataro navo bhikkhu
pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vihāram pavisitvā
appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati || na bhikkhūnaṃ
veyyāvaccaṃ karoti cīvarakārasamaye ti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataram bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu mama vacanena tam bhikkhum āman-
tehi Satthā tam āvuso āmantetīti || ||
6 Evam bhanteti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā
yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tam bhik-
khum etad avoca || || Satthā tam āvuso āmantetīti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno
paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi10 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 inserts here Mahā-Moggallāno; S3 Mahā erased
2 Omitted by B
3 S1-3 etāva
4 B pate
5 S1-3 -aññassa
6 Omitted by B
7 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
8 B pavīsetvā always
9 C saṃkatāyati
10 Abbreviated in S1-3
[page 278]
278 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 4. 8
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho tam bhikkhum Bhagavā
etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu pacchābhattam
piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto1 vihāraṃ pavisitvā appossukko tuṇhī-
bhūto saṅkasāyasi2 || na bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ karosi
cīvarakārasamayeti || ||
Aham pi kho bhante sakaṃ kiccaṃ karomīti || ||
9 Atha kho Bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā cetoparivi-
takkam aññāya bhikkhū āmantesi || || Mā kho tumhe bhik-
khave etassa bhikkhuno vijjhāyittha || Eso kho bhikkhave
bhikkhu catunnaṃ jhānānam abhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭha-
dhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasi-
ralābhī || || Yassacatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā
anagāriyam pabbajanti || tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapari-
yosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayam abhiññā3 sacchikatvā
upasampajja viharatīti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Nayidaṃ sithilam ārabbha || na yidam appena thāmasā ||
nibbānam adhigantabbaṃ || sabbadukkhapamocanaṃ4 ||1||
Ayaṃ ca daharo bhikkhu || ayam uttamapuriso5 ||
dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ || jetvā6 Māraṃ savāhananti ||2||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).5 Sujāto
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati7 || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sujāto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā ayasmantaṃ Sujātaṃ dūrato va8
āgacchantaṃ || || Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
4 Ubhayenevāyam bhikkhave kulaputto sobhati vata9 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B piṇdapātaṃ here and elsewhere
2 S3 omits -si; S1 has -siṃ
3 S1-3 add ya as before
4 S1-3 sabbagantha (S3 adds -bba-)ppamocanaṃ
5 S1-3 amuttamaporiso
6 S1-3 chetvā always
7 S1-3 Sāvatthi--
8 Omitted by S1-3
9 Omitted by S1-3
[page 279]
XXI. 6. 6] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 279
Yañ ca abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇa-
pokkharatāya samannāgato || || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā
sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad anutta-
ram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam
abhiññā1 sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
5 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe|| satthā || ||
Sobhati vatāyaṃ bhikkhu || ujubhūtena cetasā ||
vippayutto2 visaññutto || anupādāya nibbūto ||
dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ || jetvā Māraṃ savāhananti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).6 Bhaddi
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati3 || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Lakuṇṭakabhaddiyo4 yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Lakuṇṭakabhaddi-
yam dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || || Disvāna bhikkhū amantesi || ||
4 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etam bhikkhum āgac-
chantaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ duddassikam5 okoṭimakam bhik-
khūnam paribhūtarūpanti || ||
Evaṃ bhante || ||
5 Eso kho bhikkhave bhikkhu mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo ||
na ca sā samāpatti sulabharūpā yā tena bhikkhunā asa-
māpannapubbā || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā sammad eva
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahma-
cariyapariyosānaṃ6 diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe|| satthā || ||
Haṃsā koñcā7 mayūrā ca || hatthiyo pasadā8 migā ||
Sabbe sīhassa bhāyanti || natthi kāyasmiṃ tulyatā ||1||
Evam eva manussesu || daharo ce pi paññavā ||
So hi tattha mahā hoti || neva bālo sarīravāti ||2||
Chaṭṭham || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ya
2 S1-3 vippamutto
3 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
4 B lakuṇḍaka-
5 B duddasikaṃ
6 S1-3 brahmacariyaṃ
7 S1-3 kuñcā
8 So B; S1 pasā; S3 pasavā; C pasadamigāti . . . pasatamigā
[page 280]
280 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 7. 1
SN_2,21(10).7 Visākho
1 Evam me sutaṃ1 || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāli-
yaṃ viharati Mahāvane kuṭāgārasalāyaṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Visākho pañcālaputto
upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammikāya kathāya sandas-
seti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || poriyā vācāya
vissaṭṭhāya2 anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpan-
nāya anissitāya || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇha samayam paṭisallānā vuṭ-
ṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
4 Nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Ko nu kho
bhikkhave upaṭṭhānasālāyam bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya
sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti poriyā
vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pari-
yāpannāya anissitāyā ti || ||
5 Āyasmā bhante Visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālā-
yaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti
samuttejeti sampahaṃseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya
anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitā-
yāti || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Visākham pañcāla-
puttam āmantesi || || Sādhu sādhu Visākha || sādhu kho tvaṃ
Visākha bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi || pe||
atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā ti || ||
7 Idam avoca Bhagavā || Idaṃ vatvāna3 Sugato athāpa-
ram etad avoca satthā || ||
No bhāsamānaṃ jānanti || missam bālehi paṇḍitaṃ ||
bhāsamānañca jānanti || desentam amatam padam ||1||
Bhāsaye jotaye dhammam || paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhajaṃ ||
subhāsitadhajā isayo || dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo ti ||2||
Sattamaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B visaṭṭhāya
3 S1-3 omit na
[page 281]
XXI. 9. 1] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 281
SN_2,21(10).8 Nando
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||1 ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Nando Bhagavato mātucchāputto
ākoṭitāni2 paccākoṭitāni cīvarāni pārupitvā3 akkhīni añjetvā
accham pattaṃ gahetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
2 Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnam kho āyasmantaṃ Nandam Bha-
gavā etad avoca || ||
3 Na kho te taṃ Nanda patirūpaṃ kulaputtassa saddhā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitassa || yaṃ tvam ākoṭitāni
paccākoṭitāni cīvarāni pārupeyyāsi akkhīni ca añjeyyāsi
acchañca pattaṃ dhāreyyāsi || || Evaṃ kho te Nanda
paṭirūpaṃ kulaputtassa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam
pabbajitassa || yaṃ tvaṃ araññako ca4 assasi || piṇḍapātiko
ca paṃsukuliko ca || kāmesu ca anapekkho vihareyyasīti || ||
4 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe|| satthā || ||
Kadāhaṃ Nandam passeyyaṃ ||
Araññaṃ paṃsukūlikam ||
Aññātuñchena5 yāpentaṃ ||
Kāmesu anapekkhinanti6 ||
5 Atha kho āyasmā Nando aparena samayena āraññako
ca7 piṇḍapātiko ca8 paṃsukūliko ca kāmesu ca anapekkho
vihāsīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).9 Tisso
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||9 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
2 S1-3 ā(S3 a- here only)koṭita- always
3 B pāruṃ- always
4 S1-3 va
5 So C; B -tuñcena; S1-3 -tuṃjāya
6 So B and C; S1 -pekkhitanti; S3 pekkhitabbanti
7 S1-3 vāsi
8 S1-3 insert āsi.
9 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
[page 282]
282 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 9. 2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Tisso Bhagavato pitucchāputto yena
Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi dukkhī dummano assūni
pavattayamāno ||1 ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Tissam etad avoca || ||
Kiṃ nu kho tvaṃ2 Tissa ekam antaṃ nisinno dukkhī dum-
mano assūni pavattayamāno ti || ||
4 Tathā hi pana mam bhante bhikkhū samantā vācāya
sannitodakena sañjambharim akaṃsūti || ||
5 Tathā hi pana tvaṃ Tissa vattā no ca vacanakkhamo || ||
6 Na kho te taṃ Tissa paṭirūpam kulaputassa saddhā
agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajitassa yaṃ tvam3 vattā no
vacanakkhamo || || Etaṃ kho te Tissa paṭirūpaṃ kulaput-
tassa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajitassa yaṃ tvaṃ
vattā assa4 vacanakkhamo cā ti || ||
7 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā ||5 ||
Kiṃ nu kujjhasi mā kujjhi ||
Akodho Tissa te varaṃ || ||
Kodhamānamakkhavinayatthamhi6 ||
Tissa brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).10 Theranāmo
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Theranā-
mako ekavihārī ceva hoti ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavādī || || So
eko gāmam piṇḍaya pavisati || eko patikkamati eko raho
nisīdati eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti || ||
3 Atha sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅka-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B vattayamāno always
2 S1-3 kinatvaṃ (or kintvaṃ)
3 S1-3 yata (or yat)tvaṃ here only
4 S1-3 vattāca assasi
5 Abridged in S1-3
6 B akkhi-
[page 283]
XXI. 10. 11] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 283
miṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante aññataro bhikkhu Thera-
nāmako ekavihārī ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavāditi || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu mama vacanena Theram bhikkhum
āmantehi || Satthā tam āvuso Thera āmantetīti || ||
Evaṃ bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā
yenāyasmā Thero tenupasaṅkami || ||
6 Upasaṅkhamitvā āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || ||
Satthā tam āvuso Thera amantetīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Thero tassa bhikkhuno paṭis-
sutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
7 Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Theram
Bhagavā1 etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Thera ekavi-
hārī ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
Evaṃ bhante || ||
9 Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ Thera2 ekavihārī ekavi-
hārassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
10 Idhāham bhante eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisāmi || eko
paṭikkamāmi || eko raho nisīdāmi || eko caṅkamanaṃ3
adhiṭṭhāmi || Evaṃ khvāhaṃ bhante ekavihārī ekavihārassa
ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
10 Attheso Thera ekavihāro neso natthīti vadāmi || ||
Api ca Thera yathā ekavihāro vitthārena4 paripuṇṇo hoti
taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasi karohi bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho || pe||
11 Kathañ ca Thera ekavihāro vitthārena paripuṇṇo
hoti || || Idha Thera yaṃ atītaṃ tam pahīnaṃ || yam
anāgataṃ tam paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ || paccuppannesu ca attabhā-
vapaṭilābhesu5 chandarāgo suppaṭivinīto || || Evaṃ kho
Thera ekavihāro vitthārena paripuṇṇo hotīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 S1-3 caṅkamaṃ
4 B vitthāratarena always
5 S1-3 attalābhappaṭilābhesu
[page 284]
284 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 10. 12
12 Idam avoca Bhagava || idaṃ vatvāna1 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Sabbābhibhuṃ sabbaviduṃ sumedham ||
sabbesu dhammesu anupalittaṃ ||1||
Sabbaṃjahaṃ taṇhakkhaye2 vimuttaṃ ||
tam ahaṃ naram ekavihārīti [brūmīti3] ||2||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).11 Kappino
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||4 ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Maha-Kappino yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Mahā-Kappinaṃ
dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || ||
4 Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe
bhikkhave etam bhikkhum āgacchantaṃ odātakaṃ5 tanu-
kaṃ tuṅganāsikanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
5 Eso kho bhikkhave bhikkhu mahiddhiko mahānu-
bhāvo || || Na ca sā samāpatti sulabharūpā yā6 tena bhik-
khunā asamāpannapubbā || || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā
sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad anut-
taram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam
abhiññā7 sacchi katvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā ca8 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Khattiyo settho jane tasmiṃ || ye gottapaṭisārino9 ||
Vijjācaraṇa sampanno || so settho devamānuse ||1||
Divā tapati ādicco || rattiṃ10 ābhāti candimā ||
Sannaddho khattiyo tapati || jhāyi tapati brāhmaṇo ||
Atha sabbamahorattiṃ || Buddho tapati tejasāti6 ||2||
Ekādasamaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 na omitted as usual by S1-3
2 B taṇhā-
3 Missing in B
4 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārāme--
5 S1-3 odātam
6 Omitted by S1-3
7 S1-3 add ya
8 Omitted by S1-3
9 S3 -paṭisarano (or--to)
10 B ratti
11 S1-3 omit ti
[page 285]
XXI. 12. 6] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 285
SN_2,21(10).12 Sahāya
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||1 ||
2 Atha kho dve bhikkhū sahāyakā āyasmato Mahā-
Kappinassa saddhivihārikā2 yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā te bhikkhū dūrato va āgacchante || ||
4 Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe
bhikkhave ete dve bhikkhū sahāyake āgacchante Kap-
pinassa3 saddhivihārino ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
5 Ete kho te bhikkhū mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā || || Na
ca sā samāpatti sulabharūpā yā tehi bhikkhūhi asamā-
pannapubbā || || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā sammadeva
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahma-
cariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā4
sacchi katvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || || Idaṃ vatvāna5 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Sahāyā vatime bhikkhū || cīrarattaṃ sametikā6 ||
sameti nesaṃ saddhammo || dhamme buddhappavedite ||7 ||
Suvinītā8 Kappinena || dhamme ariyappavedite ||1||
dhārenti antimaṃ dehaṃ || jetvā Māraṃ savāhananti ||2||
Dvādasamaṃ || ||
[Nidāna-vaggo niṭṭhito] 9 ||
Bhikkhu-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ ||10 ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Kolito Upatisso11 ca || Ghaṭo cāpi pavuccati ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthi--ārame--
2 S1-3 -vihārino
3 S1-3 mahā-kap-
4 S1-3 add ya
5 S1-3 omit na
6 So B and C; S1-3 samāhitā
7 S3 dhammo (S1 -e) buddhapamodito (S1-3 -vedito)
8 S1-3 -nīto
9 In S1 only
10 S1-3 omit samattaṃ
11 S1-3 Sāriputto
[page 286]
286 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI.
Navo Sujāto Bhaddhī ca ||1 Visākho2 Nando Tisso ca ||
Theranāmo3 ca Kappino || Sahāyena ca dvādasāti4 ||
Nidānavaggo saṃyuttako ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Nidānābhisamaya Dhātu ||
Anamataggena Kassapaṃ ||
Sakkāra -- Rāhula -- Lakkhaṇo || ||
Opamma -- Bhikkhunā vaggo dutiyo tena vuccatī ti || ||
Nidāna-vagga-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ ||5 ||
[Dasabalaselappabbhavā nibbānamahāsamuddapariyantā
atthaṅgamasalilā jinavacananadī ciraṃ vahatū ti --] 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert here bhikkhū dve va (or ca) sahāyakāti
2 S1-3 Visākhāneti vissuto
3 S1-3 thera
4 S1-3 Kappino ca sahāya ca suttantā dvādasā ete sambuddhena pakāsitā--
5 All this from Nidānavaggo saṃyuttako is in B only
6 In S1-3 only